ANABASIS
By Xenophon
Translation by H. G. Dakyns
Dedicated To
Rev. B. Jowett, M.A.
Master of Balliol College
Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Oxford
The Anabasis is his story of the
march to Persia to aid Cyrus, who enlisted Greek help to try and take
the throne from Artaxerxes, and the ensuing return of the Greeks, in
which Xenophon played a leading role. This occurred between 401 B.C. and
March 399 B.C
Table of Contents:
I.
Darius and Parysatis had two
sons: the elder was named Artaxerxes, and the younger Cyrus. Now, as
Darius lay sick and felt that the end of life drew near, he wished both
his sons to be with him. The elder, as it chanced, was already there,
but Cyrus he must needs send for from the province over which he had
made him satrap, having appointed him general moreover of all the forces
that muster in the plain of the Castolus. Thus Cyrus went up, taking
with him Tissaphernes as his friend, and accompanied also by a body of
Hellenes, three hundred heavy armed men, under the command of Xenias the
Parrhasian (1).
(1) Parrhasia, a district and town in the south-west of Arcadia.
Now when Darius was dead, and
Artaxerxes was established in the kingdom, Tissaphernes brought
slanderous accusations against Cyrus before his brother, the king, of
harbouring designs against him. And Artaxerxes, listening to the words
of Tissaphernes, laid hands upon Cyrus, desiring to put him to death;
but his mother made intercession for him, and sent him back again in
safety to his province. He then, having so escaped through peril and
dishonour, fell to considering, not only how he might avoid ever again
being in his brother's power, but how, if possible, he might become king
in his stead. Parysatis, his mother, was his first resource; for she had
more love for Cyrus than for Artaxerxes upon his throne. Moreover
Cyrus's behaviour towards all who came to him from the king's court was
such that, when he sent them away again, they were better friends to
himself than to the king his brother. Nor did he neglect the barbarians
in his own service; but trained them, at once to be capable as warriors
and devoted adherents of himself. Lastly, he began collecting his
Hellenic armament, but with the utmost secrecy, so that he might take
the king as far as might be at unawares.
The manner in which he
contrived the levying of the troops was as follows: First, he sent
orders to the commandants of garrisons in the cities (so held by him),
bidding them to get together as large a body of picked Peloponnesian
troops as they severally were able, on the plea that Tissaphernes was
plotting against their cities; and truly these cities of Ionia had
originally belonged to Tissaphernes, being given to him by the king; but
at this time, with the exception of Miletus, they had all revolted to
Cyrus. In Miletus, Tissaphernes, having become aware of similar designs,
had forestalled the conspirators by putting some to death and banishing
the remainder. Cyrus, on his side, welcomed these fugitives, and having
collected an army, laid siege to Miletus by sea and land, endeavouring
to reinstate the exiles; and this gave him another pretext for
collecting an armament. At the same time he sent to the king, and
claimed, as being the king's brother, that these cities should be given
to himself rather than that Tissaphernes should continue to govern them;
and in furtherance of this end, the queen, his mother, co-operated with
him, so that the king not only failed to see the design against himself,
but concluded that Cyrus was spending his money on armaments in order to
make war on Tissaphernes. Nor did it pain him greatly to see the two at
war together, and the less so because Cyrus was careful to remit the
tribute due to the king from the cities which belonged to Tissaphernes.
A third army was being
collected for him in the Chersonese, over against Abydos, the origin of
which was as follows: There was a Lacedaemonian exile, named Clearchus,
with whom Cyrus had become associated. Cyrus admired the man, and made
him a present of ten thousand darics (2). Clearchus took the gold, and
with the money raised an army, and using the Chersonese as his base of
operations, set to work to fight the Thracians north of the Hellespont,
in the interests of the Hellenes, and with such happy result that the
Hellespontine cities, of their own accord, were eager to contribute
funds for the support of his troops. In this way, again, an armament was
being secretly maintained for Cyrus.
(2) A Persian gold coin = 125.55 grains of gold.
Then there was the Thessalian
Aristippus, Cyrus's friend (3), who, under pressure of the rival
political party at home, had come to Cyrus and asked him for pay for two
thousand mercenaries, to be continued for three months, which would
enable him, he said, to gain the upper hand of his antagonists. Cyrus
replied by presenting him with six months' pay for four thousand
mercenaries—only stipulating that Aristippus should not come to terms
with his antagonists without final consultation with himself. In this
way he secured to himself the secret maintenance of a fourth armament.
(3) Lit. "guest-friend." Aristippus was, as we learn from the "Meno"
of Plato, a native of Larisa, of the family of the Aleuadae, and a
pupil of Gorgias. He was also a lover of Menon, whom he appears to
have sent on this expedition instead of himself.
Further, he bade Proxenus, a
Boeotian, who was another friend, get together as many men as possible,
and join him in an expedition which he meditated against the Pisidians
(4), who were causing annoyance to his territory. Similarly two other
friends, Sophaenetus the Stymphalian (5), and Socrates the Achaean, had
orders to get together as many men as possible and come to him, since he
was on the point of opening a campaign, along with Milesian exiles,
against Tissaphernes. These orders were duly carried out by the officers
in question.
(4) Lit. "into the country of the Pisidians."
(5) Of Stymphalus in Arcadia.
II
But when the right moment
seemed to him to have come, at which he should begin his march into the
interior, the pretext which he put forward was his desire to expel the
Pisidians utterly out of the country; and he began collecting both his
Asiatic and his Hellenic armaments, avowedly against that people. From
Sardis in each direction his orders sped: to Clearchus, to join him
there with the whole of his army; to Aristippus, to come to terms with
those at home, and to despatch to him the troops in his employ; to
Xenias the Arcadian, who was acting as general-in-chief of the foreign
troops in the cities, to present himself with all the men available,
excepting only those who were actually needed to garrison the citadels.
He next summoned the troops at present engaged in the siege of Miletus,
and called upon the exiles to follow him on his intended expedition,
promising them that if he were successful in his object, he would not
pause until he had reinstated them in their native city. To this
invitation they hearkened gladly; they believed in him; and with their
arms they presented themselves at Sardis. So, too, Xenias arrived at
Sardis with the contingent from the cities, four thousand hoplites;
Proxenus, also, with fifteen hundred hoplites and five hundred
light-armed troops; Sophaenetus the Stymphalian, with one thousand
hoplites; Socrates the Achaean, with five hundred hoplites; while the
Megarion Pasion came with three hundred hoplites and three hundred
peltasts (1). This latter officer, as well as Socrates, belonged to the
force engaged against Miletus. These all joined him at Sardis.
(1) "Targeteers" armed with a light shield instead of the larger one
of the hoplite, or heavy infantry soldier. Iphicrates made great
use of this arm at a later date.
But Tissaphernes did not fail
to note these proceedings. An equipment so large pointed to something
more than an invasion of Pisidia: so he argued; and with what speed he
might, he set off to the king, attended by about five hundred horse. The
king, on his side, had no sooner heard from Tissaphernes of Cyrus's
great armament, than he began to make counter-preparations.
Thus Cyrus, with the troops
which I have named, set out from Sardis, and marched on and on through
Lydia three stages, making two-and-twenty parasangs (2), to the river
Maeander. That river is two hundred feet (3) broad, and was spanned by a
bridge consisting of seven boats. Crossing it, he marched through
Phrygia a single stage, of eight parasangs, to Colossae, an inhabited
city (4), prosperous and large. Here he remained seven days, and was
joined by Menon the Thessalian, who arrived with one thousand hoplites
and five hundred peltasts, Dolopes, Aenianes, and Olynthians. From this
place he marched three stages, twenty parasangs in all, to Celaenae, a
populous city of Phrygia, large and prosperous. Here Cyrus owned a
palace and a large park (5) full of wild beasts, which he used to hunt
on horseback, whenever he wished to give himself or his horses exercise.
Through the midst of the park flows the river Maeander, the sources of
which are within the palace buildings, and it flows through the city of
Celaenae. The great king also has a palace in Celaenae, a strong place,
on the sources of another river, the Marsyas, at the foot of the
acropolis. This river also flows through the city, discharging itself
into the Maeander, and is five-and-twenty feet broad. Here is the place
where Apollo is said to have flayed Marsyas, when he had conquered him
in the contest of skill. He hung up the skin of the conquered man, in
the cavern where the spring wells forth, and hence the name of the
river, Marsyas. It was on this site that Xerxes, as tradition tells,
built this very palace, as well as the citadel of Celaenae itself, on
his retreat from Hellas, after he had lost the famous battle. Here Cyrus
remained for thirty days, during which Clearchus the Lacedaemonian
arrived with one thousand hoplites and eight hundred Thracian peltasts
and two hundred Cretan archers. At the same time, also, came Sosis the
Syracusian with three thousand hoplites, and Sophaenetus the Arcadian
(6) with one thousand hoplites; and here Cyrus held a review, and
numbered his Hellenes in the park, and found that they amounted in all
to eleven thousand hoplites and about two thousand peltasts.
(2) The Persian "farsang" = 30 stades, nearly 1 league, 3 1/2 statute
miles, though not of uniform value in all parts of Asia.
(3) "Two plethra": the plethron = about 101 English feet.
(4) Lit. "inhabited," many of the cities of Asia being then as now
deserted, but the suggestion is clearly at times "thickly
inhabited," "populous."
(5) Lit. "paradise," an oriental word = park or pleasure ground.
(6) Perhaps this should be Agias the Arcadian, as Mr. Macmichael
suggests. Sophaenetus has already been named above.
From this place he continued
his march two stages—ten parasangs—to the populous city of Peltae, where
he remained three days; while Xenias, the Arcadian, celebrated the
Lycaea (7) with sacrifice, and instituted games. The prizes were
headbands of gold; and Cyrus himself was a spectator of the contest.
From this place the march was continued two stages—twelve parasangs—to
Ceramon-agora, a populous city, the last on the confines of Mysia.
Thence a march of three stages—thirty parasangs—brought him to
Caystru-pedion (8), a populous city. Here Cyrus halted five days; and
the soldiers, whose pay was now more than three months in arrear, came
several times to the palace gates demanding their dues; while Cyrus put
them off with fine words and expectations, but could not conceal his
vexation, for it was not his fashion to stint payment, when he had the
means. At this point Epyaxa, the wife of Syennesis, the king of the
Cilicians, arrived on a visit to Cyrus; and it was said that Cyrus
received a large gift of money from the queen. At this date, at any
rate, Cyrus gave the army four months' pay. The queen was accompanied by
a bodyguard of Cilicians and Aspendians; and, if report speaks truly,
Cyrus had intimate relations with the queen.
(7) The Lycaea, an Arcadian festival in honour of Zeus {Arcaios}, akin
to the Roman Lupercalia, which was originally a shepherd festival,
the introduction of which the Romans ascribe to the Arcadian
Evander.
(8) Lit. "plain of the Cayster," like Ceramon-agora, "the market of
the Ceramians" above, the name of a town.
From this place he marched two
stages—ten parasangs—to Thymbrium, a populous city. Here, by the side of
the road, is the spring of Midas, the king of Phrygia, as it is called,
where Midas, as the story goes, caught the satyr by drugging the spring
with wine. From this place he marched two stages—ten parasangs—to
Tyriaeum, a populous city. Here he halted three days; and the Cilician
queen, according to the popular account, begged Cyrus to exhibit his
armament for her amusement. The latter being only too glad to make such
an exhibition, held a review of the Hellenes and barbarians in the
plain. He ordered the Hellenes to draw up their lines and post
themselves in their customary battle order, each general marshalling his
own battalion. Accordingly they drew up four-deep. The right was held by
Menon and those with him; the left by Clearchus and his men; the centre
by the remaining generals with theirs. Cyrus first inspected the
barbarians, who marched past in troops of horses and companies of
infantry. He then inspected the Hellenes; driving past them in his
chariot, with the queen in her carriage. And they all had brass helmets
and purple tunics, and greaves, and their shields uncovered (9).
(9) I.e. ready for action, c.f. "bayonets fixed".
After he had driven past the
whole body, he drew up his chariot in front of the centre of the
battle-line, and sent his interpreter Pigres to the generals of the
Hellenes, with orders to present arms and to advance along the whole
line. This order was repeated by the generals to their men; and at the
sound of the bugle, with shields forward and spears in rest, they
advanced to meet the enemy. The pace quickened, and with a shout the
soldiers spontaneously fell into a run, making in the direction of the
camp. Great was the panic of the barbarians. The Cilician queen in her
carriage turned and fled; the sutlers in the marketing place left their
wares and took to their heels; and the Hellenes meanwhile came into camp
with a roar of laughter. What astounded the queen was the brilliancy and
order of the armament; but Cyrus was pleased to see the terror inspired
by the Hellenes in the hearts of the Asiatics.
From this place he marched on
three stages—twenty parasangs—to Iconium, the last city of Phrygia,
where he remained three days. Thence he marched through Lycaonia five
stages—thirty parasangs. This was hostile country, and he gave it over
to the Hellenes to pillage. At this point Cyrus sent back the Cilician
queen to her own country by the quickest route; and to escort her he
sent the soldiers of Menon, and Menon himself. With the rest of the
troops he continued his march through Cappadocia four stages—twenty-five
parasangs—to Dana, a populous city, large and flourishing. Here they
halted three days, within which interval Cyrus put to death, on a charge
of conspiracy, a Persian nobleman named Megaphernes, a wearer of the
royal purple; and along with him another high dignitary among his
subordinate commanders.
From this place they
endeavoured to force a passage into Cilicia. Now the entrance was by an
exceedingly steep cart-road, impracticable for an army in face of a
resisting force; and report said that Syennesis was on the summit of the
pass guarding the approach. Accordingly they halted a day in the plain;
but next day came a messenger informing them that Syenesis had left the
pass; doubtless, after perceiving that Menon's army was already in
Cilicia on his own side of the mountains; and he had further been
informed that ships of war, belonging to the Lacedaemonians and to Cyrus
himself, with Tamos on board as admiral, were sailing round from Ionia
to Cilicia. Whatever the reason might be, Cyrus made his way up into the
hills without let or hindrance, and came in sight of the tents where the
Cilicians were on guard. From that point he descended gradually into a
large and beautiful plain country, well watered, and thickly covered
with trees of all sorts and vines. This plain produces sesame
plentifully, as also panic and millet and barley and wheat; and it is
shut in on all sides by a steep and lofty wall of mountains from sea to
sea. Descending through this plain country, he advanced four
stages—twenty-five parasangs—to Tarsus, a large and prosperous city of
Cilicia. Here stood the palace of Syennesis, the king of the country;
and through the middle of the city flows a river called the Cydnus, two
hundred feet broad. They found that the city had been deserted by its
inhabitants, who had betaken themselves, with Syennesis, to a strong
place on the hills. All had gone, except the tavern-keepers. The
sea-board inhabitants of Soli and Issi also remained. Now Epyaxa,
Syennesis's queen, had reached Tarsus five days in advance of Cyrus.
During their passage over the mountains into the plain, two companies of
Menon's army were lost. Some said they had been cut down by the
Cilicians, while engaged on some pillaging affair; another account was
that they had been left behind, and being unable to overtake the main
body, or discover the route, had gone astray and perished. However it
was, they numbered one hundred hoplites; and when the rest arrived,
being in a fury at the destruction of their fellow soldiers, they vented
their spleen by pillaging the city of Tarsus and the palace to boot. Now
when Cyrus had marched into the city, he sent for Syennesis to come to
him; but the latter replied that he had never yet put himself into the
hands of any one who was his superior, nor was he willing to accede to
the proposal of Cyrus now; until, in the end, his wife persuaded him,
and he accepted pledges of good faith. After this they met, and
Syennesis gave Cyrus large sums in aid of his army; while Cyrus
presented him with the customary royal gifts—to wit, a horse with a gold
bit, a necklace of gold, a gold bracelet, and a gold scimitar, a Persian
dress, and lastly, the exemption of his territory from further pillage,
with the privilege of taking back the slaves that had been seized,
wherever they might chance to come upon them.
II
At Tarsus Cyrus and his army
halted for twenty days; the soldiers refusing to advance further, since
the suspicion ripened in their minds, that the expedition was in reality
directed against the king; and as they insisted, they had not engaged
their services for that object. Clearchus set the example of trying to
force his men to continue their march; but he had no sooner started at
the head of his troops than they began to pelt him and his baggage
train, and Clearchus had a narrow escape of being stoned to death there
and then. Later on, when he perceived that force was useless, he
summoned an assembly of his own men; and for a long while he stood and
wept, while the men gazed in silent astonishment. At last he spoke as
follows: "Fellow soldiers, do not marvel that I am sorely distressed on
account of the present troubles. Cyrus has been no ordinary friend to
me. When I was in banishment he honoured me in various ways, and made me
also a present of ten thousand darics. These I accepted, but not to lay
them up for myself for private use; not to squander them in pleasure,
but to expend them on yourselves. And, first of all, I went to war with
the Thracians, and with you to aid, I wreaked vengeance on them in
behalf of Hellas; driving them out of the Chersonese, when they wanted
to deprive its Hellenic inhabitants of their lands. But as soon as Cyrus
summoned me, I took you with me and set out, so that, if my benefactor
had any need of me, I might requite him for the good treatment I myself
had received at his hands.... But since you are not minded to continue
the march with me, one of two things is left to me to do; either I must
renounce you for the sake of my friendship with Cyrus, or I must go with
you at the cost of deceiving him. Whether I am about to do right or not,
I cannot say, but I choose yourselves; and, whatever betide, I mean to
share your fate. Never shall it be said of me by any one that, having
led Greek troops against the barbarians (1), I betrayed the Hellenes,
and chose the friendship of the barbarian. No! since you do not choose
to obey and follow me, I will follow after you. Whatever betide, I will
share your fate. I look upon you as my country, my friends, my allies;
with you I think I shall be honoured, wherever I be; without you I do
not see how I can help a friend or hurt a foe. My decision is taken.
Wherever you go, I go also."
(1) Lit. "into the country of the barbarian."
Such were his words. But the
soldiers, not only his own, but the rest also, when they heard what he
said, and how he had scouted the idea of going up to the great king's
palace (2), expressed their approval; and more than two thousand men
deserted Xenias and Pasion, and took their arms and baggage-train, and
came and encamped with Clearchus. But Cyrus, in despair and vexation at
this turn of affairs, sent for Clearchus. He refused to come; but,
without the knowledge of the soldiers, sent a message to Cyrus, bidding
him keep a good heart, for that all would arrange itself in the right
way; and bade him keep on sending for him, whilst he himself refused to
go. After that he got together his own men, with those who had joined
him, and of the rest any who chose to come, and spoke as follows:
"Fellow soldiers, it is clear that the relations of Cyrus to us are
identical with ours to him. We are no longer his soldiers, since we have
ceased to follow him; and he, on his side, is no longer our paymaster.
He, however, no doubt considers himself wronged by us; and though he
goes on sending for me, I cannot bring myself to go to him: for two
reasons, chiefly from a sense of shame, for I am forced to admit to
myself that I have altogether deceived him; but partly, too, because I
am afraid of his seizing me and inflicting a penalty on the wrongs which
he conceives that I have done him. In my opinion, then, this is no time
for us to go to sleep and forget all about ourselves, rather it is high
time to deliberate on our next move; and as long as we do remain here,
we had better bethink us how we are to abide in security; or, if we are
resolved to turn our backs at once, what will be the safest means of
retreat; and, further, how we are to procure supplies, for without
supplies there is no profit whatsoever in the general or the private
soldier. The man with whom we have to deal is an excellent friend to his
friends, but a very dangerous enemy to his foes. And he is backed by a
force of infantry and cavalry and ships such as we all alike very well
see and know, since we can hardly be said to have posted ourselves at
any great distance from him. If, then, any one has a suggestion to make,
now is the time to speak." With these words he ceased.
(2) Or "how he insisted that he was not going up."
Then various speakers stood up;
some of their own motion to propound their views; others inspired by
Clearchus to dilate on the hopeless difficulty of either staying, or
going back without the goodwill of Cyrus. One of these, in particular,
with a make-believe of anxiety to commence the homeward march without
further pause, called upon them instantly to choose other generals, if
Clearchus were not himself prepared to lead them back: "Let them at once
purchase supplies" (the market being in the heart of the Asiatic camp),
"let them pack up their baggage: let them," he added, "go to Cyrus and
ask for some ships in order to return by sea: if he refused to give them
ships, let them demand of him a guide to lead them back through a
friendly district; and if he would not so much as give them a guide,
they could but put themselves, without more ado, in marching order, and
send on a detachment to occupy the pass—before Cyrus and the Cilicians,
whose property," the speaker added, "we have so plentifully pillaged,
can anticipate us." Such were the remarks of that speaker; he was
followed by Clearchus, who merely said: "As to my acting personally as
general at this season, pray do not propose it: I can see numerous
obstacles to my doing so. Obedience, in the fullest, I can render to the
man of your choice, that is another matter: and you shall see and know
that I can play my part, under command, with the best of you."
After Clearchus another
spokesman stood up, and proceeded to point out the simplicity of the
speaker, who proposed to ask for vessels, just as if Cyrus were minded
to renounce the expedition and sail back again. "And let me further
point out," he said, "what a simple-minded notion it is to beg a guide
of the very man whose designs we are marring. If we can trust any guide
whom Cyrus may vouchsafe to us, why not order Cyrus at once to occupy
the pass on our behoof? For my part, I should think twice before I set
foot on any ships that he might give us, for fear lest he should sink
them with his men-of-war; and I should equally hesitate to follow any
guide of his: he might lead us into some place out of which we should
find it impossible to escape. I should much prefer, if I am to return
home against the will of Cyrus at all, to give him the slip, and so
begone: which indeed is impossible. But these schemes are simply
nonsensical. My proposal is that a deputation of fit persons, with
Clearchus, should go to Cyrus: let them go to Cyrus and ask him: what
use he proposes to make of us? and if the business is at all similar to
that on which he once before employed a body of foreigners—let us by all
means follow: let us show that we are the equals of those who
accompanied him on his much up formerly. But if the design should turn
out to be of larger import than the former one—involving more toil and
more danger—we should ask him, either to give us good reasons for
following his lead, or else consent to send us away into a friendly
country. In this way, whether we follow him, we shall do so as friends,
and with heart and soul, or whether we go back, we shall do so in
security. The answer to this shall be reported to us here, and when we
have heard it, we will advise as to our best course."
This resolution was carried,
and they chose and sent a deputation with Clearchus, who put to Cyrus
the questions which had been agreed upon by the army. Cyrus replied as
follows: That he had received news that Abrocomas, an enemy of his, was
posted on the Euphrates, twelve stages off; his object was to march
against this aforesaid Abrocomas: and if he were still there, he wished
to inflict punishment on him, "or if he be fled" (so the reply
concluded), "we will there deliberate on the best course." The
deputation received the answer and reported it to the soldiers. The
suspicion that he was leading them against the king was not dispelled;
but it seemed best to follow him. They only demanded an increase of pay,
and Cyrus promised to give them half as much again as they had hitherto
received—that is to say, a daric and a half a month to each man, instead
of a daric. Was he really leading them to attack the king? Not even at
this moment was any one apprised of the fact, at any rate in any open
and public manner.
IV
From this point he marched two
stages—ten parasangs—to the river Psarus, which is two hundred feet
broad, and from the Psarus he marched a single stage—five parasangs—to
Issi, the last city in Cilicia. It lies on the seaboard—a prosperous,
large and flourishing town. Here they halted three days, and here Cyrus
was joined by his fleet. There were thirty-five ships from Peloponnesus,
with the Lacedaemonian admiral Pythagoras on board. These had been
piloted from Ephesus by Tamos the Egyptian, who himself had another
fleet of twenty-five ships belonging to Cyrus. These had formed Tamos's
blockading squadron at Miletus, when that city sided with Tissaphernes;
he had also used them in other military services rendered to Cyrus in
his operations against that satrap. There was a third officer on board
the fleet, the Lacedaemonian Cheirisophus, who had been sent for by
Cyrus, and had brought with him seven hundred hoplites, over whom he was
to act as general in the service of Cyrus. The fleet lay at anchor
opposite Cyrus's tent. Here too another reinforcement presented itself.
This was a body of four hundred hoplites, Hellenic mercenaries in the
service of Abrocomas, who deserted him for Cyrus, and joined in the
campaign against the king.
From Issi, he marched a single
stage—five parasangs—to the gates of Cilicia and Syria. This was a
double fortress: the inner and nearer one, which protects Cilicia, was
held by Syennesis and a garrison of Cilicians; the outer and further
one, protecting Syria, was reported to be garrisoned by a body of the
king's troops. Through the gap between the two fortresses flows a river
named the Carsus, which is a hundred feet broad, and the whole space
between was scarcely more than six hundred yards. To force a passage
here would be impossible, so narrow was the pass itself, with the
fortification walls stretching down to the sea, and precipitous rocks
above; while both fortresses were furnished with gates. It was the
existence of this pass which had induced Cyrus to send for the fleet, so
as to enable him to lead a body of hoplites inside and outside the
gates; and so to force a passage through the enemy, if he were guarding
the Syrian gate, as he fully expected to find Abrocomas doing with a
large army. This, however, Abrocomas had not done; but as soon as he
learnt that Cyrus was in Cilicia, he had turned round and made his exit
from Phoenicia, to join the king with an army amounting, as report said,
to three hundred thousand men.
From this point Cyrus pursued
his march, through Syria a single stage—five parasangs—to Myriandus, a
city inhabited by Phoenicians, on the sea-coast. This was a commercial
port, and numerous merchant vessels were riding at anchor in the harbour.
Here they halted seven days, and here Xenias the Arcadian general, and
Pasion the Megarian got on board a trader, and having stowed away their
most valuable effects, set sail for home; most people explained the act
as the outcome of a fit of jealousy, because Cyrus had allowed Clearchus
to retain their men, who had deserted to him, in hopes of returning to
Hellas instead of marching against the king; when the two had so
vanished, a rumour spread that Cyrus was after them with some ships of
war, and some hoped the cowards might be caught, others pitied them, if
that should be their fate.
But Cyrus summoned the generals
and addressed them: "Xenias and Pasion," he said, "have taken leave of
us; but they need not flatter themselves that in so doing they have
stolen into hiding. I know where they are gone; nor will they owe their
escape to speed; I have men-of-war to capture their craft, if I like.
But heaven help me! if I mean to pursue them: never shall it be said of
me, that I turn people to account as long as they stay with me, but as
soon as they are minded to be off, I seize and maltreat them, and strip
them of their wealth. Not so! let them go with the consciousness that
our behaviour to them is better than theirs to us. And yet I have their
children and wives safe under lock and key in Tralles; but they shall
not be deprived even of these. They shall receive them back in return
for their former goodness to me." So he spoke, and the Hellenes, even
those who had been out of heart at the thought of marching up the
country, when they heard of the nobleness of Cyrus, were happier and
more eager to follow him on his path.
After this Cyrus marched
onwards four stages—twenty parasangs—to the river Chalus. That river is
a hundred feet broad, and is stocked with tame fish which the Syrians
regard as gods, and will not suffer to be injured—and so too the pigeons
of the place. The villages in which they encamped belonged to Parysatis,
as part of her girdle money (1). From this point he marched on five
stages—thirty parasangs—to the sources of the river Dardas, which is a
hundred feet broad. Here stood the palace of Belesys, the ruler of
Syria, with its park—which was a very large and beautiful one, and full
of the products of all the seasons in their course. But Cyrus cut down
the park and burnt the palace. Thence he marched on three stages—fifteen
parasangs—to the river Euphrates, which is nearly half a mile broad. A
large and flourishing city, named Thapsacus, stands on its banks. Here
they halted five days, and here Cyrus sent for the generals of the
Hellenes, and told them that the advance was now to be upon Babylon,
against the great king; he bade them communicate this information to the
soldiers and persuade them to follow. The generals called an assembly,
and announced the news to the soldiers. The latter were indignant and
angry with the generals, accusing them of having kept secret what they
had long known; and refused to go, unless such a bribe of money were
given them as had been given to their predecessors, when they went up
with Cyrus to the court of his father, not as now to fight a battle, but
on a peaceful errand—the visit of a son to his father by invitation. The
demand was reported to Cyrus by the generals, and he undertook to give
each man five silver minae as soon as Babylon was reached, and their pay
in full, until he had safely conveyed them back to Ionia again. In this
manner the Hellenic force were persuaded—that is to say, the majority of
them. Menon, indeed, before it was clear what the rest of the soldiers
would do—whether, in fact they would follow Cyrus or not—collected his
own troops apart and made them the following speech; "Men," he said, "if
you will listen to me, there is a method by which, without risk or toil,
you may win the special favour of Cyrus beyond the rest of the soldiers.
You ask what it is I would have you to do? I will tell you. Cyrus at
this instant is begging the Hellenes to follow him to attack the king. I
say then: Cross the Euphrates at once, before it is clear what answer
the rest will make; if they vote in favour of following, you will get
the credit of having set the example, and Cyrus will be grateful to you.
He will look upon you as being the heartiest in his cause; he will
repay, as of all others he best knows how; while, if the rest vote
against crossing, we shall go back again; but as the sole adherents,
whose fidelity he can altogether trust, it is you whom Cyrus will turn
to account, as commandants of garrisons or captains of companies. You
need only ask him for whatever you want, and you will get it from him,
as being the friends of Cyrus."
(1) Cf. Plat. "Alcib." i. 123 B. "Why, I have been informed by a
credible person, who went up to the king (at Susa), that he passed
through a large tract of excellent land, extending for nearly a
day's journey, which the people of the country called the queen's
girdle, and another which they called her veil," etc. Olympiodorus
and the Scholiast both think that Plato here refers to Xenophon
and this passage of the "Anabasis." Grote thinks it very probable
that Plato had in his mind Xenophon (either his "Anabasis" or
personal communications with him).
The men heard and obeyed, and
before the rest had given their answer, they were already across. But
when Cyrus perceived that Menon's troops had crossed, he was well
pleased, and he sent Glus to the division in question, with this
message: "Soldiers, accept my thanks at present; eventually you shall
thank me. I will see to that, or my name is not Cyrus." The soldiers
therefore could not but pray heartily for his success; so high their
hopes ran. But to Menon, it was said, he sent gifts with lordly
liberality. This done, Cyrus proceeded to cross; and in his wake
followed the rest of the armament to a man. As they forded, never a man
was wetted above the chest: nor ever until this moment, said the men of
Thapascus, had the river been so crossed on foot, boats had always been
required; but these, at the present time, Abrocomas, in his desire to
hinder Cyrus from crossing, had been at pains to burn. Thus the passage
was looked upon as a thing miraculous; the river had manifestly retired
before the face of Cyrus, like a courtier bowing to his future king.
From this place he continued his march through Syria nine stages—fifty
parasangs—and they reached the river Araxes. Here were several villages
full of corn and wine; in which they halted three days, and provisioned
the army.
V
Thence he marched on through
Arabia, keeping the Euphrates on the right, five desert
stages—thirty-five parasangs. In this region the ground was one long
level plain, stretching far and wide like the sea, full of absinth;
whilst all the other vegetation, whether wood or reed, was sweet scented
like spice or sweet herb; there were no trees; but there was wild game
of all kinds—wild asses in greatest abundance, with plenty of ostriches;
besides these, there were bustards and antelopes. These creatures were
occasionally chased by the cavalry. The asses, when pursued, would run
forward a space, and then stand still—their pace being much swifter than
that of horses; and as soon as the horses came close, they went through
the same performance. The only way to catch them was for the riders to
post themselves at intervals, and to hunt them in relays, as it were.
The flesh of those they captured was not unlike venison, only more
tender. No one was lucky enough to capture an ostrich. Some of the
troopers did give chase, but it had soon to be abandoned; for the bird,
in its effort to escape, speedily put a long interval between itself and
its pursuers; plying its legs at full speed, and using its wings the
while like a sail. The bustards were not so hard to catch when started
suddenly; for they only take short flights, like partridges, and are
soon tired. Their flesh is delicious.
As the army wended its way
through this region, they reached the river Mascas, which is one hundred
feet in breadth. Here stood a big deserted city called Corsote, almost
literally environed by the stream, which flows round it in a circle.
Here they halted three days and provisioned themselves. Thence they
continued their march thirteen desert stages—ninety parasangs—with the
Euphrates still on their right, until they reached the Gates. On these
marches several of the baggage animals perished of hunger, for there was
neither grass nor green herb, or tree of any sort; but the country
throughout was barren. The inhabitants make their living by quarrying
millstones on the river banks, which they work up and take to Babylon
and sell, purchasing corn in exchange for their goods. Corn failed the
army, and was not to be got for money, except in the Lydian market open
in Cyrus's Asiatic army; where a kapithe of wheat or barley cost four
shekels; the shekel being equal to seven and a half Attic obols, whilst
the kapithe is the equivalent of two Attic choeneces (1), dry measure,
so that the soldiers subsisted on meat alone for the whole period. Some
of the stages were very long, whenever they had to push on to find water
or fodder; and once they found themselves involved in a narrow way,
where the deep clay presented an obstacle to the progress of the wagons.
Cyrus, with the nobles about him, halted to superintend the operation,
and ordered Glus and Pigres to take a body of barbarians and to help in
extricating the wagons. As they seemed to be slow about the business, he
turned round angrily to the Persian nobles and bade them lend a hand to
force the wagons out. Then, if ever, what goes to constitute one branch
of good discipline, was to be witnessed. Each of those addressed, just
where he chanced to be standing, threw off his purple cloak, and flung
himself into the work with as much eagerness as if it had been a charge
for victory. Down a steep hill side they flew, with their costly tunics
and embroidered trousers—some with the circlets round their necks, and
bracelets on their arms—in an instant, they had sprung into the miry
clay, and in less time than one could have conceived, they had landed
the wagons safe on terra firma.
(1) The choenix = about 1 quart (or, according to others, 1 1/2 pint).
It was the minimum allowance of corn for a man, say a slave, per
diem. The Spartan was allowed at the public table 2 choenices a
day.
Altogether it was plain that
Cyrus was bent on pressing on the march, and averse to stoppages, except
where he halted for the sake of provisioning or some other necessary
object; being convinced that the more rapidly he advanced, the less
prepared for battle would he find the king; while the slower his own
progress, the larger would be the hostile army which he would find
collected. Indeed, the attentive observer could see, at a glance, that
if the king's empire was strong in its extent of territory and the
number of inhabitants, that strength is compensated by an inherent
weakness, dependent upon the length of roads and the inevitable
dispersion of defensive forces, where an invader insists upon pressing
home the war by forced marches.
On the opposite side of the
Euphrates to the point reached on one of these desert stages, was a
large and flourishing city named Charmande. From this town the soldiers
made purchases of provisions, crossing the river on rafts, in the
following fashion: They took the skins which they used as tent
coverings, and filled them with light grass; they then compressed and
stitched them tightly together by the ends, so that the water might not
touch the hay. On these they crossed and got provisions: wine made from
the date-nut, and millet or panic-corn, the common staple of the
country. Some dispute or other here occurred between the soldiers of
Menon and Clearchus, in which Clearchus sentenced one of Menon's men, as
the delinquent, and had him flogged. The man went back to his own
division and told them. Hearing what had been done to their comrade, his
fellows fretted and fumed, and were highly incensed against Clearchus.
The same day Clearchus visited the passage of the river, and after
inspecting the market there, was returning with a few followers, on
horseback, to his tent, and had to pass through Menon's quarters. Cyrus
had not yet come up, but was riding up in the same direction. One of
Menon's men, who was splitting wood, caught sight of Clearchus as he
rode past, and aimed a blow at him with his axe. The aim took no effect;
when another hurled a stone at him, and a third, and then several, with
shouts and hisses. Clearchus made a rapid retreat to his own troops, and
at once ordered them to get under arms. He bade his hoplites remain in
position with their shields resting against their knees, while he, at
the head of his Thracians and horsemen, of which he had more than forty
in his army—Thracians for the most part—advanced against Menon's
soldiers, so that the latter, with Menon himself, were panic-stricken,
and ran to seize their arms; some even stood riveted to the spot, in
perplexity at the occurrence. Just then Proxenus came up from behind, as
chance would have it, with his division of hoplites, and without a
moment's hesitation marched into the open space between the rival
parties, and grounded arms; then he fell to begging Clearchus to desist.
The latter was not too well pleased to hear his trouble mildly spoken
of, when he had barely escaped being stoned to death; and he bade
Proxenus retire and leave the intervening space open. At this juncture
Cyrus arrived and inquired what was happening. There was no time for
hesitation. With his javelins firmly grasped in his hands he galloped
up—escorted by some of his faithful bodyguard, who were present—and was
soon in the midst, exclaiming: "Clearchus, Proxenus, and you other
Hellenes yonder, you know not what you do. As surely as you come to
blows with one another, our fate is sealed—this very day I shall be cut
to pieces, and so will you: your turn will follow close on mine. Let our
fortunes once take an evil turn, and these barbarians whom you see
around will be worse foes to us than those who are at present serving
the king." At these words Clearchus came to his senses. Both parties
paused from battle, and retired to their quarters: order reigned.
VI
As they advanced from this
point (opposite Charmande), they came upon the hoof-prints and dung of
horses at frequent intervals. It looked like the trail of some two
thousand horses. Keeping ahead of the army, these fellows burnt up the
grass and everything else that was good for use. Now there was a
Persian, named Orontas; he was closely related to the king by birth: and
in matters pertaining to war reckoned among the best of Persian
warriors. Having formerly been at war with Cyrus, and afterwards
reconciled to him, he now made a conspiracy to destroy him. he made a
proposal to Cyrus: if Cyrus would furnish him with a thousand horsemen,
he would deal with these troopers, who were burning down everything in
front of them; he would lay an ambuscade and cut them down, or he would
capture a host of them alive; in any case, he would put a stop to their
aggressiveness and burnings; he would see to it that they did not ever
get a chance of setting eyes on Cyrus's army and reporting its advent to
the king. The proposal seemed plausible to Cyrus, who accordingly
authorised Orontas to take a detachment from each of the generals, and
be gone. He, thinking that he had got his horsemen ready to his hand,
wrote a letter to the king, announcing that he would ere long join him
with as many troopers as he could bring; he bade him, at the same time,
instruct the royal cavalry to welcome him as a friend. The letter
further contained certain reminders of his former friendship and
fidelity. This despatch he delivered into the hands of one who was a
trusty messenger, as he thought; but the bearer took and gave it to
Cyrus. Cyrus read it. Orontas was arrested. Then Cyrus summoned to his
tent seven of the noblest Persians among his personal attendants, and
sent orders to the Hellenic generals to bring up a body of hoplites.
These troops were to take up a position round his tent. This the
generals did; bringing up about three thousand hoplites. Clearchus was
also invited inside, to assist at the court-martial; a compliment due to
the position he held among the other generals, in the opinion not only
of Cyrus, but also of the rest of the court. When he came out, he
reported the circumstances of the trial (as to which, indeed, there was
no mystery) to his friends. He said that Cyrus opened the inquiry with
these words: "I have invited you hither, my friends, that I may take
advice with you, and carry out whatever, in the sight of God and man, it
is right for me to do, as concerning the man before you, Orontas. The
prisoner was, in the first instance, given to me by my father, to be my
faithful subject. In the next place, acting, to use his own words, under
the orders of my brother, and having hold of the acropolis of Sardis, he
went to war with me. I met war with war, and forced him to think it more
prudent to desist from war with me: whereupon we shook hands, exchanging
solemn pledges. After that," and at this point Cyrus turned to Orontas,
and addressed him personally—"after that, did I do you any wrong?"
Answer, "Never." Again another question: "Then later on, having
received, as you admit, no injury from me, did you revolt to the Mysians
and injure my territory, as far as in you lay?"—"I did," was the reply.
"Then, once more having discovered the limits of your power, did you
flee to the altar of Artemis, crying out that you repented? and did you
thus work upon my feelings, that we a second time shook hands and made
interchange of solemn pledges? Are these things so?" Orontas again
assented. "Then what injury have you received from me," Cyrus asked,
"that now for the third time, you have been detected in a treasonous
plot against me?"—"I must needs do so," he answered. Then Cyrus put one
more question: "But the day may come, may it not, when you will once
again be hostile to my brother, and a faithful friend to myself?" The
other answered: "Even if I were, you could never be brought to believe
it, Cyrus."
At this point Cyrus turned to
those who were present and said: "Such has been the conduct of the
prisoner in the past: such is his language now. I now call upon you, and
you first, Clearchus, to declare your opinion—what think you?" And
Clearchus answered: "My advice to you is to put this man out of the way
as soon as may be, so that we may be saved the necessity of watching
him, and have more leisure, as far as he is concerned, to requite the
services of those whose friendship is sincere."—"To this opinion," he
told us, "the rest of the court adhered." After that, at the bidding of
Cyrus, each of those present, in turn, including the kinsmen of Orontas,
took him by the girdle; which is as much as to say, "Let him die the
death," and then those appointed led him out; and they who in old days
were wont to do obeisance to him, could not refrain, even at that
moment, from bowing down before him, albeit they knew he was being led
forth to death.
After they had conducted him to
the tent of Artapates, the trustiest of Cyrus's wand-bearers, none set
eyes upon him ever again, alive or dead. No one, of his own knowledge,
could declare the manner of his death; though some conjectured one thing
and some another. No tomb to mark his resting-place, either then or
since, was ever seen.
VII
From this place Cyrus marched
through Babylonia three stages—twelve parasangs. Now, on the third
stage, about midnight, Cyrus held a review of the Hellenes and Asiatics
in the plain, expecting that the king would arrive the following day
with his army to offer battle. He gave orders to Clearchus to take
command of the right wing, and to Menon the Thessalian of the left,
while he himself undertook to the disposition of his own forces in
person. After the review, with the first approach of day, deserters from
the great king arrived, bringing Cyrus information about the royal army.
Then Cyrus summoned the generals and captains of the Hellenes, and held
a council of war to arrange the plan of battle. He took this opportunity
also to address the following words of compliment and encouragement to
the meeting: "Men of Hellas," he said, "it is certainly not from dearth
of barbarians to fight my battles that I put myself at your head as my
allies; but because I hold you to be better and stronger than many
barbarians. That is why I took you. See then that you prove yourselves
to be men worthy of the liberty which you possess, and which I envy you.
Liberty—it is a thing which, be well assured, I would choose in
preference to all my other possessions, multiplied many times. But I
would like you to know into what sort of struggle you are going: learn
its nature from one who knows. Their numbers are great, and they come on
with much noise; but if you can hold out against these two things, I
confess I am ashamed to think, what a sorry set of folk you will find
the inhabitants of this land to be. But you are men, and brave you must
be, being men: it is agreed; then if you wish to return home, any of
you, I undertake to send you back, in such sort that your friends at
home shall envy you; but I flatter myself I shall persuade many of you
to accept what I will offer you here, in lieu of what you left at home."
Here Gaulites, a Samian exile,
and a trusty friend of Cyrus, being present, exclaimed: "Ay, Cyrus, but
some say you can afford to make large promises now, because you are in
the crisis of impending danger; but let matters go well with you, will
you recollect? They shake their heads. Indeed, some add that, even if
you did recollect, and were ever so willing, you would not be able to
make good all your promises, and repay." When Cyrus heard that, he
answered: "You forget, sirs, my father's empire stretches southwards to
a region where men cannot dwell by reason of the heat, and northwards to
a region uninhabitable through cold; but all the intervening space is
mapped out in satrapies belonging to my brother's friends: so that if
the victory be ours, it will be ours also to put our friends in
possession in their room. On the whole my fear is, not that I may not
have enough to give to each of my friends, but lest I may not have
friends enough on whom to bestow what I have to give, and to each of you
Hellenes I will give a crown of gold."
So they, when they heard these
words, were once more elated than ever themselves, and spread the good
news among the rest outside. And there came into his presence both the
generals and some of the other Hellenes also, claiming to know what they
should have in the event of victory; and Cyrus satisfied the
expectations of each and all, and so dismissed them. Now the advice and
admonition of all who came into conversation with him was, not to enter
the battle himself, but to post himself in rear of themselves; and at
this season Clearchus put a question to him: "But do you think that your
brother will give battle to you, Cyrus?" and Cyrus answered: "Not
without a battle, be assured, shall the prize be won; if he be the son
of Darius and Parysatis, and a brother of mine."
In the final arming for battle
at this juncture, the numbers were as follows: Of Hellenes there were
ten thousand four hundred heavy infantry with two thousand five hundred
targeteers, while the barbarians with Cyrus reached a total of one
hundred thousand. He had too about twenty scythe-chariots. The enemy's
forces were reported to number one million two hundred thousand, with
two hundred scythe-chariots, besides which he had six thousand cavalry
under Artagerses. These formed the immediate vanguard of the king
himself. The royal army was marshalled by four generals or
field-marshals, each in command of three hundred thousand men. Their
names were Abrocomas, Tissaphernes, Gobryas, and Arbaces. (But of this
total not more than nine hundred thousand were engaged in the battle,
with one hundred and fifty scythe-chariots; since Abrocomas, on his
march from Phoenicia, arrived five days too late for the battle.) Such
was the information brought to Cyrus by deserters who came in from the
king's army before the battle, and it was corroborated after the battle
by those of the enemy who were taken prisoners.
From this place Cyrus advanced
one stage—three parasangs—with the whole body of his troops, Hellenic
and barbarian alike in order of battle. He expected the king to give
battle the same day, for in the middle of this day's march a deep sunk
trench was reached, thirty feet broad, and eighteen feet deep. The
trench was carried inland through the plain, twelve parasang's distance,
to the wall of Media (1). (Here are canals, flowing from the river
Tigris; they are four in number, each a hundred feet broad, and very
deep, with corn ships plying upon them; they empty themselves into the
Euphrates, and are at intervals of one parasang apart, and are spanned
by bridges.)
(1) For "the wall of Media" see Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p.
87 and foll. note 1 (1st ed.), and various authorities there
quoted or referred to. The next passage enclosed in () may
possibly be a commentator's or editor's note, but, on the whole, I
have thought it best to keep the words in the text instead of
relegating them, as heretofore, to a note. Perhaps some future
traveller may clear up all difficulties.
Between the Euphrates and the
trench was a narrow passage, twenty feet only in breadth. The trench
itself had been constructed by the great king upon hearing of Cyrus's
approach, to serve as a line of defence. Through this narrow passage
then Cyrus and his army passed, and found themselves safe inside the
trench. So there was no battle to be fought with the king that day; only
there were numerous unmistakable traces of horse and infantry in
retreat. Here Cyrus summoned Silanus, his Ambraciot soothsayer, and
presented him with three thousand darics; because eleven days back, when
sacrificing, he had told him that the king would not fight within ten
days, and Cyrus had answered: "Well, then, if he does not fight within
that time, he will not fight at all; and if your prophecy comes true, I
promise you ten talents." So now, that the ten days were passed, he
presented him with the above sum.
But as the king had failed to
hinder the passage of Cyrus's army at the trench, Cyrus himself and the
rest concluded that he must have abandoned the idea of offering battle,
so that next day Cyrus advanced with less than his former caution. On
the third day he was conducting the march, seated in his carriage, with
only a small body of troops drawn up in front of him. The mass of the
army was moving on in no kind of order: the soldiers having consigned
their heavy arms to be carried in the wagons or on the backs of beasts.
VIII
It was already about full
market time (1) and the halting-place at which the army was to take up
quarters was nearly reached, when Pategyas, a Persian, a trusty member
of Cyrus's personal staff, came galloping up at full speed on his horse,
which was bathed in sweat, and to every one he met he shouted in Greek
and Persian, as fast as he could ejaculate the words: "The king is
advancing with a large army ready for battle." Then ensued a scene of
wild confusion. The Hellenes and all alike were expecting to be attacked
on the instant, and before they could form their lines. Cyrus sprang
from his carriage and donned his corselet; then leaping on to his
charger's back, with the javelins firmly clutched, he passed the order
to the rest, to arm themselves and fall into their several ranks.
(1) I.e. between 9 and 10 A.M.
The orders were carried out
with alacrity; the ranks shaped themselves. Clearchus held the right
wing resting on the Euphrates, Proxenus was next, and after him the
rest, while Menon with his troops held the Hellenic left. Of the
Asiatics, a body of Paphlagonian cavalry, one thousand strong, were
posted beside Clearchus on the right, and with them stood the Hellenic
peltasts. On the left was Ariaeus, Cyrus's second in command, and the
rest of the barbarian host. Cyrus was with his bodyguard of cavalry
about six hundred strong, all armed with corselets like Cyrus, and
cuirasses and helmets; but not so Cyrus: he went into battle with head
unhelmeted (2). So too all the horses with Cyrus wore forehead-pieces
and breast-pieces, and the troopers carried short Hellenic swords.
(2) The MSS. add, "to expose oneself to the risks of war bareheaded
is, it is said, a practice common to the Persians," which I regard
as a commentator's note, if not an original marginal note of some
early editor, possibly of the author himself. The "Cyropaedeia" is
full of such comments, "pieces justificatives" inserted into the
text.
It was now mid-day, and the
enemy was not yet in sight; but with the approach of afternoon was seen
dust like a white cloud, and after a considerable interval a black pall
as it were spread far and high above the plain. As they came nearer,
very soon was seen here and there a glint of bronze and spear-points;
and the ranks could plainly be distinguished. On the left were troopers
wearing white cuirasses. That is Tissaphernes in command, they said, and
next to these a body of men bearing wicker-shields, and next again
heavy-armed infantry, with long wooden shields reaching to the feet.
These were the Egyptians, they said, and then other cavalry, other
bowmen; all were in national divisions, each nation marching in
densely-crowded squares. And all along their front was a line of
chariots at considerable intervals from one another—the famous
scythe-chariots, as they were named—having their scythes fitted to the
axle-trees and stretching out slantwise, while others protruded under
the chariot-seats, facing the ground, so as to cut through all they
encountered. The design was to let them dash full speed into the ranks
of the Hellenes and cut them through.
Curiously enough the
anticipation of Cyrus, when at the council of war he admonished the
Hellenes not to mind the shouting of the Asiatics, was not justified.
Instead of shouting, they came on in deep silence, softly and slowly,
with even tread. At this instant, Cyrus, riding past in person,
accompanied by Pigres, his interpreter, and three or four others, called
aloud to Clearchus to advance against the enemy's centre, for there the
king was to be found: "And if we strike home at this point," he added,
"our work is finished." Clearchus, though he could see the compact body
at the centre, and had been told by Cyrus that the king lay outside the
Hellenic left (for, owing to numerical superiority, the king, while
holding his own centre, could well overlap Cyrus's extreme left), still
hesitated to draw off his right wing from the river, for fear of being
turned on both flanks; and he simply replied, assuring Cyrus that he
would take care all went well.
At this time the barbarian army
was evenly advancing, and the Hellenic division was still riveted to the
spot, completing its formation as the various contingents came up.
Cyrus, riding past at some distance from the lines, glanced his eye
first in one direction and then in the other, so as to take a complete
survey of friends and foes; when Xenophon the Athenian, seeing him, rode
up from the Hellenic quarter to meet him, asking him whether he had any
orders to give. Cyrus, pulling up his horse, begged him to make the
announcement generally known that the omens from the victims, internal
and external alike, were good (3). While he was still speaking, he heard
a confused murmur passing through the ranks, and asked what it meant.
The other replied that it was the watchword being passed down for the
second time. Cyrus wondered who had given the order, and asked what the
watchword was. On being told it was "Zeus our Saviour and Victory," he
replied, "I accept it; so let it be," and with that remark rode away to
his own position. And now the two battle lines were no more than three
or four furlongs apart, when the Hellenes began chanting the paean, and
at the same time advanced against the enemy.
(3) I.e. the omens from inspecting the innards of the victims, and the
omens from the acts and movements of the victims.
But with the forward movement a
certain portion of the line curved onwards in advance, with wave-like
sinuosity, and the portion left behind quickened to a run; and
simultaneously a thrilling cry burst from all lips, like that in honour
of the war-god—eleleu! eleleu! and the running became general. Some say
they clashed their shields and spears, thereby causing terror to the
horses (4); and before they had got within arrowshot the barbarians
swerved and took to flight. And now the Hellenes gave chase with might
and main, checked only by shouts to one another not to race, but to keep
their ranks. The enemy's chariots, reft of their charioteers, swept
onwards, some through the enemy themselves, others past the Hellenes.
They, as they saw them coming, opened a gap and let them pass. One
fellow, like some dumbfoundered mortal on a racecourse, was caught by
the heels, but even he, they said, received no hurt, nor indeed, with
the single exception of some one on the left wing who was said to have
been wounded by an arrow, did any Hellene in this battle suffer a single
hurt.
(4) Some critics regard this sentence as an editor's or commentator's
note.
Cyrus, seeing the Hellene's
conquering, as far as they at any rate were concerned, and in hot
pursuit, was well content; but in spite of his joy and the salutations
offered him at that moment by those about him, as though he were already
king, he was not led away to join in the pursuit, but keeping his
squadron of six hundred horsemen in cloe order, waited and watched to
see what the king himself would do. The king, he knew, held the centre
of the Persian army. Indeed it is the fashion for the Asiatic monarch to
occupy that position during action, for this twofold reason: he holds
the safest place, with his troops on either side of him, while, if he
has occasion to despatch any necessary rider along the lines, his troops
will receive the message in half the time. The king accordingly on this
occasion held the centre of his army, but for all that, he was outside
Cyrus's left wing; and seeing that no one offered him battle in front,
nor yet the troops in front of him, he wheeled as if to encircle the
enemy. It was then that Cyrus, in apprehension lest the king might get
round to the rear and cut to pieces the Hellenic body, charged to meet
him. Attacking with his six hundred, he mastered the line of troops in
front of the king, and put to flight the six thousand, cutting down, as
is said, with his own hand their general, Artagerses.
But as soon as the rout
commenced, Cyrus's own six hundred themselves, in the ardour of pursuit,
were scattered, with the exception of a handful who were left with Cyrus
himself—chiefly his table companions, so-called. Left alone with these,
he caught sight of the king, and the close throng about him. Unable
longer to contain himself, with a cry, "I see the man," he rushed at him
and dealt a blow at his chest, wounding him through the corselet. This,
according to the statement of Ctesias the surgeon (5), who further
states that he himself healed the wound. As Cyrus delivered the blow,
some one struck him with a javelin under the eye severely; and in the
struggle which then ensued between the king and Cyrus and those about
them to protect one or other, we have the statement of Ctesias as to the
number slain on the king's side, for he was by his side. On the other,
Cyrus himself fell, and eight of his bravest companions lay on the top
of him. The story says that Artapes, the trustiest among his
wand-wearers, when he saw that Cyrus had fallen to the ground, leapt
from his horse and threw his arms about him. Then, as one account says,
the king bade one slay him as a worthy victim to his brother: others say
that Artapates drew his scimitar and slew himself by his own hand. A
golden scimitar it is true, he had; he wore also a collar and bracelets
and the other ornaments such as the noblest Persians wear; for his
kindliness and fidelity had won him honours at the hands of Cyrus.
(5) "Ctesias, the son of Ctesiochus, was a physician of Cnidos.
Seventeen years of his life were passed at the court of Persia,
fourteen in the service of Darios, three in that of Artaxerxes; he
returned to Greece in 398 B.C.," and "was employed by Artaxerxes
in diplomatic services." See Mure; also Ch. Muller, for his life
and works. He wrote (1) a history on Persian affairs in three
parts—Assyrian, Median, Persian—with a chapter "On Tributes;"
(2) a history of Indian affairs (written in the vein of Sir John
Maundeville, Kt.); (3) a Periplus; (4) a treatise on Mountains;
(5) a treatise on Rivers.
IX
So died Cyrus; a man the
kingliest (1) and most worthy to rule of all the Persians who have lived
since the elder Cyrus: according to the concurrent testimony of all who
are reputed to have known him intimately. To begin from the beginning,
when still a boy, and whilst being brought up with his brother and the
other lads, his unrivalled excellence was recognised. For the sons of
the noblest Persians, it must be known, are brought up, one and all, at
the king's portals. Here lessons of sobriety and self-control may
largely be laid to heart, while there is nothing base or ugly for eye or
ear to feed upon. There is the daily spectacle ever before the boys of
some receiving honour from the king, and again of others receiving
dishonour; and the tale of all this is in their ears, so that from
earliest boyhood they learn how to rule and to be ruled.
(1) The character now to be drawn is afterwards elaborated into the
Cyrus of the Cyropaedeia.
In this courtly training Cyrus
earned a double reputation; first he was held to be a paragon of modesty
among his fellows, rendering an obedience to his elders which exceeded
that of many of his own inferiors; and next he bore away the palm for
skill in horsemanship and for love of the animal itself. Nor less in
matters of war, in the use of the bow and the javelin, was he held by
men in general to be at once the aptest of learners and the most eager
practiser. As soon as his age permitted, the same pre-eminence showed
itself in his fondness for the chase, not without a certain appetite for
perilous adventure in facing the wild beasts themselves. Once a bear
made a furious rush at him (2), and without wincing he grappled with
her, and was pulled from his horse, receiving wounds the scars of which
were visible through life; but in the end he slew the creature, nor did
he forget him who first came to his aid, but made him enviable in the
eyes of many.
(2) The elder Cyrus, when a boy, kills not a bear but a boar.
After he had been sent down by
his father to be satrap of Lydia and Great Phrygia and Cappadocia, and
had been appointed general of the forces, whose business it is to muster
in the plain of the Castolus, nothing was more noticeable in his conduct
than the importance which he attached to the faithful fulfilment of
every treaty or compact or undertaking entered into with others. He
would tell no lies to any one. Thus doubtless it was that he won the
confidence alike of individuals and of the communities entrusted to his
care; or in case of hostility, a treaty made with Cyrus was a guarantee
sufficient to the combatant that he would suffer nothing contrary to its
terms. Therefore, in the war with Tissaphernes, all the states of their
own accord chose Cyrus in lieu of Tissaphernes, except only the men of
Miletus, and these were only alienated through fear of him, because he
refused to abandon their exiled citizens; and his deeds and words bore
emphatic witness to his principle: even if they were weakened in number
or in fortune, he would never abandon those who had once become his
friends.
He made no secret of his
endeavour to outdo his friends and his foes alike in reciprocity of
conduct. The prayer has been attributed to him, "God grant I may live
along enough to recompense my friends and requite my foes with a strong
arm." However this may be, no one, at least in our days, ever drew
together so ardent a following of friends, eager to lay at his feet
their money, their cities, their own lives and persons; nor is it to be
inferred from this that he suffered the malefactor and the wrongdoer to
laugh him to scorn; on the contrary, these he punished most
unflinchingly. It was no rare sight to see on the well-trodden highways,
men who had forfeited hand or foot or eye; the result being that
throughout the satrapy of Cyrus any one, Hellene or barbarian, provided
he were innocent, might fearlessly travel wherever he pleased, and take
with him whatever he felt disposed. However, as all allowed, it was for
the brave in war that he reserved especial honour. To take the first
instance to hand, he had a war with the Pisidians and Mysians. Being
himself at the head of an expedition into those territories, he could
observe those who voluntarily encountered risks; these he made rulers of
the territory which he subjected, and afterwards honoured them with
other gifts. So that, if the good and brave were set on a pinnacle of
fortune, cowards were recognised as their natural slaves; and so it
befell that Cyrus never had lack of volunteers in any service of danger,
whenever it was expected that his eye would be upon them.
So again, wherever he might
discover any one ready to distinguish himself in the service of
uprightness, his delight was to make this man richer than those who seek
for gain by unfair means. On the same principle, his own administration
was in all respects uprightly conducted, and, in particular, he secured
the services of an army worthy of the name. Generals, and subalterns
alike, came to him from across the seas, not merely to make money, but
because they saw that loyalty to Cyrus was a more profitable investment
than so many pounds a month. Let any man whatsoever render him willing
service, such enthusiasm was sure to win its reward. And so Cyrus could
always command the service of the best assistants, it was said, whatever
the work might be.
Or if he saw any skilful and
just steward who furnished well the country over which he ruled, and
created revenues, so far from robbing him at any time, to him who had,
he delighted to give more. So that toil was a pleasure, and gains were
amassed with confidence, and least of all from Cyrus would a man conceal
the amount of his possessions, seeing that he showed no jealousy of
wealth openly avowed, but his endeavour was rather to turn to account
the riches of those who kept them secret. Towards the friends he had
made, whose kindliness he knew, or whose fitness as fellow-workers with
himself, in aught which he might wish to carry out, he had tested, he
showed himself in turn an adept in the arts of courtesy. Just in
proportion as he felt the need of this friend or that to help him, so he
tried to help each of them in return in whatever seemed to be their
heart's desire.
Many were the gifts bestowed on
him, for many and diverse reasons; no one man, perhaps, ever received
more; no one, certainly, was ever more ready to bestow them upon others,
with an eye ever to the taste of each, so as to gratify what he saw to
be the individual requirement. Many of these presents were sent to him
to serve as personal adornments of the body or for battle; and as
touching these he would say, "How am I to deck myself out in all these?
to my mind a man's chief ornament is the adornment of nobly-adorned
friends." Indeed, that he should triumph over his friends in the great
matters of welldoing is not surprising, seeing that he was much more
powerful than they, but that he should go beyond them in minute
attentions, and in an eager desire to give pleasure, seems to me, I must
confess, more admirable. Frequently when he had tasted some specially
excellent wine, he would send the half remaining flagon to some friend
with a message to say: "Cyrus says, this is the best wine he has tasted
for a long time, that is his excuse for sending it to you. He hopes you
will drink it up to-day with a choice party of friends." Or, perhaps, he
would send the remainder of a dish of geese, half loaves of bread, and
so forth, the bearer being instructed to say: "This is Cyrus's favourite
dish, he hopes you will taste it yourself." Or, perhaps, there was a
great dearth of provender, when, through the number of his servants and
his own careful forethought, he was enabled to get supplies for himself;
at such times he would send to his friends in different parts, bidding
them feed their horses on his hay, since it would not do for the horses
that carried his friends to go starving. Then, on any long march or
expedition, where the crowd of lookers-on would be large, he would call
his friends to him and entertain them with serious talk, as much as to
say, "These I delight to honour."
So that, for myself, and from
all that I can hear, I should be disposed to say that no one, Greek or
barbarian, was ever so beloved. In proof of this, I may cite the fact
that, though Cyrus was the king's vassal and slave, no one ever forsook
him to join his master, if I may except the attempt of Orontas, which
was abortive. That man, indeed, had to learn that Cyrus was closer to
the heart of him on whose fidelity he relied than he himself was. On the
other hand, many a man revolted from the king to Cyrus, after they went
to war with one another; nor were these nobodies, but rather persons
high in the king's affection; yet for all that, they believed that their
virtues would obtain a reward more adequate from Cyrus than from the
king. Another great proof at once of his own worth and of his capacity
rightly to discern all loyal, loving and firm friendship is afforded by
an incident which belongs to the last moment of his life. He was slain,
but fighting for his life beside him fell also every one of his faithful
bodyguard of friends and table-companions, with the sole exception of
Ariaeus, who was in command of the cavalry on the left, and he no sooner
perceived the fall of Cyrus than he betook himself to flight, with the
whole body of troops under his lead.
X
Then the head of Cyrus and his
right hand were severed from the body. But the king and those about him
pursued and fell upon the Cyreian camp, and the troops of Ariaeus no
longer stood their ground, but fled through their own camp back to the
halting-place of the night before—a distance of four parasangs, it was
said. So the king and those with him fell to ravaging right and left,
and amongst other spoil he captured the Phocaean woman, who was a
concubine of Cyrus, witty and beautiful, if fame speaks correctly. The
Milesian, who was the younger, was also seized by some of the king's
men; but, letting go her outer garment, she made good her escape to the
Hellenes, who had been left among the camp followers on guard. These
fell at once into line and put to the sword many of the pillagers,
though they lost some men themselves; they stuck to the place and
succeeded in saving not only that lady, but all else, whether chattels
or human beings, which lay within their reach.
At this point the king and the
Hellenes were something like three miles apart; the one set were
pursuing their opponents just as if their conquest had been general; the
others were pillaging as merrily as if their victory were already
universal. But when the Hellenes learnt that the king and his troops
were in the baggage camp; and the king, on his side, was informed by
Tissaphernes that the Hellenes were victorious in their quarter of the
field, and had gone forward in pursuit, the effect was instantaneous.
The king massed his troops and formed into line. Clearchus summoned
Proxenus, who was next him, and debated whether to send a detachment or
to go in a body to the camp to save it.
Meanwhile the king was seen
again advancing, as it seemed, from the rear; and the Hellenes, turning
right about, prepared to receive his attack then and there. But instead
of advancing upon them at that point, he drew off, following the line by
which he had passed earlier in the day, outside the left wing of his
opponent, and so picked up in his passage those who had deserted to the
Hellenes during the battle, as also Tissaphernes and his division. The
latter had not fled in the first shock of the encounter; he had charged
parallel to the line of the Euphrates into the Greek peltasts, and
through them. But charge as he might, he did not lay low a single man.
On the contrary, the Hellenes made a gap to let them through, hacking
them with their swords and hurling their javelins as they passed.
Episthenes of Amphipolis was in command of the peltasts, and he showed
himself a sensible man, it was said. Thus it was that Tissaphernes,
having got through haphazard, with rather the worst of it, failed to
wheel round and return the way he came, but reaching the camp of the
Hellenes, there fell in with the king; and falling into order again, the
two divisions advanced side by side.
When they were parallel with
the (original) left wing of the Hellenes, fear seized the latter lest
they might take them in flank and enfold them on both sides and cut them
down. In this apprehension they determined to extend their line and
place the river on their rear. But while they deliberated, the king
passed by and ranged his troops in line to meet them, in exactly the
same position in which he had advanced to offer battle at the
commencement of the engagement. The Hellenes, now seeing them in close
proximity and in battle order, once again raised the paean and began the
attack with still greater enthusiasm than before: and once again the
barbarians did not wait to receive them, but took to flight, even at a
greater distance than before. The Hellenes pressed the pursuit until
they reached a certain village, where they halted, for above the village
rose a mound, on which the king and his party rallied and reformed; they
had no infantry any longer, but the crest was crowded with cavalry, so
that it was impossible to discover what was happening. They did see,
they said, the royal standard, a kind of golden eagle, with wings
extended, perched on a bar of wood and raised upon a lance.
But as soon as the Hellenes
again moved onwards, the hostile cavalry at once left the hillock—not in
a body any longer, but in fragments—some streaming from one side, some
from another; and the crest was gradually stripped of its occupants,
till at last the company was gone. Accordingly, Clearchus did not ascend
the crest, but posting his army at its base, he sent Lycius of Syracuse
and another to the summit, with orders to inspect the condition of
things on the other side, and to report results. Lycius galloped up and
investigated, bringing back news that they were fleeing might and main.
Almost at that instant the sun sank beneath the horizon. There the
Hellenes halted; they grounded arms and rested, marvelling the while
that Cyrus was not anywhere to be seen, and that no messenger had come
from him. For they were in complete ignorance of his death, and
conjectured that either he had gone off in pursuit, or had pushed
forward to occupy some point. Left to themselves, they now deliberated,
whether they should stay where they were and have the baggage train
brought up, or should return to camp. They resolved to return, and about
supper time reached the tents. Such was the conclusion of this day.
They found the larger portion
of their property pillaged, eatables and drinkables alike, not excepting
the wagons laden with corn and wine, which Cyrus had prepared in case of
some extreme need overtaking the expedition, to divide among the
Hellenes. There were four hundred of these wagons, it was said, and
these had now been ransacked by the king and his men; so that the
greater number of the Hellenes went supperless, having already gone
without their breakfasts, since the king had appeared before the usual
halt for breakfast. Accordingly, in no better plight than this they
passed the night.
(In the previous book will be found a full account of the
method by which Cyrus collected a body of Greeks when
meditating an expedition against his brother Artaxerxes; as
also of various occurrences on the march up; of the battle
itself, and of the death of Cyrus; and lastly, a description
of the arrival of the Hellenes in camp after the battle, and
as to how they betook themselves to rest, none suspecting
but what they were altogether victorious and that Cyrus
lived.)
I
With the break of day the
generals met, and were surprised that Cyrus should not have appeared
himself, or at any rate have sent some one to tell them what to do.
Accordingly, they resolved to put what they had together, to get under
arms, and to push forward until they effected junction with Cyrus. Just
as they were on the point of starting, with the rising sun came Procles
the ruler of Teuthrania. He was a descendant of Damaratus (1) the
Laconian, and with him also came Glus the son of Tamos. These two told
them, first, that Cyrus was dead; next, that Ariaeus had retreated with
the rest of the barbarians to the halting-place whence they had started
at dawn on the previous day; and wished to inform them that, if they
were minded to come, he would wait for this one day, but on the morrow
he should return home again to Ionia, whence he came.
(1) The Spartan king who was deposed in B.C. 491, whereupon he fled to
King Darius, and settled in south-western Mysia. See Herod. vi.
50, 61-70. We shall hear more of his descendant, Procles, the
ruler of Teuthrania, in the last chapter of this work.
When they heard these tidings,
the generals were sorely distressed; so too were the rest of the
Hellenes when they were informed of it. Then Clearchus spoke as follows:
"Would that Cyrus were yet alive! But since he is dead, take back this
answer to Ariaeus, that we, at any rate, have conquered the king; and,
as you yourselves may see, there is not a man left in the field to meet
us. Indeed, had you not arrived, we should ere this have begun our march
upon the king. Now, we can promise to Ariaeus that, if he will join us
here, we will place him on the king's throne. Surely to those who
conquer empire pertains." With these words he sent back the messengers
and with them he sent Cheirisophus the Laconian, and Menon the
Thessalian. That was what Menon himself wished, being, as he was, a
friend and intimate of Ariaeus, and bound by mutual ties of hospitality.
So these set off, and Clearchus waited for them.
The soldiers furnished
themselves with food (and drink) as best they might—falling back on the
baggage animals, and cutting up oxen and asses. There was no lack of
firewood; they need only step forward a few paces from the line where
the battle was fought, and they would find arrows to hand in abundance,
which the Hellenes had forced the deserters from the king to throw away.
There were arrows and wicker shields also, and the huge wooden shields
of the Egyptians. There were many targets also, and empty wagons left to
be carried off. Here was a store which they were not slow to make use of
to cook their meat and serve their meals that day.
It was now about full market
hour (2) when heralds from the king and Tissaphernes arrived. These were
barbarians with one exception. This was a certain Phalinus, a Hellene
who lived at the court of Tissaphernes, and was held in high esteem. He
gave himself out to be a connoisseur of tactics and the art of fighting
with heavy arms. These were the men who now came up, and having summoned
the generals of the Hellenes, they delivered themselves of the following
message: "The great king having won the victory and slain Cyrus, bids
the Hellenes to surrender their arms; to betake themselves to the gates
of the king's palace, and there obtain for themselves what terms they
can." That was what the heralds said, and the Hellenes listened with
heavy hearts; but Clearchus spoke, and his words were few; "Conquerors
do not, as a rule, give up their arms"; then turning to the others he
added, "I leave it to you, my fellow-generals, to make the best and
noblest answer, that ye may, to these gentlemen. I will rejoin you
presently." At the moment an official had summoned him to come and look
at the entrails which had been taken out, for, as it chanced, he was
engaged in sacrificing. As soon as he was gone, Cleanor the Arcadian, by
right of seniority, answered: "They would sooner die than give up their
arms." Then Proxenus the Theban said: "For my part, I marvel if the king
demands our arms as our master, or for the sake of friendship merely, as
presents. If as our master, why need he ask for them rather than come
and take them? But if he would fain wheedle us out of them by fine
speeches, he should tell us what the soldiers will receive in turn for
such kindness." In answer to him Phalinus said: "The king claims to have
conquered, because he has put Cyrus to death; and who is there now to
claim the kingdom as against himself? He further flatters himself that
you also are in his power, since he holds you in the heart of his
country, hemmed in by impassable rivers; and he can at any moment bring
against you a multitude so vast that even if leave were given to rise
and slay you could not kill them." After him Theopompus (3) the Athenian
spoke. "Phalinus," he said, "at this instant, as you yourself can see,
we have nothing left but our arms and our valour. If we keep the former
we imagine we can make use of the latter; but if we deliver up our arms
we shall presently be robbed of our lives. Do not suppose then that we
are going to give up to you the only good things which we possess. We
prefer to keep them; and by their help we will do battle with you for
the good things which are yours." Phalinus laughed when he heard those
words, and said: "Spoken like a philosopher, my fine young man, and very
pretty reasoning too; yet, let me tell you, your wits are somewhat
scattered if you imagine that your valour will get the better of the
king's power." There were one or two others, it was said, who with a
touch of weakness in their tone or argument, made answer: "They had
proved good and trusty friends to Cyrus, and the king might find them no
less valuable. If he liked to be friends with them, he might turn them
to any use that pleased his fancy, say for a campaign against Egypt.
Their arms were at his service; they would help to lay that country at
his feet."
(2) 10 A.M.
(3) So the best MSS. Others read "Xenophon," which Kruger maintains to
be the true reading. He suggests that "Theopompus" may have crept
into the text from a marginal note of a scholiast, "Theopompus"
(the historian) "gives the remark to Proxenus."
Just then Clearchus returned,
and wished to know what answer they had given. The words were barely out
of his mouth before Phalinus interrupting, answered: "As for your
friends here, one says one thing and one another; will you please give
us your opinion"; and he replied: "The sight of you, Phalinus, caused me
much pleasure; and not only me, but all of us, I feel sure; for you are
a Hellene even as we are—every one of us whom you see before you. In our
present plight we would like to take you into our counsel as to what we
had better do touching your proposals. I beg you then solemnly, in the
sight of heaven—do you tender us such advice as you shall deem best and
worthiest, and such as shall bring you honour of after time, when it
will be said of you how once on a time Phalinus was sent by the great
king to bid certain Hellenes yield up their arms, and when they had
taken him into their counsel, he gave them such and such advice. You
know that whatever advice you do give us cannot fail to be reported in
Hellas."
Clearchus threw out these
leading remarks in hopes that this man, who was the ambassador from the
king, might himself be led to advise them not to give up their arms, in
which case the Hellenes would be still more sanguine and hopeful. But,
contrary to his expectation, Phalinus turned round and said: "I say that
if you have one chance, one hope in ten thousand to wage a war with the
king successfully, do not give up your arms. That is my advice. If,
however, you have no chance of escape without the king's consent, then I
say save yourselves in the only way you can." And Clearchus answered:
"So, then, that is your deliberate view? Well, this is our answer, take
it back. We conceive that in either case, whether we are expected to be
friends with the king, we shall be worth more as friends if we keep our
arms than if we yield them to another; or whether we are to go to war,
we shall fight better with them than without." And Phalinus said: "That
answer we will repeat; but the king bade me tell you this besides,
'Whilst you remain here there is truce; but one step forward or one step
back, the truce ends; there is war.' Will you then please inform us as
to that point also? Are you minded to stop and keep truce, or is there
to be war? What answer shall I take from you?" And Clearchus replied:
"Pray answer that we hold precisely the same views on this point as the
king."—"How say you the same views?" asked Phalinus. Clearchus made
answer: "As long as we stay here there is truce, but a step forward or a
step backward, the truce ends; there is war." The other again asked:
"Peace or war, what answer shall I make?" Clearchus returned answer once
again in the same words: "Truce if we stop, but if we move forwards or
backwards war." But what he was minded really to do, that he refused to
make further manifest.
II
Phalinus and those that were
with him turned and went. But the messengers from Ariaeus, Procles and
Cheirisophus came back. As to Menon, he stayed behind with Ariaeus, They
brought back this answer from Ariaeus: "'There are many Persians,' he
says, 'better than himself who will not suffer him to sit upon the
king's throne; but if you are minded to go back with him, you must join
him this very night, otherwise he will set off himself to-morrow on the
homeward route.'" And Clearchus said: "It had best stand thus between us
then. If we come, well and good, be it as you propose; but if we do not
come, do whatsoever you think most conducive to your interests." And so
he kept these also in the dark as to his real intention.
After this, when the sun was
already sinking, he summoned the generals and officers, and made the
following statement: "Sirs, I sacrificed and found the victims
unfavourable to an advance against the king. After all, it is not so
surprising perhaps, for, as I now learn, between us and the king flows
the river Tigris, navigable for big vessels, and we could not possibly
cross it without boats, and boats we have none. On the other hand, to
stop here is out of the question, for there is no possibility of getting
provisions. However, the victims were quite agreeable to us joining the
friends of Cyrus. This is what we must do then. Let each go away and sup
on whatever he has. At the first sound of the bugle to turn in, get kit
and baggage together; at the second signal, place them on the baggage
animals; and at the third, fall in and follow the lead, with the baggage
animals on the inside protected by the river, and the troops outside."
After hearing the orders, the generals and officers retired, and did as
they were bid; and for the future Clearchus led, and the rest followed
in obedience to his orders, not that they had expressly chosen him, but
they saw that he alone had the sense and wisdom requisite in a general,
while the rest were inexperienced (1).
(1) The MSS. add the words, "The total distance of the route, taking
Ephesus in Ionia as the starting point up to the field of battle,
consisted of 93 stages, 535 parasangs, or 16,050 furlongs; from
the battle-field to Babylon (reckoned a three days' journey) would
have been another 360 stades," which may well be an editor's or
commentator's marginal note.
Here, under cover of the
darkness which descended, the Thracian Miltocythes, with forty horsemen
and three hundred Thracian infantry, deserted to the king; but the rest
of the troops—Clearchus leading and the rest following in accordance
with the orders promulgated—took their departure, and about midnight
reached their first stage, having come up with Ariaeus and his army.
They grounded arms just as they stood in rank, and the generals and
officers of the Hellenes met in the tent of Ariaeus. There they
exchanged oaths—the Hellenes on the one side and Ariaeus with his
principal officers on the other—not to betray one another, but to be
true to each other as allies. The Asiatics further solemnly pledged
themselves by oath to lead the way without treachery. The oaths were
ratified by the sacrifice of a bull, a wolf (2), a boar, and a ram over
a shield. The Hellenes dipped a sword, the barbarians a lance, into the
blood of the victims.
(2) It is a question whether the words "a wolf" ought not to be
omitted.
As soon as the pledge was
taken, Clearchus spoke: "And now, Ariaeus," he said, "since you and we
have one expedition in prospect, will you tell us what you think about
the route; shall we return the way we came, or have you devised a
better?" He answered: "To return the same way is to perish to a man by
hunger; for at this moment we have no provisions whatsoever. During the
seventeen last stages, even on our way hither, we could extract nothing
from the country; or, if there was now and again anything, we passed
over and utterly consumed it. At this time our project is to take
another and a longer journey certainly, but we shall not be in straits
for provisions. The earliest stages must be very long, as long as we can
make them; the object is to put as large a space as possible between us
and the royal army; once we are two or three days' journey off, the
danger is over. The king will never overtake us. With a small army he
will not dare to dog our heels, and with a vast equipment he will lack
the power to march quickly. Perhaps he, too, may even find a scarcity of
provisions. There," said he, "you asked for my opinion, see, I have
given it."
Here was a plan of the
campaign, which was equivalent to a stampede: helter-skelter they were
to run away, or get into hiding somehow; but fortune proved a better
general. For as soon as it was day they recommenced the journey, keeping
the sun on their right, and calculating that with the westering rays
they would have reached villages in the territory of Babylonia, and in
this hope they were not deceived. While it was yet afternoon, they
thought they caught sight of some of the enemy's cavalry; and those of
the Hellenes who were not in rank ran to their ranks; and Ariaeus, who
was riding in a wagon to nurse a wound, got down and donned his cuirass,
the rest of his party following his example. Whilst they were arming
themselves, the scouts, who had been sent forward, came back with the
information that they were not cavalry but baggage animals grazing. It
was at once clear to all that they must be somewhere in the
neighbourhood of the king's encampment. Smoke could actually be seen
rising, evidently from villages not far ahead. Clearchus hesitated to
advance upon the enemy, knowing that the troops were tired and hungry;
and indeed it was already late. On the other hand he had no mind either
to swerve from his route—guarding against any appearance of flight.
Accordingly he marched straight as an arrow, and with sunset entered the
nearest villages with his vanguard and took up quarters.
These villages had been
thoroughly sacked and dismantled by the royal army—down to the very
woodwork and furniture of the houses. Still, the vanguard contrived to
take up their quarters in some sort of fashion; but the rear division,
coming up in the dark, had to bivouac as best they could, one detachment
after another; and a great noise they made, with hue and cry to one
another, so that the enemy could hear them; and those in their immediate
proximity actually took to their heels, left their quarters, and
decamped, as was plain enough next morning, when not a beast was to be
seen, nor sign of camp or wreath of smoke anywhere in the neighbourhood.
The king, as it would appear, was himself quite taken aback by the
advent of the army; as he fully showed by his proceedings next day.
During the progress of this
night the Hellenes had their turn of scare—a panic seized them, and
there was a noise and clatter, hardly to be explained except by the
visitation of some sudden terror. But Clearchus had with him the Eleian
Tolmides, the best herald of his time; him he ordered to proclaim
silence, and then to give out this proclamation of the generals:
"Whoever will give any information as to who let an ass into the camp
shall receive a talent of silver in reward." On hearing this
proclamation the soldiers made up their minds that their fear was
baseless, and their generals safe and sound. At break of day Clearchus
gave the order to the Hellenes to get under arms in line of battle, and
take up exactly the same position as they held on the day of the battle.
III
And now comes the proof of what
I stated above—that the king was utterly taken aback by the sudden
apparition of the army; only the day before, he had sent and demanded
the surrender of their arms—and now, with the rising sun, came heralds
sent by him to arrange a truce. These, having reached the advanced
guard, asked for the generals. The guard reported their arrival; and
Clearchus, who was busy inspecting the ranks, sent back word to the
heralds that they must await his leisure. Having carefully arranged the
troops so that from every side they might present the appearance of a
compact battle line without a single unarmed man in sight, he summoned
the ambassadors, and himself went forward to meet them with the
soldiers, who for choice accoutrement and noble aspect were the flower
of his force; a course which he had invited the other generals also to
adopt.
And now, being face to face
with the ambassadors, he questioned them as to what their wishes were.
They replied that they had come to arrange a truce, and were persons
competent to carry proposals from the king to the Hellenes and from the
Hellenes to the king. He returned answer to them: "Take back word then
to your master, that we need a battle first, for we have had no
breakfast; and he will be a brave man who will dare mention the word
'truce' to Hellenes without providing them with breakfast." With this
message the heralds rode off, but were back again in no time, which was
a proof that the king, or some one appointed by him to transact the
business, was hard by. They reported that "the message seemed reasonable
to the king; they had now come bringing guides who, if a truce were
arranged, would conduct them where they would get provisions." Clearchus
inquired "whether the truce was offered to the individual men merely as
they went and came, or to all alike." "To all," they replied, "until the
king receives your final answer." When they had so spoken, Clearchus,
having removed the ambassadors, held a council; and it was resolved to
make a truce at once, and then quietly to go and secure provisions; and
Clearchus said: "I agree to the resolution; still I do not propose to
announce it at once, but to wile away time till the ambassadors begin to
fear that we have decided against the truce; though I suspect," he
added, "the same fear will be operative on the minds of our soldiers
also." As soon as the right moment seemed to have arrived, he delivered
his answer in favour of the truce, and bade the ambassadors at once
conduct them to the provisions.
So these led the way; and
Clearchus, without relaxing precaution, in spite of having secured a
truce, marched after them with his army in line and himself in command
of the rearguard. Over and over again they encountered trenches and
conduits so full of water that they could not be crossed without
bridges; but they contrived well enough for these by means of trunks of
palm trees which had fallen, or which they cut down for the occasion.
And here Clearchus's system of superintendence was a study in itself; as
he stood with a spear in his left hand and a stick in the other; and
when it seemed to him there was any dawdling among the parties told off
to the work, he would pick out the right man and down would come the
stick; nor, at the same time, was he above plunging into the mud and
lending a hand himself, so that every one else was forced for very shame
to display equal alacrity. The men told off for the business were the
men of thirty years of age; but even the elder men, when they saw the
energy of Clearchus, could not resist lending their aid also. What
stimulated the haste of Clearchus was the suspicion in his mind that
these trenches were not, as a rule, so full of water, since it was not
the season to irrigate the plain; and he fancied that the king had let
the water on for the express purpose of vividly presenting to the
Hellenes the many dangers with which their march was threatened at the
very start.
Proceeding on their way they
reached some villages, where their guides indicated to them that they
would find provisions. They were found to contain plenty of corn, and
wine made from palm dates, and an acidulated beverage extracted by
boiling from the same fruit. As to the palm nuts or dates themselves, it
was noticeable that the sort which we are accustomed to see in Hellas
were set aside for the domestic servants; those put aside for the
masters are picked specimens, and are simply marvellous for their beauty
and size, looking like great golden lumps of amber; some specimens they
dried and preserved as sweetmeats. Sweet enough they were as an
accompaniment of wine, but apt to give headache. Here, too, for the
first time in their lives, the men tasted the brain (1) of the palm. No
one could help being struck by the beauty of this object, and the
peculiarity of its delicious flavour; but this, like the dried fruits,
was exceedingly apt to give headache. When this cabbage or brain has
been removed from the palm the whole tree withers from top to bottom.
(1) I.e. the cabbage-like crown.
In these villages they remained
three days, and a deputation from the great king arrived—Tissaphernes
and the king's brother-in-law and three other Persians—with a retinue of
many slaves. As soon as the generals of the Hellenes had presented
themselves, Tissaphernes opened the proceedings with the following
speech, through the lips of an interpreter: "Men of Hellas, I am your
next-door neighbour in Hellas. Therefore was it that I, when I saw into
what a sea of troubles you were fallen, regarded it as a godsend, if by
any means I might obtain, as a boon from the king, the privilege of
bringing you back in safety to your own country: and that, I take it,
will earn me gratitude from you and all Hellas. In this determination I
preferred my request to the king; I claimed it as a favour which was
fairly my due; for was it not I who first announced to him the hostile
approach of Cyrus? who supported that announcement by the aid I brought;
who alone among the officers confronted with the Hellenes in battle did
not flee, but charged right through and united my troops with the king
inside your camp, where he was arrived, having slain Cyrus; it was I,
lastly, who gave chase to the barbarians under Cyrus, with the help of
those here present with me at this moment, which are also among the
trustiest followers of our lord the king. Now, I counsel you to give a
moderate answer, so that it may be easier for me to carry out my design,
if haply I may obtain from him some good thing on your behalf."
Thereupon the Hellenes retired
and took counsel. Then they answered, and Clearchus was their spokesman:
"We neither mustered as a body to make war against the king, nor was our
march conducted with that object. But it was Cyrus, as you know, who
invented many and divers pretexts, that he might take you off your
guard, and transport us hither. Yet, after a while, when we saw that he
was in sore straits, we were ashamed in the sight of God and man to
betray him, whom we had permitted for so long a season to benefit us.
But now that Cyrus is dead, we set up no claim to his kingdom against
the king himself; there is neither person nor thing for the sake of
which we would care to injure the king's country; we would not choose to
kill him if we could, rather we would march straight home, if we were
not molested; but, God helping us, we will retaliate on all who injure
us. On the other hand, if any be found to benefit us, we do not mean to
be outdone in kindly deeds, as far as in us lies."
So he spoke, and Tissaphernes
listened and replied: "That answer will I take back to the king and
bring you word from him again. Until I come again, let the truce
continue, and we will furnish you with a market." All next day he did
not come back, and the Hellenes were troubled with anxieties, but on the
third day he arrived with the news that he had obtained from the king
the boon he asked; he was permitted to save the Hellenes, though there
were many gainsayers who argued that it was not seemly for the king to
let those who had marched against him depart in peace. And at last he
said: "You may now, if you like, take pledges from us, that we will make
the countries through which you pass friendly to you, and will lead you
back without treachery into Hellas, and will furnish you with a market;
and wherever you cannot purchase, we will permit you to take provisions
from the district. You, on your side, must swear that you will march as
through a friendly country, without damage—merely taking food and drink
wherever we fail to supply a market—or, if we afford a market, you shall
only obtain provisions by paying for them." This was agreed to, and
oaths and pledges exchanged between them—Tissaphernes and the king's
brother-in-law upon the one side, and the generals and officers of the
Hellenes on the other. After this Tissaphernes said: "And now I go back
to the king; as soon as I have transacted what I have a mind to, I will
come back, ready equipped, to lead you away to Hellas, and to return
myself to my own dominion."
IV
After these things the Hellenes
and Ariaeus waited for Tissaphernes, being encamped close to one
another: for more than twenty days they waited, during which time there
came visitors to Ariaeus, his brother and other kinsfolk. To those under
him came certain other Persians, encouraging them and bearing pledges to
some of them from the king himself—that he would bear no grudge against
them on account of the part they bore in the expedition against him with
Cyrus, or for aught else of the things which were past. Whilst these
overtures were being made, Ariaeus and his friends gave manifest signs
of paying less attention to the Hellenes, so much so that, if for no
other reason, the majority of the latter were not well pleased, and they
came to Clearchus and the other generals, asking what they were waiting
for. "Do we not know full well," they said, "that the king would give a
great deal to destroy us, so that other Hellenes may take warning and
think twice before they march against the king. To-day it suits his
purpose to induce us to stop here, because his army is scattered; but as
soon as he has got together another armament, attack us most certainly
he will. How do we know he is not at this moment digging away at
trenches, or running up walls, to make our path impassable. It is not to
be supposed that he will desire us to return to Hellas with a tale how a
handful of men like ourselves beat the king at his own gates, laughed
him to scorn, and then came home again." Clearchus replied: "I too am
keenly aware of all this; but I reason thus: if we turn our backs now,
they will say, we mean war and are acting contrary to the truce, and
then what follows? First of all, no one will furnish us with a market or
means of providing ourselves with food. Next, we shall have no one to
guide us; moreover, such action on our part will be a signal to Ariaeus
to hold aloof from us, so that not a friend will be left to us; even
those who were formerly our friends will now be numbered with our
enemies. What other river, or rivers, we may find we have to cross, I do
not know; but this we know, to cross the Euphrates in face of resistance
is impossible. You see, in the event of being driven to an engagement,
we have no cavalry to help us, but with the enemy it is the reverse—not
only the most, but the best of his troops are cavalry, so that if we are
victorious, we shall kill no one, but if we are defeated, not a man of
us can escape. For my part, I cannot see why the king, who has so many
advantages on his side, if he desires to destroy us, should swear oaths
and tender solemn pledges merely in order to perjure himself in the
sight of heaven, to render his word worthless and his credit
discreditable the wide world over." These arguments he propounded at
length.
Meanwhile Tissaphernes came
back, apparently ready to return home; he had his own force with him,
and so had Orontas, who was also present, his. The latter brought,
moreover, his bride with him, the king's daughter, whom he had just
wedded. The journey was now at length fairly commenced. Tissaphernes led
the way, and provided a market. They advanced, and Ariaeus advanced too,
at the head of Cyrus's Asiatic troops, side by side with Tissaphernes
and Orontas, and with these two he also pitched his camp. The Hellenes,
holding them in suspicion, marched separately with the guides, and they
encamped on each occasion a parasang apart, or rather less; and both
parties kept watch upon each other as if they were enemies, which hardly
tended to lull suspicion; and sometimes, whilst foraging for wood and
grass and so forth on the same ground, blows were exchanged, which
occasioned further embitterments. Three stages they had accomplished ere
they reached the wall of Media, as it is called, and passed within it.
It was built of baked bricks laid upon bitumen. It was twenty feet broad
and a hundred feet high, and the length of it was said to be twenty
parasangs. It lies at no great distance from Babylon.
From this point they marched
two stages—eight parasangs—and crossed two canals, the first by a
regular bridge, the other spanned by a bridge of seven boats. These
canals issued from the Tigris, and from them a whole system of minor
trenches was cut, leading over the country, large ones to begin with,
and then smaller and smaller, till at last they become the merest
runnels, like those in Hellas used for watering millet fields. They
reached the river Tigris. At this point there was a large and thickly
populated city named Sittace, at a distance of fifteen furlongs from the
river. The Hellenes accordingly encamped by the side of that city, near
a large and beautiful park, which was thick with all sorts of trees.
The Asiatics had crossed the
Tigris, but somehow were entirely hidden from view. After supper,
Proxenus and Xenophon were walking in front of the place d'armes, when a
man came up and demanded of the advanced guard where he could find
Proxenus or Clearchus. He did not ask for Menon, and that too though he
came from Ariaeus, who was Menon's friend. As soon as Proxenus had said:
"I am he, whom you seek," the man replied: "I have been sent by Ariaeus
and Artaozus, who have been trusty friends to Cyrus in past days, and
are your well-wishers. They warn you to be on your guard, in case the
barbarians attack you in the night. There is a large body of troops in
the neighbouring park. They also warn you to send and occupy the bridge
over the Tigris, since Tissaphernes is minded to break it down in the
night, if he can, so that you may not cross, but be caught between the
river and the canal." On hearing this they took the man to Clearchus and
acquainted him with his statement. Clearchus, on his side, was much
disturbed, and indeed alarmed at the news. But a young fellow who was
present (1), struck with an idea, suggested that the two statements were
inconsistent; as to the contemplated attack and the proposed destruction
of the bridge. Clearly, the attacking party must either conquer or be
worsted: if they conquer, what need of their breaking down the bridge?
"Why! if there were half a dozen bridges," said he, "we should not be
any the more able to save ourselves by flight—there would be no place to
flee to; but, in the opposite case, suppose we win, with the bridge
broken down, it is they who will not be able to save themselves by
flight; and, what is worse for them, not a single soul will be able to
bring them succour from the other side, for all their numbers, since the
bridge will be broken down."
(1) Possibly Xenophon himself.
Clearchus listened to the
reasoning, and then he asked the messenger, "How large the country
between the Tigris and the canal might be?" "A large district," he
replied, "and in it are villages and cities numerous and large." Then it
dawned upon them: the barbarians had sent the man with subtlety, in fear
lest the Hellenes should cut the bridge and occupy the island territory,
with the strong defences of the Tigris on the one side and of the canal
on the other; supplying themselves with provisions from the country so
included, large and rich as it was, with no lack of hands to till it; in
addition to which, a harbour of refuge and asylum would be found for any
one, who was minded to do the king a mischief.
After this they retired to rest
in peace, not, however, neglecting to send a guard to occupy the bridge
in spite of all, and there was no attack from any quarter whatsoever;
nor did any of the enemy's people approach the bridges: so the guards
were able to report next morning. But as soon as it was morning, they
proceeded to cross the bridge, which consisted of thirty-seven vessels,
and in so doing they used the utmost precaution possible; for reports
were brought by some of the Hellenes with Tissaphernes that an attempt
was to be made to attack them while crossing. All this turned out to be
false, though it is true that while crossing they did catch sight of
Glus watching, with some others, to see if they crossed the river; but
as soon as he had satisfied himself on that point, he rode off and was
gone.
From the river Tigris they
advanced four stages—twenty parasangs—to the river Physcus, which is a
hundred feet broad and spanned by a bridge. Here lay a large and
populous city named Opis, close to which the Hellenes were encountered
by the natural brother of Cyrus and Artaxerxes, who was leading a large
army from Susa and Ecbatana to assist the king. He halted his troops and
watched the Helleens march past. Clearchus led them in column two
abreast: and from time to time the vanguard came to a standstill, just
so often and just so long the effect repeated itself down to the
hindmost man: halt! halt! halt! along the whole line: so that even to
the Hellenes themselves their army seemed enormous; and the Persian was
fairly astonished at the spectacle.
From this place they marched
through Media six desert stages—thirty parasangs—to the villages of
Parysatis, Cyrus's and the king's mother. These Tissaphernes, in mockery
of Cyrus, delivered over to the Hellenes to plunder, except that the
folk in them were not to be made slaves. They contained much corn,
cattle, and other property. From this place they advanced four desert
stages—twenty parasangs—keeping the Tigris on the left. On the first of
these stages, on the other side of the river, lay a large city; it was a
well-to-do place named Caenae, from which the natives used to carry
across loaves and cheeses and wine on rafts made of skins.
V
After this they reached the
river Zapatas (1), which is four hundred feet broad, and here they
halted three days. During the interval suspicions were rife, though no
act of treachery displayed itself. Clearchus accordingly resolved to
bring to an end these feelings of mistrust, before they led to war.
Consequently, he sent a messenger to the Persian to say that he desired
an interview with him; to which the other readily consented. As soon as
they were met, Clearchus spoke as follows: "Tissaphernes," he said, "I
do not forget that oaths have been exchanged between us, and right hands
shaken, in token that we will abstain from mutual injury; but I can see
that you watch us narrowly, as if we were foes; and we, seeing this,
watch you narrowly in return. But as I fail to discover, after
investigation, that you are endeavouring to do us a mischief—and I am
quite sure that nothing of the sort has ever entered our heads with
regard to you—the best plan seemed to me to come and talk the matter
over with you, so that, if possible, we might dispel the mutual distrust
on either side. For I have known people ere now, the victims in some
cases of calumny, or possibly of mere suspicion, who in apprehension of
one another and eager to deal the first blow, have committed irreparable
wrong against those who neither intended nor so much as harboured a
thought of mischief against them. I have come to you under a conviction
that such misunderstandings may best be put a stop to by personal
intercourse, and I wish to instruct you plainly that you are wrong in
mistrusting us. The first and weightiest reason is that the oaths, which
we took in the sight of heaven, are a barrier to mutual hostility. I
envy not the man whose conscience tells him that he has disregarded
these! For in a war with heaven, by what swiftness of foot can a man
escape?—in what quarter find refuge?—in what darkness slink away and be
hid?—to what strong fortress scale and be out of reach? Are not all
things in all ways subject to the gods? is not their lordship over all
alike outspread? As touching the gods, therefore, and our oaths, that is
how I view this matter. To their safe keeping we consigned the
friendship which we solemnly contracted. But turning to matters human,
you I look upon as our greatest blessing in this present time. With you
every path is plain to us, every river passable, and of provisions we
shall know no stint. But without you, all our way is through darkness;
for we known nothing concerning it, every river will be an obstacle,
each multitude a terror; but, worst terror of all, the vast wilderness,
so full of endless perplexity. Nay, if in a fit of madness we murdered
you, what then? in slaying our benefactor should we not have challenged
to enter the lists against us a more formidable antagonist in the king
himself? Let me tell you, how many high hopes I should rob myself of,
were I to take in hand to do you mischief.
(1) The Greater Zab, which flows into the Tigris near a town now
called Senn, with which most travellers identify Caenae.
"I coveted the friendship of
Cyrus; I believed him to be abler than any man of his day to benefit
those whom he chose; but to-day I look and, behold, it is you who are in
his place; the power which belonged to Cyrus and his territory are yours
now. You have them, and your own satrapy besides, safe and sound; while
the king's power, which was a thorn in the side of Cyrus, is your
support. This being so, it would be madness not to wish to be your
friend. But I will go further and state to you the reasons of my
confidence, that you on your side will desire our friendship. I know
that the Mysians are a cause of trouble to you, and I flatter myself
that with my present force I could render them humbly obedient to you.
This applies to the Pisidians also; and I am told there are many other
such tribes besides. I think I can deal with them all; they shall cease
from being a constant disturbance to your peace and prosperity. Then
there are the Egyptians (2). I know your anger against them to-day is
very great. Nor can I see what better force you will find to help you in
chastising them than this which marches at my back to-day. Again, if you
seek the friendship of any of your neighbours round, there shall be no
friend so great as you; if any one annoys you, with us as your faithful
servitors you shall belord it over him; and such service we will render
you, not as hirelings merely for pay's sake, but for the gratitude which
we shall rightly feel to you, to whom we owe our lives. As I dwell on
these matters, I confess, the idea of your feeling mistrust of us is so
astonishing, that I would give much to discover the name of the man, who
is so clever of speech that he can persuade you that we harbour designs
against you." Clearchus ended, and Tissaphernes responded thus—
(2) We learn from Diodorus Siculus, xiv. 35, that the Egyptians had
revolted from the Persians towards the end of the reign of Darius.
"I am glad, Clearchus, to
listen to your sensible remarks; for with the sentiments you hold, if
you were to devise any mischief against me, it could only be out of
malevolence to yourself. But if you imagine that you, on your side, have
any better reason to mistrust the king and me, than we you, listen to me
in turn, and I will undeceive you. I ask you, does it seem to you that
we lack the means, if we had the will, to destroy you? have we not
horsemen enough, or infantry, or whatever other arm you like, whereby we
may be able to injure you, without risk of suffering in return? or,
possibly, do we seem to you to lack the physical surroundings suitable
for attacking you? Do you not see all these great plains, which you find
it hard enough to traverse even when they are friendly? and all yonder
great mountain chains left for you to cross, which we can at any time
occupy in advance and render impassable? and all those rivers, on whose
banks we can deal craftily by you, checking and controlling and choosing
the right number of you whom we care to fight! Nay, there are some which
you will not be able to cross at all, unless we transport you to the
other side.
"And if at all these points we
were worsted, yet 'fire,' as they say, 'is stronger than the fruit of
the field': we can burn it down and call up famine in arms against you;
against which you, for all your bravery, will never be able to contend.
Why then, with all these avenues of attack, this machinery of war, open
to us, not one of which can be turned against ourselves, why should we
select from among them all that method, which alone in the sight of God
is impious and of man abominable? Surely it belongs to people altogether
without resources, who are helplessly struggling in the toils of fate,
and are villains to boot, to seek accomplishment of their desires by
perjury to heaven and faithlessness to their fellows. We are not so
unreasoning, Clearchus, nor so foolish.
"Why, when we had it in our
power to destroy you, did we not proceed to do it? Know well that the
cause of this was nothing less than my passion to prove myself faithful
to the Hellenes, and that, as Cyrus went up, relying on a foreign force
attracted by payment, I in turn might go down strong in the same through
service rendered. Various ways in which you Hellenes may be useful to me
you yourself have mentioned, but there is one still greater. It is the
great king's privilege alone to wear the tiara upright upon his head,
yet in your presence it may be given to another mortal to wear it
upright, here, upon his heart."
Throughout this speech he
seemed to Clearchus to be speaking the truth, and he rejoined: "Then are
not those worthy of the worst penalties who, in spite of all that exists
to cement our friendship, endeavour by slander to make us enemies?"
"Even so," replied Tissaphernes, "and if your generals and captains care
to come in some open and public way, I will name to you those who tell
me that you are plotting against me and the army under me." "Good,"
replied Clearchus. "I will bring all, and I will show you, on my side,
the source from which I derive my information concerning you."
After this conversation
Tissaphernes, with kindliest expression, invited Clearchus to remain
with him at the time, and entertained him at dinner. Next day Clearchus
returned to the camp, and made no secret of his persuasion that he at
any rate stood high in the affections of Tissaphernes, and he reported
what he had said, insisting that those invited ought to go to
Tissaphernes, and that any Hellene convicted of calumnious language
ought to be punished, not only as traitors themselves, but as
disaffected to their fellow-countrymen. The slanderer and traducer was
Menon; so, at any rate, he suspected, because he knew that he had had
meetings with Tissaphernes whilst he was with Ariaeus, and was
factiously opposed to himself, plotting how to win over the whole army
to him, as a means of winning the good graces of Tissaphernes. But
Clearchus wanted the entire army to give its mind to no one else, and
that refractory people should be put out of the way. Some of the
soldiers protested: the captains and generals had better not all go; it
was better not to put too much confidence in Tissaphernes. But Clearchus
insisted so strongly that finally it was arranged for five generals to
go and twenty captains. These were accompanied by about two hundred of
the other soldiers, who took the opportunity of marketing.
On arrival at the doors of
Tissaphernes's quarters the generals were summoned inside. They were
Proxenus the Boeotian, Menon the Thessalian, Agias the Arcadian,
Clearchus the Laconian, and Socrates the Achaean; while the captains
remained at the doors. Not long after that, at one and the same signal,
those within were seized and those without cut down; after which some of
the barbarian horsemen galloped over the plain, killing every Hellene
they encountered, bond or free. The Hellenes, as they looked from the
camp, viewed that strange horsemanship with surprise, and could not
explain to themselves what it all meant, until Nicarchus the Arcadian
came tearing along for bare life with a wound in the belly, and
clutching his protruding entrails in his hands. He told them all that
had happened. Instantly the Hellenes ran to their arms, one and all, in
utter consternation, and fully expecting that the enemy would instantly
be down upon the camp. However, they did not all come; only Ariaeus
came, and Artaozus and Mithridates, who were Cyrus's most faithful
friends; but the interpreter of the Hellenes said he saw and recognised
the brother of Tissaphernes also with them. They had at their back other
Persians also, armed with cuirasses, as many as three hundred. As soon
as they were within a short distance, they bade any general or captain
of the Hellenes who might be there to approach and hear a message from
the king. After this, two Hellene generals went out with all precaution.
These were Cleanor the Orchomenian (3), and Sophaenetus the Stymphalion,
attended by Xenophon the Athenian, who went to learn news of Proxenus.
Cheirisophus was at the time away in a village with a party gathering
provisions. As soon as they had halted within earshot, Ariaeus said:
"Hellenes, Clearchus being shown to have committed perjury and to have
broken the truce, has suffered the penalty, and he is dead; but Proxenus
and Menon, in return for having given information of his treachery, are
in high esteem and honour. As to yourselves, the king demands your arms.
He claims them as his, since they belonged to Cyrus, who was his slave."
To this the Hellenes made answer by the mouth of Cleanor of Orchomenus,
their spokesman, who said, addressing Ariaeus: "Thou villain, Ariaeus,
and you the rest of you, who were Cyrus's friends, have you no shame
before God or man, first to swear to us that you have the same friends
and the same enemies as we ourselves, and then to turn and betray us,
making common cause with Tissaphernes, that most impious and villainous
of men? With him you have murdered the very men to whom you gave your
solemn word and oath, and to the rest of us turned traitors; and, having
so done, you join hand with our enemies to come against us." Ariaeus
answered: "There is no doubt but that Clearchus has been known for some
time to harbour designs against Tissaphernes and Orontas, and all of us
who side with them." Taking up this assertion, Xenophon said: "Well,
then, granting that Clearchus broke the truce contrary to our oaths, he
has his deserts, for perjurers deserve to perish; but where are Proxenus
and Menon, our generals and your good friends and benefactors, as you
admit? Send them back to us. Surely, just because they are friends of
both parites, they will try to give us the best advice for you and for
us."
At this, the Asiatics stood
discussing with one another for a long while, and then they went away
without vouchsafing a word.
VI
The generals who were thus
seized were taken up to the king and there decapitated. The first of
these, Clearchus, was a thorough soldier, and a true lover of fighting.
This is the testimony of all who knew him intimately. As long as the war
between the Lacedaemonians and Athenians lasted, he could find
occupation at home; but after the peace, he persuaded his own city that
the Thracians were injuring the Hellenes, and having secured his object,
set sail, empowered by the ephorate to make war upon the Thracians north
of the Chersonese and Perinthus. But he had no sooner fairly started
than, for some reason or other, the ephors changed their minds, and
endeavoured to bring him back again from the isthmus. Thereupon he
refused further obedience, and went off with sails set for the
Hellespont. In consequence he was condemned to death by the Spartan
authorities for disobedience to orders; and now, finding himself an
exile, he came to Cyrus. Working on the feelings of that prince, in
language described elsewhere, he received from his entertainer a present
of ten thousand darics. Having got this money, he did not sink into a
life of ease and indolence, but collected an army with it, carried on
war against the Thracians, and conquered them in battle, and from that
date onwards harried and plundered them with war incessantly, until
Cyrus wanted his army; whereupon he at once went off, in hopes of
finding another sphere of warfare in his company.
These, I take it, were the
characteristic acts of a man whose affections are set on warfare. When
it is open to him to enjoy peace with honour, no shame, no injury
attached, still he prefers war; when he may live at home at ease, he
insists on toil, if only it may end in fighting; when it is given to him
to keep his riches without risk, he would rather lessen his fortune by
the pastime of battle. To put it briefly, war was his mistress; just as
another man will spend his fortune on a favourite, or to gratify some
pleasure, so he chose to squander his substance on soldiering.
But if the life of a soldier
was a passion with him, he was none the less a soldier born, as herein
appears; danger was a delight to him; he courted it, attacking the enemy
by night or by day; and in difficulties he did not lose his head, as all
who ever served in a campaign with him would with one consent allow. A
good solder! the question arises, Was he equally good as a commander? It
must be admitted that, as far as was compatible with his quality of
temper, he was; none more so. Capable to a singular degree of devising
how his army was to get supplies, and of actually getting them, he was
also capable of impressing upon those about him that Clearchus must be
obeyed; and that he brought about by the very hardness of his nature.
With a scowling expression and a harshly-grating voice, he chastised
with severity, and at times with such fury, that he was sorry afterwards
himself for what he had done. Yet it was not without purpose that he
applied the whip; he had a theory that there was no good to be got out
of an unchastened army. A saying of his is recorded to the effect that
the soldier who is to mount guard and keep his hands off his friends,
and be ready to dash without a moment's hesitation against the foe—must
fear his commander more than the enemy. Accordingly, in any strait, this
was the man whom the soldiers were eager to obey, and they would have no
other in his place. The cloud which lay upon his brow, at those times
lit up with brightness; his face became radiant, and the old sternness
was so charged with vigour and knitted strength to meet the foe, that it
savoured of salvation, not of cruelty. But when the pinch of danger was
past, and it was open to them to go and taste subordination under some
other officer, many forsook him. So lacking in grace of manner was he;
but was ever harsh and savage, so that the feeling of the soldiers
towards him was that of schoolboys to a master. In other words, though
it was not his good fortune ever to have followers inspired solely by
friendship or goodwill, yet those who found themselves under him, either
by State appointment or through want, or other arch necessity, yielded
him implicit obedience. From the moment that he led them to victory, the
elements which went to make his soldiers efficient were numerous enough.
There was the feeling of confidence in facing the foe, which never left
them, and there was the dread of punishment at his hands to keep them
orderly. In this way and to this extent he knew how to rule; but to play
a subordinate part himself he had no great taste; so, at any rate, it
was said. At the time of his death he must have been about fifty years
of age.
Proxenus, the Boeotian, was of
a different temperament. It had been the dream of his boyhood to become
a man capable of great achievements. In obedience to this passionate
desire it was, that he paid his fee to Gorgias of Leontini (1). After
enojoying that teacher's society, he flattered himself that he must be
at once qualified to rule; and while he was on friendly terms with the
leaders of the age, he was not to be outdone in reciprocity of service
(2). In this mood he threw himself into the projects of Cyrus, and in
return expected to derive from this essay the reward of a great name,
large power, and wide wealth. But for all that he pitched his hopes so
high, it was none the less evident that he would refuse to gain any of
the ends he set before him wrongfully. Righteously and honourably he
would obtain them, if he might, or else forego them. As a commander he
had the art of leading gentlemen, but he failed to inspire adequately
either respect for himself or fear in the soldiers under him. Indeed, he
showed a more delicate regard for his soldiers than his subordinates for
him, and he was indisputably more apprehensive of incurring their hatred
than they were of losing their fidelity. The one thing needful to real
and recognised generalship was, he thought, to praise the virtuous and
to withhold praise from the evildoer. It can be easily understood, then,
that of those who were brought in contact with him, the good and noble
indeed were his well-wishers; but he laid himself open to the
machinations of the base, who looked upon him as a person to be dealt
with as they liked. At the time of his death he was only thirty years of
age.
(1) The famous rhetorician of Leontini, 485-380 B.C. His fee was 1
minae.
(2) Proxenus, like Cyrus, is to some extent a prototype of the Cyrus
of the "Cyropaedia." In other words, the author, in delineating
the portrait of his ideal prince, drew from the recollection of
many princely qualities observed by him in the characters of many
friends. Apart from the intrinsic charm of the story, the
"Anabasis" is interesting as containing the raw material of
experience and reflection which "this young scholar or
philosopher," our friend, the author, will one day turn to
literary account.
As to Menon the Thessalian (3),
the mainspring of his action was obvious; what he sought after
insatiably was wealth. Rule he sought after only as a stepping-stone to
larger spoils. Honours and high estate he craved for simply that he
might extend the area of his gains; and if he studied to be on friendly
terms with the powerful, it was in order that he might commit wrong with
impunity. The shortest road to the achievement of his desires lay, he
thought, through false swearing, lying, and cheating; for in his
vocabulary simplicity and truth were synonyms of folly. Natural
affection he clearly entertained for nobody. If he called a man his
friend it might be looked upon as certain that he was bent on ensnaring
him. Laughter at an enemy he considered out of place, but his whole
conversation turned upon the ridicule of his associates. In like manner,
the possessions of his foes were secure from his designs, since it was
no easy task, he thought, to steal from people on their guard; but it
was his particular good fortune to have discovered how easy it is to rob
a friend in the midst of his security. If it were a perjured person or a
wrongdoer, he dreaded him as well armed and intrenched; but the
honourable and the truth-loving he tried to practise on, regarding them
as weaklings devoid of manhood. And as other men pride themselves on
piety and truth and righteousness, so Menon prided himself on a capacity
for fraud, on the fabrication of lies, on the mockery and scorn of
friends. The man who was not a rogue he ever looked upon as only half
educated. Did he aspire to the first place in another man's friendship,
he set about his object by slandering those who stood nearest to him in
affection. He contrived to secure the obedience of his solders by making
himself an accomplice in their misdeeds, and the fluency with which he
vaunted his own capacity and readiness for enormous guilt was a
sufficient title to be honoured and courted by them. Or if any one stood
aloof from him, he set it down as a meritorious act of kindness on his
part that during their intercourse he had not robbed him of existence.
(3) For a less repulsive conception of Menon's character, however
unhistorical, see Plato's "Meno," and Prof. Jowlett's
Introduction, "Plato," vol. i. p. 265: "He is a Thessalian
Alcibiades, rich and luxurious—a spoilt child of fortune."
As to certain obscure charges
brought against his character, these may certainly be fabrications. I
confine myself to the following facts, which are known to all. He was in
the bloom of youth when he procured from Aristippus the command of his
mercenaries; he had not yet lost that bloom when he became exceedingly
intimate with Ariaeus, a barbarian, whose liking for fair young men was
the explanation; and before he had grown a beard himself, he had
contracted a similar relationship with a bearded favourite named
Tharypas. When his fellow-generals were put to death on the plea that
they had marched with Cyrus against the king, he alone, although he had
shared their conduct, was exempted from their fate. But after their
deaths the vengeance of the king fell upon him, and he was put to death,
not like Clearchus and the others by what would appear to be the
speediest of deaths—decapitation—but, as report says, he lived for a
year in pain and disgrace and died the death of a felon.
Agias the Arcadian and Socrates
the Achaean were both among the sufferers who were put to death. To the
credit, be it said, of both, no one ever derided either as cowardly in
war: no one ever had a fault to find with either on the score of
friendship. They were both about thirty-five years of age.
(In the preceding pages of the narrative will be found a full
account, not only of the doings of the Hellenes during the
advance of Cyrus till the date of the battle, but of the
incidents which befell them after Cyrus' death at the
commencement of the retreat, while in company with
Tissaphernes during the truce.)
I
After the generals had been
seized, and the captains and soldiers who formed their escort had been
killed, the Hellenes lay in deep perplexity—a prey to painful
reflections. Here were they at the king's gates, and on every side
environing them were many hostile cities and tribes of men. Who was
there now to furnish them with a market? Separated from Hellas by more
than a thousand miles, they had not even a guide to point the way.
Impassable rivers lay athwart their homeward route, and hemmed them in.
Betrayed even by the Asiatics, at whose side they had marched with Cyrus
to the attack, they were left in isolation. Without a single mounted
trooper to aid them in pursuit: was it not perfectly plain that if they
won a battle, their enemies would escape to a man, but if they were
beaten themselves, not one soul of them would survive?
Haunted by such thoughts, and
with hearts full of despair, but few of them tasted food that evening;
but few of them kindled even a fire, and many never came into camp at
all that night, but took their rest where each chanced to be. They could
not close their eyes for very pain and yearning after their fatherlands
or their parents, the wife or child whom they never expected to look
upon again. Such was the plight in which each and all tried to seek
repose.
Now there was in that host a
certain man, an Athenian (1), Xenophon, who had accompanied Cyrus,
neither as a general, nor as an officer, nor yet as a private soldier,
but simply on the invitation of an old friend, Proxenus. This old friend
had sent to fetch him from home, promising, if he would come, to
introduce him to Cyrus, "whom," said Proxenus, "I consider to be worth
my fatherland and more to me."
(1) The reader should turn to Grote's comments on the first appearance
of Xenophon. He has been mentioned before, of course, more than
once before; but he now steps, as the protagonist, upon the scene,
and as Grote says: "It is in true Homeric vein, and in something
like Homeric language, that Xenophon (to whom we owe the whole
narrative of the expedition) describes his dream, or the
intervention of Oneiros, sent by Zeus, from which this renovating
impulse took its rise."
Xenophon having read the
letter, consulted Socrates the Athenian, whether he should accept or
refuse the invitation. Socrates, who had a suspicion that the State of
Athens might in some way look askance at my friendship with Cyrus, whose
zealous co-operation with the Lacedaemonians against Athens in the war
was not forgotten, advised Xenophon to go to Delphi and there to consult
the god as to the desirability of such a journey. Xenophon went and put
the question to Apollo, to which of the gods he must pray and do
sacrifice, so that he might best accomplish his intended journey and
return in safety, with good fortune. Then Apollo answered him: "To such
and such gods must thou do sacrifice," and when he had returned home he
reported to Socrates the oracle. But he, when he heard, blamed Xenophon
that he had not, in the first instance, inquired of the god, whether it
were better for him to go or to stay, but had taken on himself to settle
that point affirmatively, by inquiring straightway, how he might best
perform the journey. "Since, however," continued Socrates, "you did so
put the question, you should do what the god enjoined." Thus, and
without further ado, Xenophon offered sacrifice to those whom the god
had named, and set sail on his voyage. He overtook Proxenus and Cyrus at
Sardis, when they were just ready to start on the march up country, and
was at once introduced to Cyrus. Proxenus eagerly pressed him to stop—a
request which Cyrus with like ardour supported, adding that as soon as
the campaign was over he would send him home. The campaign referred to
was understood to be against the Pisidians. That is how Xenophon came to
join the expedition, deceived indeed, though not by Proxenus, who was
equally in the dark with the rest of the Hellenes, not counting
Clearchus, as to the intended attack upon the king. Then, though the
majority were in apprehension of the journey, which was not at all to
their minds, yet, for very shame of one another and Cyrus, they
continued to follow him, and with the rest went Xenophon.
And now in this season of
perplexity, he too, with the rest, was in sore distress, and could not
sleep; but anon, getting a snatch of sleep, he had a dream. It seemed to
him in a vision that there was a storm of thunder and lightning, and a
bolt fell on his father's house, and thereupon the house was all in a
blaze. He sprung up in terror, and pondering the matter, decided that in
part the dream was good: in that he had seen a great light from Zeus,
whilst in the midst of toil and danger. But partly too he feared it, for
evidently it had come from Zeus the king. And the fire kindled all
around—what could that mean but that he was hemmed in by various
perplexities, and so could not escape from the country of the king? The
full meaning, however, is to be discovered from what happened after the
dream.
This is what took place. As
soon as he was fully awake, the first clear thought which came into his
head was, Why am I lying here? The night advances; with the day, it is
like enough, the enemy will be upon us. If we are to fall into the hands
of the king, what is left us but to face the most horrible of sights,
and to suffer the most fearful pains, and then to die, insulted, an
ignominious death? To defend ourselves—to ward off that fate—not a hand
stirs: no one is preparing, none cares; but here we lie, as though it
were time to rest and take our ease. I too! what am I waiting for? a
general to undertake the work? and from what city? am I waiting till I
am older mysef and of riper age? older I shall never be, if to-day I
betray myself to my enemies.
Thereupon he got up, and called
together first Proxenus's officers; and when they were met, he said:
"Sleep, sirs, I cannot, nor can you, I fancy, nor lie here longer, when
I see in what straits we are. Our enemy, we may be sure, did not open
war upon us till he felt he had everything amply ready; yet none of us
shows a corresponding anxiety to enter the lists of battle in the
bravest style.
"And yet, if we yield ourselves
and fall into the king's power, need we ask what our fate will be? This
man, who, when his own brother, the son of the same parents, was dead,
was not content with that, but severed head and hand from the body, and
nailed them to a cross. We, then, who have not even the tie of blood in
our favour, but who marched against him, meaning to make a slave of him
instead of a king—and to slay him if we could: what is likely to be our
fate at his hands? Will he not go all lengths so that, by inflicting on
us the extreme of ignominy and torture, he may rouse in the rest of
mankind a terror of ever marching against him any more? There is no
question but that our business is to avoid by all means getting into his
clutches.
"For my part, all the while the
truce lasted, I never ceased pitying ourselves and congratulating the
king and those with him, as, like a helpless spectator, I surveyed the
extent and quality of their territory, the plenteousness of their
provisions, the multitude of their dependants, their cattle, their gold,
and their apparel. And then to turn and ponder the condition of our
soldiers, without part or lot in these good things, except we bought it;
few, I knew, had any longer the wherewithal to buy, and yet our oath
held us down, so that we could not provide ourselves otherwise than by
purchase. I say, as I reasoned thus, there were times when I dreaded the
truce more than I now dread war.
"Now, however, that they have
abruptly ended the truce, there is an end also to their own insolence
and to our suspicion. All these good things of theirs are now set as
prizes for the combatants. To whichsoever of us shall prove the better
men, will they fall as guerdons; and the gods themselves are the judges
of the strife. The gods, who full surely will be on our side, seeing it
is our enemies who have taken their names falsely; whilst we, with much
to lure us, yet for our oath's sake, and the gods who were our
witnesses, sternly held aloof. So that, it seems to me, we have a right
to enter upon this contest with much more heart than our foes; and
further, we are possessed of bodies more capable than theirs of bearing
cold and heat and labour; souls too we have, by the help of heaven,
better and braver; nay, the men themselves are more vulnerable, more
mortal, than ourselves, if so be the gods vouchsafe to give us victory
once again.
"Howbeit, for I doubt not
elsewhere similar reflections are being made, whatsoever betide, let us
not, in heaven's name, wait for others to come and challenge us to noble
deeds; let us rather take the lead in stimulating the rest to valour.
Show yourselves to be the bravest of officers, and among generals, the
worthiest to command. For myself, if you choose to start forwards on
this quest, I will follow; or, if you bid me lead you, my age shall be
no excuse to stand between me and your orders. At least I am of full
age, I take it, to avert misfortune from my own head."
Such were the speaker's words;
and the officers, when they heard, all, with one exception, called upon
him to put himself at their head. This was a certain Apollonides there
present, who spoke in the Boeotian dialect. This man's opinion was that
it was mere nonsense for any one to pretend they could obtain safety
otherwise than by an appeal to the king, if he had skill to enforce it;
and at the same time he began to dilate on the difficulties. But
Xenophon cut him short. "O most marvellous of men! though you have eyes
to see, you do not perceive; though you have ears to hear, you do not
recollect. You were present with the rest of us now here when, after the
death of Cyrus, the king, vaunting himself on that occurrence, sent
dictatorially to bid us lay down our arms. But when we, instead of
giving up our arms, put them on and went and pitched our camp near him,
his manner changed. It is hard to say what he did not do, he was so at
his wit's end, sending us embassies and begging for a truce, and
furnishing provisions the while, until he had got it. Or to take the
contrary instance, when just now, acting precisely on your principles,
our generals and captains went, trusting to the truce, unarmed to a
conference with them, what came of it? what is happening at this
instant? Beaten, goaded with pricks, insulted, poor souls, they cannot
even die: though death, I ween, would be very sweet. And you, who know
all this, how can you say that it is mere nonsense to talk of self-defence?
how can you bid us go again and try the arts of persuasion? In my
opinion, sirs, we ought not to admit this fellow to the same rank with
ourselves; rather ought we to deprive him of his captaincy, and load him
with packs and treat him as such. The man is a disgrace to his own
fatherland and the whole of Hellas, that, being a Hellene, he is what he
is."
Here Agasias the Stymphalian
broke in, exclaiming: "Nay, this fellow has no connection either with
Boeotia or with Hellas, none whatever. I have noted both his ears bored
like a Lydian's." And so it was. Him then they banished. But the rest
visited the ranks, and wherever a general was left, they summoned the
general; where he was gone, the lieutenant-general; and where again the
captain alone was left, the captain. As soon as they were all met, they
seated themselves in front of the place d'armes: the assembled generals
and officers, numbering about a hundred. It was nearly midnight when
this took place.
Thereupon Hieronymous the
Eleian, the eldest of Proxenus's captains, commenced speaking as
follows: "Generals and captains, it seemed right to us, in view of the
present crisis, ourselves to assemble and to summon you, that we might
advise upon some practicable course. Would you, Xenophon, repeat what
you said to us?"
Thereupon Xenophon spoke as
follows: "We all know only too well, that the king and Tissaphernes have
seized as many of us as they could, and it is clear they are plotting to
destroy the rest of us if they can. Our business is plain: it is to do
all we can to avoid getting into the power of the barbarians; rather, if
we can, we will get them into our power. Rely upon this then, all you
who are here assembled, now is your great opportunity. The soldiers
outside have their eyes fixed upon you; if they think that you are
faint-hearted, they will turn cowards; but if you show them that you are
making your own preparations to attack the enemy, and setting an example
to the rest—follow you, be assured, they will: imitate you they will.
May be, it is but right and fair that you should somewhat excel them,
for you are generals, you are commanders of brigades or regiments; and
if, while it was peace, you had the advantage in wealth and position, so
now, when it is war, you are expected to rise superior to the common
herd—to think for them, to toil for them, whenever there be need.
"At this very moment you would
confer a great boon on the army, if you made it your business to appoint
generals and officers to fill the places of those that are lost. For
without leaders nothing good or noble, to put it concisely, was ever
wrought anywhere; and in military matters this is absolutely true; for
if discipline is held to be of saving virtue, the want of it has been
the ruin of many ere now. Well, then! when you have appointed all the
commanders necessary, it would only be opportune, I take it, if you were
to summon the rest of the soldiers and speak some words of
encouragement. Even now, I daresay you noticed yourselves the
crestfallen air with which they came into camp, the despondency with
which they fell to picket duty, so that, unless there is a change for
the better, I do not know for what service they will be fit; whether by
night, if need were, or even by day. The thing is to get them to turn
their thoughts to what they mean to do, instead of to what they are
likely to suffer. Do that, and their spirits will soon revive
wonderfully. You know, I need hardly remind you, it is not numbers or
strength that gives victory in war; but, heaven helping them, to one or
other of two combatants it is given to dash with stouter hearts to meet
the foe, and such onset, in nine cases out of ten, those others refuse
to meet. This observation, also, I have laid to heart, that they, who in
matters of war seek in all ways to save their lives, are just they who,
as a rule, die dishonourably; whereas they who, recognising that death
is the common lot and destiny of all men, strive hard to die nobly:
these more frequently, as I observe, do after all attain to old age, or,
at any rate, while life lasts, they spend their days more happily. This
lesson let all lay to heart this day, for we are just at such a crisis
of our fate. Now is the season to be brave ourselves, and to stimulate
the rest by our example."
With these words he ceased; and
after him, Cheirisophus said: "Xenophon, hitherto I knew only so much of
you as that you were, I heard, an Athenian, but now I must commend you
for your words and for your conduct. I hope that there may be many more
like you, for it would prove a public blessing." Then turning to the
officers: "And now," said he, "let us waste no time; retire at once, I
beg you, and choose leaders where you need them. After you have made
your elections, come back to the middle of the camp, and bring the newly
appointed officers. After that, we will there summon a general meeting
of the soldiers. Let Tolmides, the herald," he added, "be in
attendance." With these words on his lips he got up, in order that what
was needful might be done at once without delay. After this the generals
were chosen. These were Timasion the Dardanian, in place of Clearchus;
Xanthicles, an Achaean, in place of Socrates; Cleanor, an Arcadian, in
place of Agias; Philesius, an Achaean, in place of Menon; and in place
of Proxenus, Xenophon the Athenian.
II
By the time the new generals
had been chosen, the first faint glimmer of dawn had hardly commenced,
as they met in the centre of the camp, and resolved to post an advance
guard and to call a general meeting of the soldiers. Now, when these had
come together, Cheirisophus the Lacedaemonian first rose and spoke as
follows: "Fellow-soldiers, the present posture of affairs is not
pleasant, seeing that we are robbed of so many generals and captains and
soldiers; and more than that, our former allies, Ariaeus and his men,
have betrayed us; still, we must rise above our circumstances to prove
ourselves brave men, and not give in, but try to save ourselves by
glorious victory if we can; or, if not, at least to die gloriously, and
never, while we have breath in our bodies, fall into the hands of our
enemies. In which latter case, I fear, we shall suffer things, which I
pray the gods may visit rather upon those we hate."
At this point Cleanor the
Ochomenian stood up and spoke as follows: "You see, men, the perjury and
the impiety of the king. You see the faithlessness of Tissaphernes,
professing that he was next-door neighbour to Hellas, and would give a
good deal to save us, in confirmation of which he took an oath to us
himself, he gave us the pledge of his right hand, and then, with a lie
upon his lips, this same man turned round and arrested our generals. He
had no reverence even for Zeus, the god of strangers; but, after
entertaining Clearchus at his own board as a friend, he used his
hospitality to delude and decoy his victims. And Ariaeus, whom we
offered to make king, with whom we exchanged pledges not to betray each
other, even this man, without a particle of fear of the gods, or respect
for Cyrus in his grave, though he was most honoured by Cyrus in
lifetime, even he has turned aside to the worst foes of Cyrus, and is
doing his best to injure the dead man's friends. Them may the gods
requite as they deserve! But we, with these things before our eyes, will
not any more be cheated and cajoled by them; we will make the best fight
we can, and having made it, whatever the gods think fit to send, we will
accept."
After him Xenophon arose; he
was arrayed for war in his bravest apparel (1): "For," said he to
himself, "if the gods grant victory, the finest attire will match with
victory best; or if I must needs die, then for one who has aspired to
the noblest, it is well there should be some outward correspondence
between his expectation and his end." He began his speech as follows: "Cleanor
has spoken of the perjury and faithlessness of the barbarians, and you
yourselves know them only too well, I fancy. If then we are minded to
enter a second time into terms of friendship with them, with the
experience of what our generals, who in all confidence entrusted
themselves to their power, have suffered, reason would we should feel
deep despondency. If, on the other hand, we purpose to take our good
swords in our hands and to inflict punishment on them for what they have
done, and from this time forward will be on terms of downright war with
them, then, God helping, we have many a bright hope of safety." The
words were scarcely spoken when someone sneezed (2), and with one
impulse the soldiers bowed in worship; and Xenophon proceeded: "I
propose, sirs, since, even as we spoke of safety, an omen from Zeus the
Saviour has appeared, we vow a vow to sacrifice to the Saviour
thank-offerings for safe deliverance, wheresoever first we reach a
friendly country; and let us couple with that vow another of individual
assent, that we will offer to the rest of the gods 'according to our
ability.' Let all those who are in favour of this proposal hold up their
hands." They all held up their hands, and there and then they vowed a
vow and chanted the battle hymn. But as soon as these sacred matters
were duly ended, he began once more thus: "I was saying that many and
bright are the hopes we have of safety. First of all, we it is who
confirm and ratify the oaths we take by heaven, but our enemies have
taken false oaths and broken the truce, contrary to their solemn word.
This being so, it is but natural that the gods should be opposed to our
enemies, but with ourselves allied; the gods, who are able to make the
great ones quickly small, and out of sore perplexity can save the little
ones with ease, what time it pleases them. In the next place, let me
recall to your minds the dangers of our own forefathers, that you may
see and know that bravery is your heirloom, and that by the aid of the
gods brave men are rescued even out of the midst of sorest straits." So
was it when the Persians came, and their attendant hosts (3), with a
very great armament, to wipe out Athens from the face of the earth—the
men of Athens had the heart to withstand them and conquered them. Then
they vowed to Artemis that for every man they slew of the enemy, they
would sacrifice to the goddess goats so many; and when they could not
find sufficient for the slain, they resolved to offer yearly five
hundred; and to this day they perform that sacrifice. And at a somewhat
later date, when Xerxes assembled his countless hosts and marched upon
Hellas, then (4) too our fathers conquered the forefathers of our foes
by land and by sea.
(1) So it is said of the Russian General Skobelef, that he had a
strange custom of going into battle in his cleanest uniform,
perfumed, and wearing a diamond-hilted sword, "in order that," as
he said, "he might die in his best attire."
(2) For this ancient omen see "Odyssey," xvii. 541: "Even as she
spake, and Telemachus sneezed loudly, and around the roof rung
wondrously. And Penelope laughed."... "Dost thou not mark how
my son has sneezed a blessing on all my words?"
(3) See Herod. vi. 114; the allusion is to the invasion of Greeze by
Datis and Artaphernes, and to their defeat at Marathon, B.C. 490.
"Heredotus estimates the number of those who fell on the Persian
side at 6400 men: the number of Athenian dead is accurately known,
since all were collected for the last solemn obsequies—they were
192."—Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. v. p. 475.
(4) Then = at Salamis, B.C. 480, and at Plataea and Mycale, B.C. 479,
on the same day.
"And proofs of these things are
yet to be seen in trophies; but the greatest witness of all is the
freedom of our cities—the liberty of that land in which you were born
and bred. For you call no man master or lord; you bow your heads to none
save to the gods alone. Such were your forefathers, and their sons are
ye. Think not I am going to say that you put to shame in any way your
ancestry—far from it. Not many days since, you too were drawn up in
battle face to face with these true descendants of their ancestors, and
by the help of heaven you conquered them, though they many times
outnumbered you. At that time, it was to win a throne for Cyrus that you
showed your bravery; to-day, when the struggle is for your own
salvation, what is more natural than that you should show yourselves
braver and more zealous still. Nay, it is very meet and right that you
should be more undaunted still to-day to face the foe. The other day,
though you had not tested them, and before your eyes lay their
immeasurable host, you had the heart to go against them with the spirit
of your fathers. To-day you have made trial of them, and knowing that,
however many times your number, they do not care to await your onset,
what concern have you now to be afraid of them?
"Nor let any one suppose that
herein is a point of weakness, in that Cyrus's troops, who before were
drawn up by your side, have now deserted us, for they are even worse
cowards still than those we worsted. At any rate they have deserted us,
and sought refuge with them. Leaders of the forlorn hope of flight—far
better is it to have them brigaded with the enemy than shoulder to
shoulder in our ranks. But if any of you is out of heart to think that
we have no cavalry, while the enemy have many squadrons to command, lay
to heart this doctrine, that ten thousand horse only equal ten thousand
men upon their backs, neither less nor more. Did any one ever die in
battle from the bite or kick of a horse? It is the men, the real
swordsmen, who do whatever is done in battles. In fact we, on our stout
shanks, are better mounted than those cavalry fellows; there they hang
on to their horses' necks in mortal dread, not only of us, but of
falling off; while we, well planted upon earth, can deal far heavier
blows to our assailants, and aim more steadily at who we will. There is
one point, I admit, in which their cavalry have the whip-hand of us; it
is safer for them than it is for us to run away.
"May be, however, you are in
good heart about the fighting, but annoyed to think that Tissaphernes
will not guide us any more, and that the king will not furnish us with a
market any longer. Now, consider, is it better for us to have a guide
like Tissaphernes, whom we know to be plotting against us, or to take
our chance of the stray people whom we catch and compel to guide us, who
will know that any mistake made in leading us will be a sad mistake for
their own lives? Again, is it better to be buying provisions in a market
of their providing, in scant measure and at high prices, without even
the money to pay for them any longer; or, by right of conquest, to help
ourselves, applying such measure as suits our fancy best?
"Or again, perhaps you admit
that our present position is not without its advantages, but you feel
sure that the rivers are a difficulty, and think that you were never
more taken in than when you crossed them; if so, consider whether, after
all, this is not perhaps the most foolish thing which the barbarians
have done. No river is impassable throughout; whatever difficulties it
may present at some distance from its source, you need only make your
way up to the springhead, and there you may cross it without wetting
more than your ankles. But, granted that the rivers do bar our passage,
and that guides are not forthcoming, what care we? We need feel no alarm
for all that. We have heard of the Mysians, a people whom we certainly
cannot admit to be better than ourselves; and yet they inhabit numbers
of large and prosperous cities in the king's own country without asking
leave. The Pisidians are an equally good instance, or the Lycaonians. We
have seen with our own eyes how they fare: seizing fortresses down in
the plains, and reaping the fruits of these men's territory. As to us, I
go so far as to assert, we ought never to have let it be seen that we
were bent on getting home: at any rate, not so soon; we should have
begun stocking and furnishing ourselves, as if we fully meant to settle
down for life somewhere or other hereabouts. I am sure that the king
would be thrice glad to give the Mysians as many guides as they like, or
as many hostages as they care to demand, in return for a safe conduct
out of his country; he would make carriage roads for them, and if they
preferred to take their departure in coaches and four, he would not say
them nay. So too, I am sure, he would be only too glad to accommodate us
in the same way, if he saw us preparing to settle down here. But,
perhaps, it is just as well that we did not stop; for I fear, if once we
learn to live in idleness and to batten in luxury and dalliance with
these tall and handsome Median and Persian women and maidens, we shall
be like the Lotus-eaters (5), and forget the road home altogether.
(5) See "Odyssey," ix. 94, "ever feeding on the Lotus and forgetful of
returning."
"It seems to me that it is only
right, in the first instance, to make an effort to return to Hellas and
to revisit our hearths and homes, if only to prove to other Hellenes
that it is their own faults if they are poor and needy (6), seeing it is
in their power to give to those now living a pauper life at home a free
passage hither, and convert them into well-to-do burghers at once. Now,
sirs, is it not clear that all these good things belong to whoever has
strength to hold them?
(6) Here seems to be the germ—unless, indeed, the thought had been
conceived above—here at any rate the first conscious expression
of the colonisation scheme, of which we shall hear more below, in
reference to Cotyora; the Phasis; Calpe. It appears again fifty
years later in the author's pamphlet "On Revenues," chapters i.
and vi. For the special evils of the fourth century B.C., and the
growth of pauperism between B.C. 401 and 338, see Jebb, "Attic
Orators," vol i. p. 17.
"Let us look another matter in
the face. How are we to march most safely? or where blows are needed,
how are we to fight to the best advantage? That is the question.
"The first thing which I
recommend is to burn the wagons we have got, so that we may be free to
march wherever the army needs, and not, practically, make our baggage
train our general. And, next, we should throw our tents into the bonfire
also: for these again are only a trouble to carry, and do not contribute
one grain of good either for fighting or getting provisions. Further,
let us get rid of all superfluous baggage, save only what we require for
the sake of war, or meat and drink, so that as many of us as possible
may be under arms, and as few as possible doing porterage. I need not
remind you that, in case of defeat, the owners' goods are not their own;
but if we master our foes, we will make them our baggage bearers.
"It only rests for me to name
the one thing which I look upon as the greatest of all. You see, the
enemy did not dare to bring war to bear upon us until they had first
seized our generals; they felt that whilst our rulers were there, and we
obeyed them, they were no match for us in war; but having got hold of
them, they fully expected that the consequent confusion and anarchy
would prove fatal to us. What follows? This: Officers and leaders ought
to be more vigilant ever than their predecessors; subordinates still
more orderly and obedient to those in command now than even they were to
those who are gone. And you should pass a resolution that, in case of
insubordination, any one who stands by is to aid the officer in
chastising the offender. So the enemy will be mightily deceived; for on
this day they will behold ten thousand Clearchuses instead of one, who
will not suffer one man to play the coward. And now it is high time I
brought my remarks to an end, for may be the enemy will be here anon.
Let those who are in favour of these proposals confirm them with all
speed, that they may be realised in fact; or if any other course seem
better, let not any one, even though he be a private soldier, shrink
from proposing it. Our common safety is our common need."
After this Cheirisophus spoke.
He said: "If there is anything else to be done, beyond what Xenophon has
mentioned, we shall be able to carry it out presently; but with regard
to what he has already proposed, it seems to me the best course to vote
upon the matters at once. Those who are in favour of Xenophon's
proposals, hold up their hands." They all held them up. Xenophon rose
again and said: "Listen, sirs, while I tell you what I think we have
need of besides. It is clear that we must march where we can get
provisions. Now, I am told there are some splendid villages not more
than two miles and a half distant. I should not be surprised, then, if
the enemy were to hang on our heels and dog us as we retire, like
cowardly curs which rush out at the passer-by and bite him if they can,
but when you turn upon them they run away. Such will be their tactics, I
take it. It may be safer, then, to march in a hollow square, so as to
place the baggage animals and our mob of sutlers in greater security. It
will save time to make the appointments at once, and to settle who leads
the square and directs the vanguard; who will take command of the two
flanks, and who of the rearguard; so that, when the enemy appears, we
shall not need to deliberate, but can at once set in motion the
machinery in existence.
"If any one has any better
plan, we need not adopt mine; but if not, suppose Cheirisophus takes the
lead, as he is a Lacedaemonian, and the two eldest generals take in
charge the two wings respectively, whilst Timasion and I, the two
youngest, will for the present guard the rear. For the rest, we can but
make experiment of this arrangement, and alter it with deliberation, as
from time to time any improvement suggests itself. If any one has a
better plan to propose, let him do so."... No dissentient voice was
heard. Accordingly he said: "Those in favour of this resolution, hold up
their hands." The resolution was carried. "And now," said he, "it would
be well to separate and carry out what we have decreed. If any of you
has set his heart on seeing his friends again, let him remember to prove
himself a man; there is no other way to achieve his heart's wish. Or is
mere living an object with any of you, strive to conquer; if to slay is
the privilege of victory, to die is the doom of the defeated. Or perhaps
to gain money and wealth is your ambition, strive again for mastery;
have not conquerors the double gain of keeping what is their own, whilst
they seize the possessions of the vanquished?"
III
The speaking was ended; they
got up and retired; then they burnt the wagons and the tents, and after
sharing with one another what each needed out of their various
superfluities, they threw the remnant into the fire. Having done that,
they proceeded to make their breakfasts. While they were breakfasting,
Mithridates came with about thirty horsemen, and summoning the generals
within earshot, he thus addressed them: "Men of Hellas, I have been
faithful to Cyrus, as you know well, and to-day I am your well-wisher;
indeed, I am here spending my days in great fear: if then I could see
any salutory course in prospect, I should be disposed to join you with
all my retainers. Please inform me, then, as to what you propose,
regarding me as your friend and well-wisher, anxious only to pursue his
march in your company." The generals held council, and resolved to give
the following answer, Cheirisophus acting as spokesman: "We have
resolved to make our way through the country, inflicting the least
possible damage, provided we are allowed a free passage homewards; but
if any one tries to hinder us, he will have to fight it out with us, and
we shall bring all the force in our power to bear." Thereat Mithridates
set himself to prove to them that their deliverance, except with the
king's good pleasure, was hopeless. Then the meaning of his mission was
plain. He was an agent in disguise; in fact, a relation of Tissaphernes
was in attendance to keep a check on his loyalty. After that, the
generals resolved that it would be better to proclaim open war, without
truce or herald, as long as they were in the enemy's country; for they
used to come and corrupt the soldiers, and they were even successful
with one officer—Nicarchus (1), an Arcadian, who went off in the night
with about twenty men.
(1) Can this be the same man whose escape is so graphically described
above?
After this, they breakfasted
and crossed the river Zapatas, marching in regular order, with the
beasts and mob of the army in the middle. They had not advanced far on
their route when Mithridates made his appearance again, with about a
couple of hundred horsemen at his back, and bowmen and slingers twice as
many, as nimble fellows as a man might hope to see. He approached the
Hellenes as if he were friendly; but when they had got fairly to close
quarters, all of a sudden some of them, whether mounted or on foot,
began shooting with their bows and arrows, and another set with slings,
wounding the men. The rearguard of the Hellenes suffered for a while
severely without being able to retaliate, for the Cretans had a shorter
range than the Persians, and at the same time, being light-armed troops,
they lay cooped up within the ranks of the heavy infantry, while the
javelin men again did not shoot far enough to reach the enemy's
slingers. This being so, Xenophon thought there was nothing for it but
to charge, and charge they did; some of the heavy and light infantry,
who were guarding the rear, with him; but for all their charging they
did not catch a single man.
The dearth of cavalry told
against the Hellenes; nor were their infantry able to overhaul the
enemy's infantry, with the long start they had, and considering the
shortness of the race, for it was out of the question to pursue them far
from the main body of the army. On the other hand, the Asiatic cavalry,
even while fleeing, poured volleys of arrows behind their backs, and
wounded the pursuers; while the Hellenes must fall back fighting every
step of the way they had measured in the pursuit; so that by the end of
that day they had not gone much more than three miles; but in the late
afternoon they reached the villages.
Here there was a return of the
old despondency. Cheirisophus and the eldest of the generals blamed
Xenophon for leaving the main body to give chase and endangering himself
thereby, while he could not damage the enemy one whit the more. Xenophon
admitted that they were right in blaming him: no better proof of that
was wanted than the result. "The fact is," he added, "I was driven to
pursue; it was too trying to look on and see our men suffer so badly,
and be unable to retaliate. However, when we did charge, there is no
denying the truth of what you say; we were not a whit more able to
injure the enemy, while we had considerable difficulty in beating a
retreat ourselves. Thank heaven they did not come upon us in any great
force, but were only a handful of men; so that the injury they did us
was not large, as it might have been; and at least it has served to show
us what we need. At present the enemy shoot and sling beyond our range,
so that our Cretan archers are no match for them; our hand-throwers
cannot reach as far; and when we pursue, it is not possible to push the
pursuit to any great distance from the main body, and within the short
distance no foot-soldier, however fleet of foot, could overtake another
foot-soldier who has a bow-shot the start of him. If, then, we are to
exclude them from all possibility of injuring us as we march, we must
get slingers as soon as possible and cavalry. I am told there are in the
army some Rhodians, most of whom, they say, know how to sling, and their
missile will reach even twice as far as the Persian slings (which, on
account of their being loaded with stones as big as one's fist, have a
comparatively short range; but the Rhodians are skilled in the use of
leaden bullets (2)). Suppose, then, we investigate and find out first of
all who among them possess slings, and for these slings offer the owner
the money value; and to another, who will plait some more, hand over the
money price; and for a third, who will volunteer to be enrolled as a
slinger, invent some other sort of privilege, I think we shall soon find
people to come forward capable of helping us. There are horses in the
army I know; some few with myself, others belonging to Clearchus's stud,
and a good many others captured from the enemy, used for carrying
baggage. Let us take the pick of these, supplying their places by
ordinary baggage animals, and equipping the horses for cavalry. I should
not wonder if our troopers gave some annoyance to these fugitives."
(2) These words sound to me like an author's note, parenthetically,
and perhaps inadvertently, inserted into the text. It is an
"aside" to the reader, which in a modern book would appear as a
footnote.
These proposals were carried,
and that night two hundred slingers were enrolled, and next day as many
as fifty horse and horsemen passed muster as duly qualified; buff
jackets and cuirasses were provided for them, and a commandant of
cavalry appointed to command—Lycius, the son of Polystratus, by name, an
Athenian.
IV
That day they remained
inactive, but the next they rose earlier than usual, and set out
betimes, for they had a ravine to cross, where they feared the enemy
might attack them in the act of crossing. When they were across,
Mithridates appeared again with one thousand horse, and archers and
slingers to the number of four thousand. This whole body he had got by
request from Tissaphernes, and in return he undertook to deliver up the
Hellenes to Tissaphernes. He had grown contemptuous since his late
attack, when, with so small a detachment, he had done, as he thought, a
good deal of mischief, without the slightest loss to himself.
When the Hellenes were not only
right across, but had got about a mile from the ravine, Mithridates also
crossed with his forces. An order had been passed down the lines, what
light infantry and what heavy infantry were to take part in the pursuit;
and the cavalry were instructed to follow up the pursuit with
confidence, as a considerable support was in their rear. So, when
Mithridates had come up with them, and they were well within arrow and
sling shot, the bugle sounded the signal to the Hellenes; and
immediately the detachment under orders rushed to close quarters, and
the cavalry charged. There the enemy preferred not to wait, but fled
towards the ravine. In this pursuit the Asiatics lost several of their
infantry killed, and of their cavalry as many as eighteen were taken
prisoners in the ravine. As to those who were slain the Hellenes, acting
upon impulse, mutilated their bodies, by way of impressing their enemy
with as frightful an image as possible.
So fared the foe and so fell
back; but the Hellenes, continuing their march in safety for the rest of
that day, reached the river Tigris. Here they came upon a large deserted
city, the name of which was Larissa (1): a place inhabited by the Medes
in days of old; the breadth of its walls was twenty-five feet, and the
height of them a hundred, and the circuit of the whole two parasangs. It
was built of clay-bricks, supported on a stone basis twenty feet high.
This city the king of the Persians (2) besieged, what time the Persians
strove to snatch their empire from the Medes, but he could in no wise
take it; then a cloud hid the face of the sun and blotted out the light
thereof, until the inhabitants were gone out of the city, and so it was
taken. By the side of this city there was a stone pyramid in breadth a
hundred feet, and in height two hundred feet; in it were many of the
barbarians who had fled for refuge from the neighbouring villages.
(1) Larissa, on the side of the modern Nimrud (the south-west corner,
as is commonly supposed, of Nineveh). The name is said to mean
"citadel," and is given to various Greek cities (of which several
occur in Xenophon).
(2) I.e. Cyrus the Great.
From this place they marched
one stage of six parasangs to a great deserted fortress (which lay over
against the city), and the name of that city was Mespila (3). The Medes
once dwelt in it. The basement was made of polished stone full of
shells; fifty feet was the breadth of it, and fifty feet the height; and
on this basement was reared a wall of brick, the breadth whereof was
fifty feet and the height thereof four hundred; and the circuit of the
wall was six parasangs. Hither, as the story goes, Medea (4), the king's
wife, betook herself in flight what time the Medes lost their empire at
the hands of the Persians. To this city also the king of the Pesians
laid siege, but could not take it either by length of days or strength
of hand. But Zeus sent amazement on the inhabitants thereof, and so it
was taken.
(3) Opposite Mosul, the north-west portion of the ancient Nineveh,
about eighteen miles above Larissa. The circuit of Nineveh is said
to have been about fifty-six miles. It was overthrown by Cyrus in
B.C. 558.
(4) The wife of Astyages, the last king of Media. Some think "the wall
of Media" should be "Medea's wall," constructed in the period of
Queen Nitocris, B.C. 560.
From this place they marched
one stage—four parasangs. But, while still on this stage, Tissaphernes
made his appearance. He had with him his own cavalry and a force
belonging to Orontas, who had the king's daughter to wife; and there
were, moreover, with them the Asiatics whom Cyrus had taken with him on
his march up; together with those whom the king's brother had brought as
a reinforcement to the king; besides those whom Tissaphernes himself had
received as a gift from the king, so that the armament appeared to be
very great. When they were close, he halted some of his regiments at the
rear and wheeled others into position on either flank, but hesitated to
attack, having no mind apparently to run any risks, and contenting
himself with an order to his slingers to sling and his archers to shoot.
But when the Rhodian slingers and the bowmen (5), posted at intervals,
retaliated, and every shot told (for with the utmost pains to miss it
would have been hard to do so under the circumstanecs), then
Tissaphernes with all speed retired out of range, the other regiments
following suit; and for the rest of the day the one party advanced and
the other followed. But now the Asiatics had ceased to be dangerous with
their sharpshooting. For the Rhodians could reach further than the
Persian slingers, or, indeed, than most of the bowmen. The Persian bows
are of great size, so that the Cretans found the arrows which were
picked up serviceable, and persevered in using their enemies' arrows,
and practised shooting with them, letting them fly upwards to a great
height (6). There were also plenty of bowstrings found in the
villages—and lead, which they turned to account for their slings. As a
result of this day, then, the Hellenes chancing upon some villages had
no sooner encamped than the barbarians fell back, having had distinctly
the worst of it in the skirmishing.
(5) The best MSS read {Skuthai}, Scythians; if this is correct, it is
only the technical name for "archers." Cf. Arrian, "Tact." ii. 13.
The police at Athens were technically so called, as being composed
of Scythian slaves. Cf. Aristoph. "Thesm." 1017.
(6) I.e., in practising, in order to get the maximum range they let
fly the arrows, not horizontally, but up into the air. Sir W.
Raleigh (Hist. of the World, III. x. 8) says that Xenophon
"trained his archers to short compass, who had been accustomed to
the point blank," but this is surely not Xenophon's meaning.
The next day was a day of
inaction: they halted and took in supplies, as there was much corn in
the villages; but on the day following, the march was continued through
the plain (of the Tigris), and Tissaphernes still hung on their skirts
with his skirmishers. And now it was that the Hellenes discovered the
defect of marching in a square with an enemy following. As a matter of
necessity, whenever the wings of an army so disposed draw together,
either where a road narrows, or hills close in, or a bridge has to be
crossed, the heavy infantry cannot help being squeezed out of their
ranks, and march with difficulty, partly from actual pressure, and
partly from the general confusion that ensues. Or, supposing the wings
are again extended, the troops have hardly recovered from their former
distress before they are pulled asunder, and there is a wide space
between the wings, and the men concerned lose confidence in themselves,
especially with an enemy close behind. What happened, when a bridge had
to be crossed or other passage effected, was, that each unit of the
force pressed on in anxiety to get over first, and at these moments it
was easy for the enemy to make an attack. The generals accordingly,
having recognised the defect, set about curing it. To do so, they made
six lochi, or divisions of a hundred men apiece, each of which had its
own set of captains and under-officers in command of half and quarter
companies. It was the duty of these new companies, during a march,
whenever the flanks needed to close in, to fall back to the rear, so as
to disencumber the wings. This they did by wheeling clear of them. When
the sides of the oblong again extended, they filled up the interstices,
if the gap were narrow, by columns of companies, if broader, by columns
of half-companies, or, if broader still, by columns of
quarter-companies, so that the space between was always filled up. If
again it were necessary to effect a passage by bridge or otherwise,
there was no confusion, the several companies crossing in turns; or, if
the occasion arose to form in line of battle, these companies came up to
the front and fell in (7).
(7) In the passage above I have translated {lokhoi} companies, and, as
usual, {lokhagoi} captains. The half company is technically called
a pentecostys, and a quarter company an enomoty, and the officers
in charge of them respectively penteconter and enomotarch. These
would be equivalent nearly to our subalterns and sergeants, and in
the evolutions described would act as guides and markers in charge
of their sections. Grote thinks there were six companies formed on
each flank—twelve in all. See "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 123,
note (1st ed.)
In this way they advanced four
stages, but ere the fifth was completed, they came in sight of a palace
of some sort, with villages clustered round it; they could further see
that the road leading to this place pursued its course over high
undulating hillocks, the spur of the mountain range, under which lay the
village. These knolls were a welcome sight to the Hellenes, naturally
enough, as the enemy were cavalry. However, when they had issued from
the plain and ascended the first crest, and were in the act of
descending it so as to mount the next, at this juncture the barbarians
came upon them. From the high ground down the sheer steep they poured a
volley of darts, slingstones, and arrows, which they discharged "under
the lash (8)," wounding many, until they got the better of the Hellenic
light troops, and drove them for shelter behind the heavy infantry, so
that this day that arm was altogether useless, huddling in the mob of
sutlers, both slingers and archers alike.
(8) I.e. the Persian leaders were seen flogging their men to the
attack. Cf. Herod. vii. 22. 3.
But when the Hellenes, being so
pressed, made an attempt to pursue, they could barely scale to the
summit, being heavy-armed troops, while the enemy as lightly sprung
away; and they suffered similarly in retiring to join the rest of the
army. And then, on the second hill, the whole had to be gone through
again; so that when it came to the third hillock, they determined not to
move the main body of troops from their position until they had brought
up a squadron of light infantry from the right flank of the square to a
point on the mountain range. When this detachment were once posted above
their pursuers, the latter desisted from attacking the main body in its
descent, for fear of being cut off and finding themselves between two
assailants. Thus the rest of the day they moved on in two divisions: one
set keeping to the road by the hillocks, the other marching parallel on
the higher level along the mountains; and thus they reached the villages
and appointed eight surgeons to attend to the many wounded.
Here they halted three days for
the sake of the wounded chiefly, while a further inducement was the
plentiful supply of provisions which they found, wheat and wine, and
large stores of barley laid up for horses. These supplies had been
collected by the ruling satrap of the country. On the fourth day they
began their descent into the plain; but when Tissaphernes overtook them,
necessity taught them to camp in the first village they caught sight of,
and give over the attempt of marching and fighting simultaneously, as so
many were hors de combat, being either on the list of wounded
themselves, or else engaged in carrying the wounded, or laden with the
heavy arms of those so occupied. But when they were once encamped, and
the barbarians, advancing upon the village, made an attempt to harass
them with their sharp-shooters, the superiority of the Hellenes was
pronounced. To sustain a running fight with an enemy constantly
attacking was one thing; to keep him at arm's length from a fixed base
of action another: and the difference was much in their favour.
But when it was late afternoon,
the time had come for the enemy to withdraw, since the habit of the
barbarian was never to encamp within seven or eight miles of the
Hellenic camp. This he did in apprehension of a night attack, for a
Persian army is good for nothing at night. Their horses are haltered,
and, as a rule, hobbled as well, to prevent their escaping, as they
might if loose; so that, if any alarm occurs, the trooper has to saddle
and bridle his horse, and then he must put on his own cuirass, and then
mount—all which performances are difficult at night and in the midst of
confusion. For this reason they always encamped at a distance from the
Hellenes.
When the Hellenes perceived
that they were preparing to retire, and that the order was being given,
the herald's cry, "Pack up for starting," might be heard before the
enemy was fairly out of earshot. For a while the Asiatics paused, as if
unwilling to be gone; but as night closed in, off they went, for it did
not suit their notions of expediency to set off on a march and arrive by
night. And now, when the Hellenes saw that they were really and clearly
gone, they too broke up their camp and pursued their march till they had
traversed seven and a half miles. Thus the distance between the two
armies grew to be so great, that the next day the enemy did not appear
at all, nor yet on the third day; but on the fourth the barbarians had
pushed on by a forced night march and occupied a commanding position on
the right, where the Hellenes had to pass. It was a narrow mountain spur
(9) overhanging the descent into the plain.
(9) Lit. "a mere nail tip."
But when Cheirisophus saw that
this ridge was occupied, he summoned Xenophon from the rear, bidding him
at the same time to bring up peltasts to the front. That Xenophon
hesitated to do, for Tissaphernes and his whole army were coming up and
were well within sight. Galloping up to the front himself, he asked:
"Why do you summon me?" The other answered him: "The reason is plain;
look yonder; this crest which overhangs our descent has been occupied.
There is no passing, until we have dislodged these fellows; why have you
not brought up the light infantry?" Xenophon explained: he had not
thought it desirable to leave the rear unprotected, with an enemy
appearing in the field of view. "However, it is time," he added, "to
decide how we are to dislodge these fellows from the crest." At this
moment his eye fell on the peak of the mountain, rising immediately
above their army, and he could see an approach leading from it to the
crest in question where the enemy lay. He exclaimed: "The best thing we
can do, Cheirisophus, is to make a dash at the height itself, and with
what speed we may. If we take it, the party in command of the road will
never be able to stop. If you like, stay in command of the army, and I
will go; or, if you prefer, do you go to the mountain, and I will stay
here."—"I leave it to you," Cheirisophus answered, "to choose which you
like best." Xenophon remarking, "I am the younger," elected to go; but
he stipulated for a detachment from the front to accompany him, since it
was a long way to fetch up troops from the rear. Accordingly
Cheirisophus furnished him with the light infantry from the front,
reoccupying their place by those from the centre. He also gave him, to
form part of the detachment, the three hundred of the picked corps (10)
under his own command at the head of the square.
(10) Some think that these three hundred are three of the detached
companies described above; others, that they were a picked corps
in attendance on the commander-in-chief.
They set out from the low
ground with all the haste imaginable. But the enemy in position on the
crest no sooner perceived their advance upon the summit of the pass than
they themselves set off full tilt in a rival race for the summit too.
Hoarse were the shouts of the Hellenic troops as the men cheered their
companions forwards, and hoarse the answering shouts from the troops of
Tissaphernes, urging on theirs. Xenophon, mounted on his charger, rode
beside his men, and roused their ardour the while. "Now for it, brave
sirs; bethink you that this race is for Hellas!—now or never!—to find
your boys, your wives; one small effort, and the rest of the march we
shall pursue in peace, without ever a blow to strike; now for it." But
Soteridas the Sicyonian said: "We are not on equal terms, Xenophon; you
are mounted on a horse; I can hardly get along with my shield to carry;"
and he, on hearing the reproach, leapt from his horse. In another
instant he had pushed Soteridas from the ranks, snatched from him his
shield, and begun marching as quickly as he might under the
circumstances, having his horseman's cuirass to carry as well, so that
he was sore pressed; but he continued to cheer on the troops: exhorting
those in front to lead on and the men toiling behind to follow up (11).
Soteridas was not spared by the rest of the men. They gave him blows,
they pelted him, they showered him with abuse, till they compelled him
to take back his shield and march on; and the other, remounting, led
them on horseback as long as the footing held; but when the ground
became too steep, he left his horse and pressed forward on foot, and so
they found themselves on the summit before the enemy.
(11) Some MSS. "and the men behind to pass him by, as he could but ill
keep up the pace."
V
There and then the barbarians
turned and fled as best they might, and the Hellenes held the summit,
while the troops with Tissaphernes and Ariaeus turned aside and
disappeared by another road. The main body with Cheirisophus made its
way down into the plain and encamped in a village filled with good
things of divers sorts. Nor did this village stand alone; there were
others not a few in this plain of the Tigris equally overflowing with
plenty. It was now afternoon; and all of a sudden the enemy came in
sight on the plain, and succeeded in cutting down some of the Hellenes
belonging to parties who were scattered over the flat land in quest of
spoil. Indeed, many herds of cattle had been caught whilst being
conveyed across to the other side of the river. And now Tissaphernes and
his troops made an attempt to burn the villages, and some of the
Hellenes were disposed to take the matter deeply to heart, being
apprehensive that they might not know where to get provisions if the
enemy burnt the villages.
Cheirisophus and his men were
returning from their sally of defence when Xenophon and his party
descended, and the latter rode along the ranks as the rescuing party
came up, and greeted them thus: "Do you not see, men of Hellas, they
admit that the country is now ours; what they stipulated against our
doing when they made the treaty, viz. that we were not to fire the
king's country, they are now themselves doing—setting fire to it as if
it were not their own. But we will be even with them; if they leave
provisions for themselves anywhere, there also shall they see us
marching;" and, turning to Cheirisophus, he added: "But it strikes me,
we should sally forth against these incendiaries and protect our
country." Cheirisophus retorted: "That is not quite my view; I say, let
us do a little burning ourselves, and they will cease all the quicker."
When they had got back to the
villages, while the rest were busy about provisions, the generals and
officers met: and here there was deep despondency. For on the one side
were exceedingly high mountains; on the other a river of such depth that
they failed to reach the bottom with their spears. In the midst of their
perplexities, a Rhodian came up with a proposal, as follows: "I am
ready, sirs to carry you across, four thousand heavy infantry at a time;
if you will furnish me with what I need and give me a talent into the
bargain for my pains." When asked, "What shall you need?" he replied:
"Two thousand wine-skins. I see there are plenty of sheep and goats and
asses. They have only to be flayed, and their skins inflated, and they
will readily give us a passage. I shall want also the straps which you
use for the baggage animals. With these I shall couple the skins to one
another; then I shall moor each skin by attaching stones and letting
them down like anchors into the water. Then I shall carry them across,
and when I have fastened the links at both ends, I shall place layers of
wood on them and a coating of earth on the top of that. You will see in
a minute that there's no danger of your drowning, for every skin will be
able to support a couple of men without sinking, and the wood and earth
will prevent your slipping off."
The generals thought it a
pretty invention enough, but its realisation impracticable, for on the
other side were masses of cavalry posted and ready to bar the passage;
who, to begin with, would not suffer the first detachment of crossers to
carry out any item of the programme.
Under these circumstances, the
next day they turned right about face, and began retracing their steps
in the direction of Babylon to the unburnt villages, having previously
set fire to those they left, so that the enemy did not ride up to them,
but stood and stared, all agape to see in what direction the Hellenes
would betake themselves and what they were minded to do. Here, again,
while the rest of the soldiers were busy about provisions, the generals
and officers met in council, and after collecting the prisoners
together, submitted them to a cross-examination touching the whole
country round, the names, and so forth, of each district.
The prisoners informed them
that the regions south, through which they had come, belonged to the
district towards Babylon and Media; the road east led to Susa and
Ecbatana, where the king is said to spend summer and spring; crossing
the river, the road west led to Lydia and Ionia; and the part through
the mountains facing towards the Great Bear, led, they said, to the
Carduchians (1). They were a people, so said the prisoners, dwelling up
on the hills, addicted to war, and not subject to the king; so much so
that once, when a royal army one hundred and twenty thousand strong had
invaded them, not a man came back, owing to the intricacies of the
country. Occasionally, however, they made truce or treaty with the
satrap in the plain, and, for the nonce, there would be intercourse:
"they will come in and out amongst us," "and we will go in and out
amongst them," said the captives.
(1) See Dr. Kiepert, "Man. Anc. Geog." (Mr. G. A. Macmillan) iv. 47.
The Karduchians or Kurds belong by speech to the Iranian stock,
forming in fact their farthest outpost to the west, little given
to agriculture, but chiefly to the breeding of cattle. Their name,
pronounced Kardu by the ancient Syrians and Assyrians, Kordu by
the Armenians (plural Kordukh), first appears in its narrower
sense in western literature in the pages of the eye-witness
Xenophon as {Kardoukhoi}. Later writers knew of a small kingdom
here at the time of the Roman occupation, ruled by native princes,
who after Tigranes II (about 80 B.C.) recognised the overlordship
of the Armenian king. Later it became a province of the Sassanid
kingdom, and as such was in 297 A.D. handed over among the
regiones transtigritanae to the Roman empire, but in 364 was again
ceded to Persia.
After hearing these statements,
the generals seated apart those who claimed to have any special
knowledge of the country in any direction; they put them to sit apart
without making it clear which particular route they intended to take.
Finally the resolution to which they came was that they must force a
passage through the hills into the territory of the Kurds; since,
according to what their informants told them, when they had once passed
these, they would find themselves in Armenia—the rich and large
territory governed by Orontas; and from Armenia, it would be easy to
proceed in any direction whatever. Thereupon they offered sacrifice, so
as to be ready to start on the march as soon as the right moment
appeared to have arrived. Their chief fear was that the high pass over
the mountains must be occupied in advance: and a general order was
issued, that after supper every one should get his kit together for
starting, and repose, in readiness to follow as soon as the word of
command was given.
(In the preceding portion of the narrative a full account is
given of the incidents of the march up to the battle, and of
the occurrences after the battle during the truce which was
established between the king and the Hellenes, who marched up
with Cyrus, and thirdly, of the fighting to which the Hellenes
were exposed, after the king and Tissaphernes had broken the
treaty, while a Persian army hung on their rear. Having
finally reached a point at which the Tigris was absolutely
impassable owing to its depth and breadth, while there was no
passage along the bank itself, and the Carduchian hills hung
sheer over the river, the generals took the resolution above
mentioned of forcing a passage through the mountains. The
information derived from the prisoners taken along the way led
them to believe that once across the Carduchian mountains they
would have the choice either of crossing the Tigris—if they
liked to do so—at its sources in Armenia, or of going round
them, if so they preferred. Report further said that the
sources of the Euphrates also were not far from those of the
Tigris, and this is actually the case. The advance into the
country of the Carduchians was conducted with a view partly to
secrecy, and partly to speed, so as to effect their entry
before the enemy could occupy the passes.)
I
It was now about the last
watch, and enough of the night remained to allow them to cross the
valley under cover of darkness; when, at the word of command, they rose
and set off on their march, reaching the mountains at daybreak. At this
stage of the march Cheirisophus, at the head of his own division, with
the whole of the light troops, led the van, while Xenophon followed
behind with the heavy infantry of the rearguard, but without any light
troops, since there seemed to be no danger of pursuit or attack from the
rear, while they were making their way up hill. Cheirisophus reached the
summit without any of the enemy perceiving him. Then he led on slowly,
and the rest of the army followed, wave upon wave, cresting the summit
and descending into the villages which nestled in the hollows and
recesses of the hills.
Thereupon the Carduchians
abandoned their dwelling places, and with their wives and children fled
to the mountains; so there was plenty of provisions to be got for the
mere trouble of taking, and the homesteads too were well supplied with a
copious store of bronze vessels and utensils which the Hellenes kept
their hands off, abstaining at the same time from all pursuit of the
folk themselves, gently handling them, in hopes that the Carduchians
might be willing to give them friendly passage through their country,
since they too were enemies of the king: only they helped themselves to
such provisions as fell in their way, which indeed was a sheer
necessity. But the Carduchians neither gave ear, when they called to
them, nor showed any other friendly sign; and now, as the last of the
Hellenes descended into the villages from the pass, they were already in
the dark, since, owing to the narrowness of the road, the whole day had
been spent in the ascent and descent. At that instant a party of the
Carduchians, who had collected, made an attack on the hindmost men,
killing some and wounding others with stones and arrows—though it was
quite a small body who attacked. The fact was, the approach of the
Hellenic army had taken them by surprise; if, however, they had mustered
in larger force at this time, the chances are that a large portion of
the army would have been annihilated. As it was, they got into quarters,
and bivouacked in the villages that night, while the Carduchians kept
many watch-fires blazing in a circle on the mountains, and kept each
other in sight all round.
But with the dawn the generals
and officers of the Hellenes met and resolved to proceed, taking only
the necessary number of stout baggage animals, and leaving the weaklings
behind. They resolved further to let go free all the lately-captured
slaves in the host; for the pace of the march was necessarily rendered
slow by the quantity of animals and prisoners, and the number of
non-combatants in attendance on these was excessive, while, with such a
crowd of human beings to satisfy, twice the amount of provisions had to
be procured and carried. These resolutions passed, they caused a
proclamation by herald to be made for their enforcement.
When they had breakfasted and
the march recommenced, the generals planted themselves a little to one
side in a narrow place, and when they found any of the aforesaid slaves
or other property still retained, they confiscated them. The soldiers
yielded obedience, except where some smuggler, prompted by desire of a
good-looking boy or woman, managed to make off with his prize. During
this day they contrived to get along after a fashion, now fighting and
now resting. But on the next day they were visited by a great storm, in
spite of which they were obliged to continue the march, owing to
insufficiency of provisions. Cheirisophus was as usual leading in front,
while Xenophon headed the rearguard, when the enemy began a violent and
sustained attack. At one narrow place after another they came up quite
close, pouring in volleys of arrows and slingstones, so that the
Hellenes had no choice but to make sallies in pursuit and then again
recoil, making but very little progress. Over and over again Xenophon
would send an order to the front to slacken pace, when the enemy were
pressing their attack severely. As a rule, when the word was so passed
up, Cheirisophus slackened; but sometimes instead of slackening,
Cheirisophus quickened, sending down a counter-order to the rear to
follow on quickly. It was clear that there was something or other
happening, but there was no time to go to the front and discover the
cause of the hurry. Under the circumstances the march, at any rate in
the rear, became very like a rout, and here a brave man lost his life,
Cleonymus the Laconian, shot with an arrow in the ribs right through
shield and corselet, as also Basias, an Arcadian, shot clean through the
head.
As soon as they reached a
halting-place, Xenophon, without more ado, came up to Cheirisophus, and
took him to task for not having waited, "whereby," he said, "we were
forced to fight and flee at the same moment; and now it has cost us the
lives of two fine fellows; they are dead, and we were not able to pick
up their bodies or bury them." Cheirisophus answered: "Look up there,"
pointing as he spoke to the mountain, "do you see how inaccessible it
all is? only this one road, which you see, going straight up, and on it
all that crowd of men who have seized and are guarding the single exit.
That is why I hastened on, and why I could not wait for you, hoping to
be beforehand with them yonder in seizing the pass: the guides we have
got say there is no other way." And Xenophon replied: "But I have got
two prisoners also; the enemy annoyed us so much that we laid an
ambuscade for them, which also gave us time to recover our breaths; we
killed some of them, and did our best to catch one or two alive—for this
very reason—that we might have guides who knew the country, to depend
upon."
The two were brought up at once
and questioned separately: "Did they know of any other road than the one
visible?" The first said no; and in spite of all sorts of terrors
applied to extract a better answer—"no," he persisted. When nothing
could be got out of him, he was killed before the eyes of his fellow.
This latter then explained: "Yonder man said, he did not know, because
he has got a daughter married to a husband in those parts. I can take
you," he added, "by a good road, practicable even for beasts." And when
asked whether there was any point on it difficult to pass, he replied
that there was a col which it would be impossible to pass unless it were
occupied in advance.
Then it was resolved to summon
the officers of the light infantry and some of those of the heavy
infantry, and to acquaint them with the state of affairs, and ask them
whether any of them were minded to distinguish themselves, and would
step forward as volunteers on an expedition. Two or three heavy infantry
soldiers stepped forward at once—two Arcadians, Aristonymus of
Methydrium, and Agasias of Stymphalus—and in emulation of these, a
third, also an Arcadian, Callimachus from Parrhasia, who said he was
ready to go, and would get volunteers from the whole army to join him.
"I know," he added, "there will be no lack of youngsters to follow where
I lead." After that they asked, "Were there any captains of light
infantry willing to accompany the expedition?" Aristeas, a Chian, who on
several occasions proved his usefulness to the army on such service,
volunteered.
II
It was already late afternoon,
when they ordered the storming party to take a snatch of food and set
off; then they bound the guide and handed him over to them. The
agreement was, that if they succeeded in taking the summit they were to
guard the position that night, and at daybreak to give a signal by
bugle. At this signal the party on the summit were to attack the enemy
in occupation of the visible pass, while the generals with the main body
would bring up their succours; making their way up with what speed they
might. With this understanding, off they set, two thousand strong; and
there was a heavy downpour of rain, but Xenophon, with his rearguard,
began advancing to the visible pass, so that the enemy might fix his
attention on this road, and the party creeping round might, as much as
possible, elude observation. Now when the rearguard, so advancing, had
reached a ravine which they must cross in order to strike up the steep,
at that instant the barbarians began rolling down great boulders, each a
wagon load (1), some larger, some smaller; against the rocks they
crashed and splintered flying like slingstones in every direction—so
that it was absolutely out of the question even to approach the entrance
of the pass. Some of the officers finding themselves baulked at this
point, kept trying other ways, nor did they desist till darkness set in;
and then, when they thought they would not be seen retiring, they
returned to supper. Some of them who had been on duty in the rearguard
had had no breakfast (it so happened). However, the enemy never ceased
rolling down their stones all through the night, as was easy to infer
from the booming sound.
(1) I.e. several ton weight.
The party with the guide made a
circuit and surprised the enemy's guards seated round their fire, and
after killing some, and driving out the rest, took their places,
thinking that they were in possession of the height. As a matter of fact
they were not, for above them lay a breast-like hill (2) skirted by the
narrow road on which they had found the guards seated. Still, from the
spot in question there was an approach to the enemy, who were seated on
the pass before mentioned.
(2) Or, "mamelon."
Here then they passed the
night, but at the first glimpse of dawn they marched stealthily and in
battle order against the enemy. There was a mist, so that they could get
quite close without being observed. But as soon as they caught sight of
one another, the trumpet sounded, and with a loud cheer they rushed upon
the fellows, who did not wait their coming, but left the road and made
off; with the loss of only a few lives however, so nimble were they.
Cheirisophus and his men, catching the sound of the bugle, charged up by
the well-marked road, while others of the generals pushed their way up
by pathless routes, where each division chanced to be; the men mounting
as they were best able, and hoisting one another up by means of their
spears; and these were the first to unite with the party who had already
taken the position by storm. Xenophon, with the rearguard, followed the
path which the party with the guide had taken, since it was easiest for
the beasts of burthen; one half of his men he had posted in rear of the
baggage animals; the other half he had with himself. In their course
they encountered a crest above the road, occupied by the enemy, whom
they must either dislodge or be themselves cut off from the rest of the
Hellenes. The men by themselves could have taken the same route as the
rest, but the baggage animals could not mount by any other way than
this.
Here then, with shouts of
encouragement to each other, they dashed at the hill with their storming
columns, not from all sides, but leaving an avenue of escape for the
enemy, if he chose to avail himself of it. For a while, as the men
scrambled up where each best could, the natives kept up a fire of arrows
and darts, yet did not receive them at close quarters, but presently
left the position in flight. No sooner, however, were the Hellenes
safely past this crest, than they came in sight of another in front of
them, also occupied, and deemed it advisable to storm it also. But now
it struck Xenophon that if they left the ridge just taken unprotected in
their rear, the enemy might re-occupy it and attack the baggage animals
as they filed past, presenting a long extended line owing to the
narrowness of the road by which they made their way. To obviate this, he
left some officers in charge of the ridge—Cephisodorus, son of
Cephisophon, an Athenian; Amphicrates, the son of Amphidemus, an
Athenian; and Archagoras, an Argive exile—while he in person with the
rest of the men attacked the second ridge; this they took in the same
fashion, only to find that they had still a third knoll left, far the
steepest of the three. This was none other than the mamelon mentioned as
above the outpost, which had been captured over their fire by the
volunteer storming party in the night. But when the Hellenes were close,
the natives, to the astonishment of all, without a struggle deserted the
knoll. It was conjectured that they had left their position from fear of
being encircled and besieged, but the fact was that they, from their
higher ground, had been able to see what was going on in the rear, and
had all made off in this fashion to attack the rearguard.
So then Xenophon, with the
youngest men, scaled up to the top, leaving orders to the rest to march
on slowly, so as to allow the hindmost companies to unite with them;
they were to advance by the road, and when they reached the level to
ground arms (3). Meanwhile the Argive Archagoras arrived, in full
flight, with the announcement that they had been dislodged from the
first ridge, and that Cephisodorus and Amphicrates were slain, with a
number of others besides, all in fact who had not jumped down the crags
and so reached the rearguard. After this achievement the barbarians came
to a crest facing the mamelon, and Xenophon held a colloquy with them by
means of an interpreter, to negotiate a truce, and demanded back the
dead bodies. These they agreed to restore if he would not burn their
houses, and to these terms Xenophon agreed. Meanwhile, as the rest of
the army filed past, and the colloquy was proceeding, all the people of
the place had time to gather gradually, and the enemy formed; and as
soon as the Hellenes began to descend from the mamelon to join the
others where the troops were halted, on rushed the foe, in full force,
with hue and cry. They reached the summit of the mamelon from which
Xenophon was descending, and began rolling down crags. One man's leg was
crushed to pieces. Xenophon was left by his shield-bearer, who carried
off his shield, but Eurylochus of Lusia (4), an Arcadian hoplite, ran up
to him, and threw his shield in front to protect both of them; so the
two together beat a retreat, and so too the rest, and joined the serried
ranks of the main body.
(3) To take up position.
(4) I.e. of Lusi (or Lusia), a town (or district) in Northern Arcadia.
After this the whole Hellenic
force united, and took up their quarters there in numerous beautiful
dwellings, with an ample store of provisions, for there was wine so
plentiful that they had it in cemented cisterns. Xenophon and
Cheirisophus arranged to recover the dead, and in return restored the
guide; afterwards they did everything for the dead, according to the
means at their disposal, with the customary honours paid to good men.
Next day they set off without a
guide; and the enemy, by keeping up a continuous battle and occupying in
advance every narrow place, obstructed passage after passage.
Accordingly, whenever the van was obstructed, Xenophon, from behind,
made a dash up the hills and broke the barricade, and freed the vanguard
by endeavouring to get above the obstructing enemy. Whenever the rear
was the point attacked, Cheirisophus, in the same way, made a detour,
and by endeavouring to mount higher than the barricaders, freed the
passage for the rear rank; and in this way, turn and turn about, they
rescued each other, and paid unflinching attention to their mutual
needs. At times it happened that, the relief party having mounted,
encountered considerable annoyance in their descent from the barbarians,
who were so agile that they allowed them to come up quite close, before
they turned back, and still escaped, partly no doubt because the only
weapons they had to carry were bows and slings.
They were, moreover, excellent
archers, using bows nearly three cubits long and arrows more than two
cubits. When discharging the arrow, they draw the string by getting a
purchase with the left foot planted forward on the lower end of the bow.
The arrows pierced through shield and cuirass, and the Hellenes, when
they got hold of them, used them as javelins, fitting them to their
thongs. In these districts the Cretans were highly serviceable. They
were under the command of Stratocles, a Cretan.
III
During this day they bivouacked
in the villages which lie above the plain of the river Centrites (1),
which is about two hundred feet broad. It is the frontier river between
Armenia and the country of the Carduchians. Here the Hellenes recruited
themselves, and the sight of the plain filled them with joy, for the
river was but six or seven furlongs distant from the mountains of the
Carduchians. For the moment then they bivouacked right happily; they had
their provisions, they had also many memories of the labours that were
now passed; seeing that the last seven days spent in traversing the
country of the Carduchians had been one long continuous battle, which
had cost them more suffering than the whole of their troubles at the
hands of the king and Tissaphernes put together. As though they were
truly quit of them for ever, they laid their heads to rest in sweet
content.
(1) I.e. the Eastern Tigris.
But with the morrow's dawn they
espied horsemen at a certain point across the river, armed cap-a-pie, as
if they meant to dispute the passage. Infantry, too, drawn up in line
upon the banks above the cavalry, threatened to prevent them debouching
into Armenia. These troops were Armenian and Mardian and Chaldaean
mercenaries belonging to Orontas and Artuchas. The last of the three,
the Chaldaeans, were said to be a free and brave set of people. They
were armed with long wicker shields and lances. The banks before named
on which they were drawn up were a hundred yards or more distant from
the river, and the single road which was visible was one leading upwards
and looking like a regular artificially constructed highway. At this
point the Hellenes endeavoured to cross, but on their making the attempt
the water proved to be more than breast-deep, and the river bed was
rough with great slippery stones, and as to holding their arms in the
water, it was out of the question—the stream swept them away—or if they
tried to carry them over the head, the body was left exposed to the
arrows and other missiles; accordingly they turned back and encamped
there by the bank of the river.
At the point where they had
themselves been last night, up on the mountains, they could see the
Carduchians collected in large numbers and under arms. A shadow of deep
despair again descended on their souls, whichever way they turned their
eyes—in front lay the river so difficult to ford; over, on the other
side, a new enemy threatening to bar the passage; on the hills behind,
the Carduchians ready to fall upon their rear should they once again
attempt to cross. Thus for this day and night they halted, sunk in
perplexity. But Xenophon had a dream. In his sleep he thought that he
was bound in fetters, but these, of their own accord, fell from off him,
so that he was loosed, and could stretch his legs as freely as he wished
(2). So at the first glimpse of daylight he came to Cheirisophus and
told him that he had hopes that all things would go well, and related to
him his dream.
(2) It is impossible to give the true sense and humour of the passage
in English, depending, as it does, on the double meaning of
{diabainein} (1) to cross (a river), (2) to stride or straddle (of
the legs). The army is unable to cross the Centrites; Xenophon
dreams that he is fettered, but the chains drop off his legs and
he is able to stride as freely as ever; next morning the two young
men come to him with the story how they have found themselves able
to walk cross the river instead of having to swim it. It is
obvious to Xenophon that the dream is sent from Heaven.
The other was well pleased, and
with the first faint gleam of dawn the generals all were present and did
sacrifice; and the victims were favourable in the first essay. Retiring
from the sacrifice, the generals and officers issued an order to the
troops to take their breakfasts; and while Xenophon was taking his, two
young men came running up to him, for every one knew that, breakfasting
or supping, he was always accessible, or that even if asleep any one was
welcome to awaken him who had anything to say bearing on the business of
war. What the two young men had at this time to say was that they had
been collecting brushwood for fire, and had presently espied on the
opposite side, in among some rocks which came down to the river's brink,
an old man and some women and little girls depositing, as it would
appear, bags of clothes in a cavernous rock. When they saw them, it
struck them that it was safe to cross; in any case the enemy's cavalry
could not approach at this point. So they stripped naked, expecting to
have to swim for it, and with their long knives in their hands began
crossing, but going forward crossed without being wet up to the fork.
Once across they captured the clothes, and came back again.
Accordingly Xenophon at once
poured out a libation himself, and bade the two young fellows fill the
cup and pray to the gods, who showed to him this vision and to them a
passage, to bring all other blessings for them to accomplishment. When
he had poured out the libation, he at once led the two young men to
Cheirisophus, and they repeated to him their story. Cheirisophus, on
hearing it, offered libations also, and when they had performed them,
they sent a general order to the troops to pack up ready for starting,
while they themselves called a meeting of the generals and took counsel
how they might best effect a passage, so as to overpower the enemy in
front without suffering any loss from the men behind. And they resolved
that Cheirisophus should lead the van and cross with half the army, the
other half still remaining behind under Xenophon, while the baggage
animals and the mob of sutlers were to cross between the two divisions.
When all was duly ordered the
move began, the young men pioneering them, and keeping the river on
their left. It was about four furlongs' march to the crossing, and as
they moved along the bank, the squadrons of cavalry kept pace with them
on the opposite side.
But when they had reached a
point in a line with the ford, and the cliff-like banks of the river,
they grounded arms, and first Cheirisophus himself placed a wreath upon
his brows, and throwing off his cloak (3), resumed his arms, passing the
order to all the rest to do the same, and bade the captains form their
companies in open order in deep columns, some to left and some to right
of himself. Meanwhile the soothsayers were slaying a victim over the
river, and the enemy were letting fly their arrows and slingstones; but
as yet they were out of range. As soon as the victims were favourable,
all the soldiers began singing the battle hymn, and with the notes of
the paean mingled the shouting of the men accompanied by the shriller
chant of the women, for there were many women (4) in the camp.
(3) Or, "having doffed it," i.e. the wreath, an action which the
soldiers would perform symbolically, if Grote is right in his
interpretation of the passage, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 137.
(4) Lit. "comrade-women."
So Cheirisophus with his
detachment stepped in. But Xenophon, taking the most active-bodied of
the rearguard, began running back at full speed to the passage facing
the egress into the hills of Armenia, making a feint of crossing at that
point to intercept their cavalry on the river bank. The enemy, seeing
Cheirisophus's detachment easily crossing the stream, and Xenophon's men
racing back, were seized with the fear of being intercepted, and fled at
full speed in the direction of the road which emerges from the stream.
But when they were come opposite to it they raced up hill towards their
mountains. Then Lycius, who commanded the cavalry, and Aeschines, who
was in command of the division of light infantry attached to
Cheirisophus, no sooner saw them fleeing so lustily than they were after
them, and the soldiers shouted not to fall behind (5), but to follow
them right up to the mountains. Cheirisophus, on getting across, forbore
to pursue the cavalry, but advanced by the bluffs which reached to the
river to attack the enemy overhead. And these, seeing their own cavalry
fleeing, seeing also the heavy infantry advancing upon them, abandoned
the heights above the river.
(5) Or, "to stick tight to them and not to be outdone"; or, as others
understand, "the (infantry) soldiers clamoured not to be left
behind, but to follow them up into the mountains."
Xenophon, as soon as he saw
that things were going well on the other side, fell back with all speed
to join the troops engaged in crossing, for by this time the Carduchians
were well in sight, descending into the plain to attack their rear.
Cheirisophus was in possession
of the higher ground, and Lycius, with his little squadron, in an
attempt to follow up the pursuit, had captured some stragglers of their
baggage-bearers, and with them some handsome apparel and drinking-cups.
The baggage animals of the Hellenes and the mob of non-combatants were
just about to cross, when Xenonphon turned his troops right about to
face the Carduchians. Vis-a-vis he formed his line, passing the order to
the captains each to form his company into sections, and to deploy them
into line by the left, the captains of companies and lieutenants in
command of sections to advance to meet the Carduchians, while the rear
leaders would keep their position facing the river. But when the
Carduchians saw the rearguard so stript of the mass, and looking now
like a mere handful of men, they advanced all the more quickly, singing
certain songs the while. Then, as matters were safe with him,
Cheirisophus sent back the peltasts and slingers and archers to join
Xenophon, with orders to carry out his instructions. They were in the
act of recrossing, when Xenophon, who saw their intention, sent a
messenger across, bidding them wait there at the river's brink without
crossing; but as soon as he and his detachment began to cross they were
to step in facing him in two flanking divisions right and left of them,
as if in the act of crossing; the javelin men with their javelins on the
thong, and the bowmen with their arrows on the string; but they were not
to advance far into the stream. The order passed to his own men was:
"Wait till you are within sling-shot, and the shield rattles, then sound
the paean and charge the enemy. As soon as he turns, and the bugle from
the river sounds for 'the attack,' you will face about to the right, the
rear rank leading, and the whole detachment falling back and crossing
the river as quickly as possible, every one preserving his original
rank, so as to avoid tramelling one another: the bravest man is he who
gets to the other side first."
The Carduchians, seeing that
the remnant left was the merest handful (for many even of those whose
duty it was to remain had gone off in their anxiety to protect their
beasts of burden, or their personal kit, or their mistresses), bore down
upon them valorously, and opened fire with slingstones and arrows. But
the Hellenes, raising the battle hymn, dashed at them at a run, and they
did not await them; armed well enough for mountain warfare, and with a
view to sudden attack followed by speedy flight, they were not by any
means sufficiently equipped for an engagement at close quarters. At this
instant the signal of the bugle was heard. Its notes added wings to the
flight of the barbarians, but the Hellenes turned right about in the
opposite direction, and betook themselves to the river with what speed
they might. Some of the enemy, here a man and there another, perceived,
and running back to the river, let fly their arrows and wounded a few;
but the majority, even when the Hellenes were well across, were still to
be seen pursuing their flight. The detachment which came to meet
Xenophon's men, carried away by their valour, advanced further than they
had need to, and had to cross back again in the rear of Xenophon's men,
and of these too a few were wounded.
IV
The passage effected, they fell
into line about mid-day, and marched through Armenian territory, one
long plain with smooth rolling hillocks, not less than five parasangs in
distance; for owing to the wars of this people with the Carduchians
there were no villages near the river. The village eventually reached
was large, and possessed a palace belonging to the satrap, and most of
the houses were crowned with turrets; provisions were plentiful.
From this village they marched
two stages—ten parasangs—until they had surmounted the sources of the
river Tigris; and from this point they marched three stages—fifteen
parasangs—to the river Teleboas. This was a fine stream, though not
large, and there were many villages about it. The district was named
Western Armenia. The lieutenant-governor of it was Tiribazus, the king's
friend, and whenever the latter paid a visit, he alone had the privilege
of mounting the king upon his horse. This officer rode up to the
Hellenes with a body of cavalry, and sending forward an interpreter,
stated that he desired a colloquy with the leaders. The generals
resolved to hear what he had to say; and advancing on their side to
within speaking distance, they demanded what he wanted. He replied that
he wished to make a treaty with them, in accordance with which he on his
side would abstain from injuring the Hellenes, if they would not burn
his houses, but merely take such provisions as they needed. This
proposal satisfied the generals, and a treaty was made on the terms
suggested.
From this place they marched
three stages—fifteen parasangs—through plain country, Tiribazus the
while keeping close behind with his own forces more than a mile off.
Presently they reached a palace with villages clustered round about it,
which were full of supplies in great variety. But while they were
encamping in the night, there was a heavy fall of snow, and in the
morning it was resolved to billet out the different regiments, with
their generals, throughout the villages. There was no enemy in sight,
and the proceeding seemed prudent, owing to the quantity of snow. In
these quarters they had for provisions all the good things there
are—sacrificial beasts, corn, old wines with an exquisite bouquet, dried
grapes, and vegetables of all sorts. But some of the stragglers from the
camp reported having seen an army, and the blaze of many watchfires in
the night. Accordingly the generals concluded that it was not prudent to
separate their quarters in this way, and a resolution was passed to
bring the troops together again. After that they reunited, the more so
that the weather promised to be fine with a clear sky; but while they
lay there in open quarters, during the night down came so thick a fall
of snow that it completely covered up the stacks of arms and the men
themselves lying down. It cramped and crippled the baggage animals; and
there was great unreadiness to get up, so gently fell the snow as they
lay there warm and comfortable, and formed a blanket, except where it
slipped off the sleepers' shoulders; and it was not until Xenophon
roused himself to get up, and, without his cloak on (1), began to split
wood, that quickly first one and then another got up, and taking the log
away from him, fell to splitting. Thereat the rest followed suit, got
up, and began kindling fire and oiling their bodies, for there was a
scented unguent to be found there in abundance, which they used instead
of oil. It was made from pig's fat, sesame, bitter almonds, and
turpentine. There was a sweet oil also to be found, made of the same
ingredients.
(1) Or, as we should say, "in his shirt sleeves." Doubtless he lay
with his {imation} or cloak loosely wrapped round him; as he
sprang to his feet he would throw it off, or it would fall off,
and with the simple inner covering of the {khiton} to protect him,
and arms free, he fell to chopping the wood, only half clad.
After this it was resolved that
they must again separate their quarters and get under cover in the
villages. At this news the soldiers, with much joy and shouting, rushed
upon the covered houses and the provisions; but all who in their blind
folly had set fire to the houses when they left them before, now paid
the penalty in the poor quarters they got. From this place one night
they sent off a party under Democrates, a Temenite (2), up into the
mountains, where the stragglers reported having seen watchfires. The
leader selected was a man whose judgement might be depended upon to
verify the truth of the matter. With a happy gift to distinguish between
fact and fiction, he had often been successfully appealed to. He went
and reported that he had seen no watchfires, but he had got a man, whom
he brought back with him, carrying a Persian bow and quiver, and a
sagaris or battleaxe like those worn by the Amazons. When asked "from
what country he came," the prisoner answered that he was "a Persian, and
was going from the army of Tiribazus to get provisions." They next asked
him "how large the army was, and for what object it had been collected."
His answer was that "it consisted of Tiribazus at the head of his own
forces, and aided by some Chalybian and Taochian mercenaries. Tiribazus
had got it together," he added, "meaning to attack the Hellenes on the
high mountain pass, in a defile which was the sole passage."
(2) Reading {Temeniten}, i.e. a native of Temenus, a district of
Syracuse; al. {Temniten}, i.e. from Temnus in the Aeolid; al.
{Temeniten}, i.e. from Temenum in the Argolid.
When the generals heard this
news, they resolved to collect the troops, and they set off at once,
taking the prisoner to act as guide, and leaving a garrison behind with
Sophaenetus the Stymphalian in command of those who remained in the
camp. As soon as they had begun to cross the hills, the light infantry,
advancing in front and catching sight of the camp, did not wait for the
heavy infantry, but with a loud shout rushed upon the enemy's
entrenchment. The natives, hearing the din and clatter, did not care to
stop, but took rapidly to their heels. But, for all their expedition,
some of them were killed, and as many as twenty horses were captured,
with the tent of Tiribazus, and its contents, silver-footed couches and
goblets, besides certain persons styling themselves the butlers and
bakers. As soon as the generals of the heavy infantry division had
learnt the news, they resolved to return to the camp with all speed, for
fear of an attack being made on the remnant left behind. The recall was
sounded and the retreat commenced; the camp was reached the same day.
V
The next day it was resolved
that they should set off with all possible speed, before the enemy had
time to collect and occupy the defile. Having got their kit and baggage
together, they at once began their march through deep snow with several
guides, and, crossing the high pass the same day on which Tiribazus was
to have attacked them, got safely into cantonments. From this point they
marched three desert stages—fifteen parassangs—to the river Euphrates,
and crossed it in water up to the waist. The sources of the river were
reported to be at no great distance. From this place they marched
through deep snow over a flat country three stages—fifteen parasangs
(1). The last of these marches was trying, with the north wind blowing
in their teeth, drying up everything and benumbing the men. Here one of
the seers suggested to them to do sacrifice to Boreas, and sacrifice was
done. The effect was obvious to all in the diminished fierceness of the
blast. But there was six feet of snow, so that many of the baggage
animals and slaves were lost, and about thirty of the men themselves.
(1) Al. "ten," al. "five."
They spent the whole night in
kindling fire; for there was fortunately no dearth of wood at the
halting-place; only those who came late into camp had no wood.
Accordingly those who had arrived a good while and had kindled fires
were not for allowing these late-comers near the fires, unless they
would in return give a share of their corn or of any other victuals they
might have. Here then a general exchange of goods was set up. Where the
fire was kindled the snow melted, and great trenches formed themselves
down to the bare earth, and here it was possible to measure the depth of
the snow.
Leaving these quarters, they
marched the whole of the next day over snow, and many of the men were
afflicted with "boulimia" (or hunger-faintness). Xenophon, who was
guarding the rear, came upon some men who had dropt down, and he did not
know what ailed them; but some one who was experienced in such matters
suggested to him that they had evidently got boulimia; and if they got
something to eat, they would revive. Then he went the round of the
baggage train, and laying an embargo on any eatables he could see, doled
out with his own hands, or sent off other able-bodied agents to
distribute to the sufferers, who as soon as they had taken a mouthful
got on their legs again and continued the march.
On and on they marched, and
about dusk Cheirisophus reached a village, and surprised some women and
girls who had come from the village to fetch water at the fountain
outside the stockade. These asked them who they were. The interpreters
answered for them in Persian: "They were on their way from the king to
the satrap;" in reply to which the women gave them to understand that
the satrap was not at home, but was away a parasang farther on. As it
was late they entered with the water-carriers within the stockade to
visit the headman of the village. Accordingly Cheirisophus and as many
of the troops as were able got into cantonments there, while the rest of
the soldiers—those namely who were unable to complete the march—had to
spend the night out, without food and without fire; under the
circumstances some of the men perished.
On the heels of the army hung
perpetually bands of the enemy, snatching away disabled baggage animals
and fighting with each other over the carcases. And in its track not
seldom were left to their fate disabled soldiers, struck down with
snow-blindness or with toes mortified by frostbite. As to the eyes, it
was some alleviation against the snow to march with something black
before them; for the feet, the only remedy was to keep in motion without
stopping for an instant, and to loose the sandal at night. If they went
to sleep with the sandals on, the thong worked into the feet, and the
sandals were frozen fast to them. This was partly due to the fact that,
since their old sandals had failed, they wore untanned brogues made of
newly-flayed ox-hides. It was owing to some such dire necessity that a
party of men fell out and were left behind, and seeing a black-looking
patch of ground where the snow had evidently disappeared, they
conjectured it must have been melted; and this was actually so, owing to
a spring of some sort which was to be seen steaming up in a dell close
by. To this they had turned aside and sat down, and were loth to go a
step further. But Xenophon, with his rearguard, perceived them, and
begged and implored them by all manner of means not to be left behind,
telling them that the enemy were after them in large packs pursuing; and
he ended by growing angry. They merely bade him put a knife to their
throats; not one step farther would they stir. Then it seemed best to
frighten the pursuing enemy if possible, and prevent their falling upon
the invalids. It was already dusk, and the pursuers were advancing with
much noise and hubbub, wrangling and disputing over their spoils. Then
all of a sudden the rearguard, in the plenitude of health and strength
(2), sprang up out of their lair and run upon the enemy, whilst those
weary wights (3) bawled out as loud as their sick throats could sound,
and clashed their spears against their shields; and the enemy in terror
hurled themselves through the snow into the dell, and not one of them
ever uttered a sound again.
(2) Hug, after Rehdantz, would omit the words "in the plenitude of
health and strength."
(3) Or, "the invalids."
Xenophon and his party, telling
the sick folk that next day people would come for them, set off, and
before they had gone half a mile they fell in with some soldiers who had
laid down to rest on the snow with their cloaks wrapped round them, but
never a guard was established, and they made them get up. Their
explanation was that those in front would not move on. Passing by this
group he sent forward the strongest of his light infantry in advance,
with orders to find out what the stoppage was. They reported that the
whole army lay reposing in such fashion. That being so, Xenophon's men
had nothing for it but to bivouac in the open air also, without fire and
supperless, merely posting what pickets they could under the
circumstances. But as soon as it drew towards day, Xenophon despatched
the youngest of his men to the sick folk behind, with orders to make
them get up and force them to proceed. Meanwhile Cheirisophus had sent
some of his men quartered in the village to enquire how they fared in
the rear; they were overjoyed to see them, and handed over the sick folk
to them to carry into camp, while they themselves continued their march
forward, and ere twenty furlongs were past reached the village in which
Cheirisophus was quartered. As soon as the two divisions were met, the
resolution was come to that it would be safe to billet the regiments
throughout the villages; Cheirisophus remained where he was, while the
rest drew lots for the villages in sight, and then, with their several
detachments, marched off to their respective destinations.
It was here that Polycrates, an
Athenian and captain of a company, asked for leave of absence—he wished
to be off on a quest of his own; and putting himself at the head of the
active men of the division, he ran to the village which had been
allotted to Xenophon. He surprised within it the villagers with their
headman, and seventeen young horses which were being reared as a tribute
for the king, and, last of all, the headman's own daughter, a young
bride only eight days wed. Her husband had gone off to chase hares, and
so he escaped being taken with the other villagers. The houses were
underground structures with an aperture like the mouth of a well by
which to enter, but they were broad and spacious below. The entrance for
the beasts of burden was dug out, but the human occupants descended by a
ladder. In these dwellings were to be found goats and sheep and cattle,
and cocks and hens, with their various progeny. The flocks and herds
were all reared under cover upon green food. There were stores within of
wheat and barley and vegetables, and wine made from barley in great big
bowls; the grains of barley malt lay floating in the beverage up to the
lip of the vessel, and reeds lay in them, some longer, some shorter,
without joints; when you were thirsty you must take one of these into
your mouth, and suck. The beverage without admixture of water was very
strong, and of a delicious flavour to certain palates, but the taste
must be acquired.
Xenophon made the headman of
the village his guest at supper, and bade him keep a good heart; so far
from robbing him of his children, they would fill his house full of good
things in return for what they took before they went away; only he must
set them an example, and discover some blessing or other for the army,
until they found themselves with another tribe. To this he readily
assented, and with the utmost cordiality showed them the cellar where
the wine was buried. For this night then, having taken up their several
quarters as described, they slumbered in the midst of plenty, one and
all, with the headman under watch and ward, and his children with him
safe in sight.
But on the following day
Xenophon took the headman and set off to Cheirisophus, making a round of
the villages, and at each place turning in to visit the different
parties. Everywhere alike he found them faring sumptuously and
merry-making. There was not a single village where they did not insist
on setting a breakfast before them, and on the same table were spread
half a dozen dishes at least, lamb, kid, pork, veal, fowls, with various
sorts of bread, some of wheat and some of barley. When, as an act of
courtesy, any one wished to drink his neighbour's health, he would drag
him to the big bowl, and when there, he must duck his head and take a
long pull, drinking like an ox. The headman, they insisted everywhere,
must accept as a present whatever he liked to have. But he would accept
nothing, except where he espied any of his relations, when he made a
point of taking them off, him or her, with himself.
When they reached Cheirisophus
they found a similar scene. There too the men were feasting in their
quarters, garlanded with whisps of hay and dry grass, and Armenian boys
were playing the part of waiters in barbaric costumes, only they had to
point out by gesture to the boys what they were to do, like deaf and
dumb. After the first formalities, when Cheirisophus and Xenophon had
greeted one another like bosom friends, they interrogated the headman in
common by means of the Persian-speaking interpreter. "What was the
country?" they asked: he replied, "Armenia." And again, "For whom are
the horses being bred?" "They are tribute for the king," he replied.
"And the neighbouring country?" "Is the land of the Chalybes," he said;
and he described the road which led to it. So for the present Xenophon
went off, taking the headman back with him to his household and friends.
He also made him a present of an oldish horse which he had got; he had
heard that the headman was a priest of the sun, and so he could fatten
up the beast and sacrifice him; otherwise he was afraid it might die
outright, for it had been injured by the long marching. For himself he
took his pick of the colts, and gave a colt apiece to each of his
fellow-generals and officers. The horses here were smaller than the
Persian horses, but much more spirited. It was here too that their
friend the headman explained to them, how they should wrap small bags or
sacks around the feet of the horses and other cattle when marching
through the snow, for without such precautions the creatures sank up to
their bellies.
VI
When a week had passed, on the
eighth day Xenophon delivered over the guide (that is to say, the
village headman) to Cheirisophus. He left the headman's household safe
behind in the village, with the exception of his son, a lad in the bloom
of youth. This boy was entrusted to Episthenes of Amphipolis to guard;
if the headman proved himself a good guide, he was to take away his son
also at his departure. They finally made his house the repository of all
the good things they could contrive to get together; then they broke up
their camp and commenced to march, the headman guiding them through the
snow unfettered. When they had reached the third stage Cheirisophus flew
into a rage with him, because he had not brought them to any villages.
The headman pleaded that there were none in this part. Cheirisophus
struck him, but forgot to bind him, and the end of it was that the
headman ran away in the night and was gone, leaving his son behind him.
This was the sole ground of difference between Cheirisophus and Xenophon
during the march, this combination of ill-treatment and neglect in the
case of the guide. As to the boy, Episthenes conceived a passion for
him, and took him home with him, and found in him the most faithful of
friends.
After this they marched seven
stages at the rate of five parasangs a day, to the banks of the river
Phasis (1), which is a hundred feet broad: and thence they marched
another couple of stages, ten parasangs; but at the pass leading down
into the plain there appeared in front of them a mixed body of Chalybes
and Taochians and Phasianians. When Cheirisophus caught sight of the
enemy on the pass at a distance of about three or four miles, he ceased
marching, not caring to approach the enemy with his troops in column,
and he passed down the order to the others: to deploy their companies to
the front, that the troops might form into line. As soon as the
rearguard had come up, he assembled the generals and officers, and
addressed them: "The enemy, as you see, are in occupation of the
mountain pass, it is time we should consider how we are to make the best
fight to win it. My opinion is, that we should give orders to the troops
to take their morning meal, whilst we deliberate whether we should cross
the mountains to-day or to-morrow." "My opinion," said Cleanor, "is,
that as soon as we have breakfasted, we should arm for the fight and
attack the enemy, without loss of time, for if we fritter away to-day,
the enemy who are now content to look at us, will grow bolder, and with
their growing courage, depend upon it, others more numerous will join
them."
(1) Probably a tributary of the Araxes = modern Pasin-Su.
After him Xenophon spoke:
"This," he said, "is how I see the matter; if fight we must, let us make
preparation to sell our lives dearly, but if we desire to cross with the
greatest ease, the point to consider is, how we may get the fewest
wounds and throw away the smallest number of good men. Well then, that
part of the mountain which is visible stretches nearly seven miles.
Where are the men posted to intercept us? except at the road itself,
they are nowhere to be seen. It is much better to try if possible to
steal a point of this desert mountain unobserved, and before they know
where we are, secure the prize, than to fly at a strong position and an
enemy thoroughly prepared. Since it is much easier to march up a
mountain without fighting than to tramp along a level when assailants
are at either hand; and provided he has not to fight, a man will see
what lies at his feet much more plainly even at night than in broad
daylight in the midst of battle; and a rough road to feet that roam in
peace may be pleasanter than a smooth surface with the bullets whistling
about your ears (2). Nor is it so impossible, I take it, to steal a
march, since it is open to us to go by night, when we cannot be seen,
and to fall back so far that they will never notice us. In my opinion,
however, if we make a feint of attacking here, we shall find the
mountain chain all the more deserted elsewhere, since the enemy will be
waiting for us here in thicker swarm.
(2) Or, more lit., "with the head a mark for missiles."
"But what right have I to be
drawing conclusions about stealing in your presence, Cheirisophus? for
you Lacedaemonians, as I have often been told, you who belong to the
'peers,' practise stealing from your boyhood up; and it is no disgrace
but honourable rather to steal, except such things as the law forbids;
and in order, I presume, to stimulate your sense of secretiveness, and
to make you master thieves, it is lawful for you further to get a
whipping if you are caught. Now then you have a fine opportunity of
displaying your training. But take care we are not caught stealing over
the mountain, or we shall catch it ourselves." "For all that," retorted
Cheirisophus, "I have heard that you Athenians are clever hands at
stealing the public moneys; and that too though there is a fearful risk
for the person so employed; but, I am told, it is your best men who are
addicted to it; if it is your best men who are thought worthy to rule.
So it is a fine opportunity for yourself also, Xenophon, to exhibit your
education." "And I," replied Xenophon, "am ready to take the rear
division, as soon as we have supped, and seize the mountain chain. I
have already got guides, for the light troops laid an ambuscade, and
seized some of the cut-purse vagabonds who hung on our rear. I am
further informed by them that the mountain is not inaccessible, but is
grazed by goats and cattle, so that if we can once get hold of any
portion of it, there will be no difficulty as regards our animals—they
can cross. As to the enemy, I expect they will not even wait for us any
longer, when they once see us on a level with themselves on the heights,
for they do not even at present care to come down and meet us on fair
ground." Cheirisophus answered: "But why should you go and leave your
command in the rear? Send others rather, unless a band of volunteers
will present themselves." Thereupon Aristonymus the Methydrian came
forward with some heavy infantry, and Nicomachus the Oetean with another
body of light troops, and they made an agreement to kindle several
watch-fires as soon as they held the heights. The arrangements made,
they breakfasted; and after breakfast Cheirisophus advanced the whole
army ten furlongs closer towards the enemy, so as to strengthen the
impression that he intended to attack them at that point.
But as soon as they had supped
and night had fallen, the party under orders set off and occupied the
mountain, while the main body rested where they were. Now as soon as the
enemy perceived that the mountain was taken, they banished all thought
of sleep, and kept many watch-fires blazing throughout the night. But at
break of day Cheirisophus offered sacrifice, and began advancing along
the road, while the detachment which held the mountain advanced pari
passu by the high ground. The larger mass of the enemy, on his side,
remained still on the mountain-pass, but a section of them turned to
confront the detachment on the heights. Before the main bodies had time
to draw together, the detachment on the height came to close quarters,
and the Hellenes were victorious and gave chase. Meanwhile the light
division of the Hellenes, issuing from the plain, were rapidly advancing
against the serried lines of the enemy, whilst Cheirisophus followed up
with his heavy infantry at quick march. But the enemy on the road no
sooner saw their higher division being worsted than they fled, and some
few of them were slain, and a vast number of wicker shields were taken,
which the Hellenes hacked to pieces with their short swords and rendered
useless. So when they had reached the summit of the pass, they
sacrificed and set up a trophy, and descending into the plain, reached
villages abounding in good things of every kind.
VII
After this they marched into
the country of the Taochians five stages—thirty parasangs—and provisions
failed; for the Taochians lived in strong places, into which they had
carried up all their stores. Now when the army arrived before one of
these strong places—a mere fortress, without city or houses, into which
a motley crowd of men and women and numerous flocks and herds were
gathered—Cheirisophus attacked at once. When the first regiment fell
back tired, a second advanced, and again a third, for it was impossible
to surround the place in full force, as it was encircled by a river.
Presently Xenophon came up with the rearguard, consisting of both light
and heavy infantry, whereupon Cheirisophus halted him with the words:
"In the nick of time you have come; we must take this place, for the
troops have no provisions, unless we take it." Thereupon they consulted
together, and to Xenophon's inquiry, "What it was which hindered their
simply walking in?" Cheirisophus replied, "There is just this one narrow
approach which you see, but when we attempt to pass it by they roll down
volleys of stones from yonder overhanging crag," pointing up, "and this
is the state in which you find yourself, if you chance to be caught;"
and he pointed to some poor fellows with their legs or ribs crushed to
bits. "But when they have expended their ammunition," said Xenophon,
"there is nothing else, is there, to hinder our passing? Certainly,
except yonder handful of fellows, there is no one in front of us that we
can see; and of them, only two or three apparently are armed, and the
distance to be traversed under fire is, as your eyes will tell you,
about one hundred and fifty feet as near as can be, and of this space
the first hundred is thickly covered with great pines at intervals;
under cover of these, what harm can come to our men from a pelt of
stones, flying or rolling? So then, there is only fifty feet left to
cross, during a lull of stones." "Ay," said Cheirisophus, "but with our
first attempt to approach the bush a galling fire of stones commences."
"The very thing we want," said the other, "for they will use up their
ammunition all the quicker; but let us select a point from which we
shall have only a brief space to run across, if we can, and from which
it will be easier to get back, if we wish."
Thereupon Cheirisophus and
Xenophon set out with Callimachus the Parrhasian, the captain in command
of the officers of the rearguard that day; the rest of the captains
remained out of danger. That done, the next step was for a party of
about seventy men to get away under the trees, not in a body, but one by
one, every one using his best precaution; and Agasis the Stymphalian,
and Aristonymous the Methydrian, who were also officers of the
rearguard, were posted as supports outside the trees; for it was not
possible for more than a single company to stand safely within the
trees. Here Callimachus hit upon a pretty contrivance—he ran forward
from the tree under which he was posted two or three paces, and as soon
as the stones came whizzing, he retired easily, but at each excursion
more than ten wagon-loads of rocks were expended. Agasias, seeing how
Callimachus was amusing himself, and the whole army looking on as
spectators, was seized with the fear that he might miss his chance of
being first to run the gauntlet of the enemy's fire and get into the
place. So, without a word of summons to his neighbour, Aristonymous, or
to Eurylochus of Lusia, both comrades of his, or to any one else, off he
set on his own account, and passed the whole detachment. But
Callimachus, seeing him tearing past, caught hold of his shield by the
rim, and in the meantime Aristonymous the Methydrian ran past both, and
after him Eurylochus of Lusia; for they were one and all aspirants to
valour, and in that high pursuit, each was the eager rival of the rest.
So in this strife of honour, the three of them took the fortress, and
when they had once rushed in, not a stone more was hurled from overhead.
And here a terrible spectacle
displayed itself: the women first cast their infants down the cliff, and
then they cast themselves after their fallen little ones, and the men
likewise. In such a scene, Aeneas the Stymphalian, an officer, caught
sight of a man with a fine dress about to throw himself over, and seized
hold of him to stop him; but the other caught him to his arms, and both
were gone in an instant headlong down the crags, and were killed. Out of
this place the merest handful of human beings were taken prisoners, but
cattle and asses in abundance and flocks of sheep.
From this place they marched
through the Chalybes (1) seven stages, fifty parasangs. These were the
bravest men whom they encountered on the whole march, coming cheerily to
close quarters with them. They wore linen cuirasses reaching to the
groin, and instead of the ordinary "wings" or basques, a thickly-plaited
fringe of cords. They were also provided with greaves and helmets, and
at the girdle a short sabre, about as long as the Laconian dagger, with
which they cut the throats of those they mastered, and after severing
the head from the trunk they would march along carrying it, singing and
dancing, when they drew within their enemy's field of view. They carried
also a spear fifteen cubits long, lanced at one end (2). This folk
stayed in regular townships, and whenever the Hellenes passed by they
invariably hung close on their heels fighting. They had dwelling-places
in their fortresses, and into them they had carried up their supplies,
sot hat the Hellenes could get nothing from this district, but supported
themselves on the flocks and herds they had taken from the Taochians.
After this the Hellenes reached the river Harpasus, which was four
hundred feet broad. Hence they marched through the Scythenians four
stages—twenty parasangs—through a long level country to more villages,
among which they halted three days, and got in supplies.
(1) These are the Armeno-Chalybes, so called by Pliny in
contradistinction to another mountain tribe in Pontus so named,
who were famous for their forging, and from whom steel received
its Greek name {khalups}. With these latter we shall make
acquaintance later on.
(2) I.e. with a single point or spike only, the Hellenic spear having
a spike at the butt end also.
Passing on from thence in four
stages of twenty parasangs, they reached a large and prosperous
well-populated city, which went by the name of Gymnias (3), from which
the governor of the country sent them a guide to lead them through a
district hostile to his own. This guide told them that within five days
he would lead them to a place from which they would see the sea, "and,"
he added, "if I fail of my word, you are free to take my life."
Accordingly he put himself at their head; but he no sooner set foot in
the country hostile to himself than he fell to encouraging them to burn
and harry the land; indeed his exhortations were so earnest, it was
plain that it was for this he had come, and not out of the good-will he
bore the Hellenes.
(3) Gymnias is supposed (by Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 161)
to be the same as that which is now called Gumisch-Kana—perhaps
"at no great distance from Baibut," Tozer, "Turkish Armenia," p.
432. Others have identified it with Erzeroum, others with Ispir.
On the fifth day they reached
the mountain, the name of which was Theches (4). No sooner had the men
in front ascended it and caught sight of the sea than a great cry arose,
and Xenophon, in the rearguard, catching the sound of it, conjectured
that another set of enemies must surely be attacking in front; for they
were followed by the inhabitants of the country, which was all aflame;
indeed the rearguard had killed some and captured others alive by laying
an ambuscade; they had taken also about twenty wicker shields, covered
with the raw hides of shaggy oxen.
(4) Some MSS. give "the sacred mountain." The height in question has
been identified with "the ridge called Tekieh-Dagh to the east of
Gumisch-Kana, nearer to the sea than that place" (Grote, ib. p.
162), but the exact place from which they caught sight of the sea
has not been identified as yet, and other mountain ranges have
been suggested.
But as the shout became louder
and nearer, and those who from time to time came up, began racing at the
top of their speed towards the shouters, and the shouting continually
recommenced with yet greater volume as the numbers increased, Xenophon
settled in his mind that something extraordinary must have happened, so
he mounted his horse, and taking with him Lycius and the cavalry, he
galloped to the rescue. Presently they could hear the soldiers shouting
and passing on the joyful word, "The sea! the sea!"
Thereupon they began running,
rearguard and all, and the baggage animals and horses came galloping up.
But when they had reached the summit, then indeed they fell to embracing
one another—generals and officers and all—and the tears trickled down
their cheeks. And on a sudden, some one, whoever it was, having passed
down the order, the soldiers began bringing stones and erecting a great
cairn, whereon they dedicated a host of untanned skins, and staves, and
captured wicker shields, and with his own hand the guide hacked the
shields to pieces, inviting the rest to follow his example. After this
the Hellenes dismissed the guide with a present raised from the common
store, to wit, a horse, a silver bowl, a Persian dress, and ten darics;
but what he most begged to have were their rings, and of these he got
several from the soldiers. So, after pointing out to them a village
where they would find quarters, and the road by which they would proceed
towards the land of the Macrones, as evening fell, he turned his back
upon them in the night and was gone.
VIII
From this point the Hellenes
marched through the country of the Macrones three stages—ten parasangs,
and on the first day they reached the river, which formed the boundary
between the land of the Macrones and the land of the Scythenians. Above
them, on their right, they had a country of the sternest and ruggedest
character, and on their left another river, into which the frontier
river discharges itself, and which they must cross. This was thickly
fringed with trees which, though not of any great bulk, were closely
packed. As soon as they came up to them, the Hellenes proceeded to cut
them down in their haste to get out of the place as soon as possible.
But the Macrones, armed with wicker shields and lances and hair tunics,
were already drawn up to receive them opposite the crossing. They were
cheering one another on, and kept up a steady pelt of stones into the
river, though they failed to reach the other side or do any harm.
At this juncture one of the
light infantry came up to Xenophon; he had been, he said, a slave at
Athens, and he wished to tell him that he recognised the speech of these
people. "I think," said he, "that this must be my native country, and if
there is no objection I will have a talk with them." "No objection at
all," replied Xenophon, "pray talk to them, and ask them first, who they
are." In answer to this question they said, "they were Macrones." "Well,
then," said he, "ask them why they are drawn up in battle and want to
fight with us." They answered, "Because you are invading our country."
The generals bade him say: "If so, it is with not intention certainly of
doing it or you any harm: but we have been at war with the king, and are
now returning to Hellas, and all we want is to reach the sea." The
others asked, "Were they willing to give them pledges to that effect?"
They replied: "Yes, they were ready to give and receive pledges to that
effect." Then the Macrones gave a barbaric lance to the Hellenes, and
the Hellenes a Hellenic lance to them: "for these," they said, "would
serve as pledges," and both sides called upon the gods to witness.
After the pledges were
exchanged, the Macrones fell to vigorously hewing down trees and
constructing a road to help them across, mingling freely with the
Hellenes and fraternising in their midst, and they afforded them as good
as market as they could, and for three days conducted them on their
march, until they had brought them safely to the confines of the
Colchians. At this point they were confronted by a great mountain chain,
which however was accessible, and on it the Colchians were drawn up for
battle. In the first instance, the Hellenes drew up opposite in line of
battle, as though they were minded to assault the hill in that order;
but afterwards the generals determined to hold a council of war, and
consider how to make the fairest fight.
Accordingly Xenophon said: "I
am not for advancing in line, but advise to form companies by columns.
To begin with, the line," he urged, "would be scattered and thrown into
disorder at once; for we shall find the mountain full of inequalities,
it will be pathless here and easy to traverse there. The mere fact of
first having formed in line, and then seeing the line thrown into
disorder, must exercise a disheartening effect. Again, if we advance
several deep, the enemy will none the less overlap us, and turn their
superfluous numbers to account as best they like; while, if we march in
shallow order, we may fully expect our line to be cut through and
through by the thick rain of missiles and rush of men, and if this
happen anywhere along the line, the whole line will equally suffer. No;
my notion is to form columns by companies, covering ground sufficient
with spaces between the companies to allow the last companies of each
flank to be outside the enemy's flanks. Thus we shall with our extreme
companies be outside the enemy's line, and the best men at the head of
their columns will lead the attack, and every company will pick its way
where the ground is easy; also it will be difficult for the enemy to
force his way into the intervening spaces, when there are companies on
both sides; nor will it be easy for him to cut in twain any individual
company marching in column. If, too, any particular company should be
pressed, the neighbouring company will come to the rescue, or if at any
point any single company succeed in reaching the height, from that
moment not one man of the enemy will stand his ground."
This proposal was carried, and
they formed into columns by companies (1). Then Xenophon, returning from
the right wing to the left, addressed the soldiers. "Men," he said,
"these men whom you see in front of you are the sole obstacles still
interposed between us and the haven of our hopes so long deferred. We
will swallow them up whole, without cooking (2), if we can."
(1) For this formation, see "The Retreat of the Ten Thousand; a
military study for all time," by Lieut.-General J. L. Vaughan,
C.B.
(2) Or, "we will gobble them up raw." He is thinking of the Homeric
line ("Iliad", iv. 35) "Perchance wert thou to enter within the
gates and long walls and devour Priam raw, and Priam's sons and
all the Trojans, then mightest thou assuage thine anger."—Leaf.
The several divisions fell into
position, the companies were formed into columns, and the result was a
total of something like eighty companies of heavy infantry, each company
consisting on an average of a hundred men. The light infantry and bowmen
were arranged in three divisions—two outside to support the left and the
right respectively, and the third in the centre—each division consisting
of about six hundred men (3).
(3) This suggests 1800 as the total of the peltasts, 8000 as the total
of the hoplites, but the companies were probably not limited to
100, and under "peltasts" were probably included other light
troops.
Before starting, the generals
passed the order to offer prayer; and with the prayer and battle hymn
rising from their lips they commenced their advance. Cheirisophus and
Xenophon, and the light infantry with them, advanced outside the enemy's
line to right and left, and the enemy, seeing their advance, made an
effort to keep parallel and confront them, but in order to do so, as he
extended partly to right and partly to left, he was pulled to pieces,
and there was a large space or hollow left in the centre of his line.
Seeing them separate thus, the light infantry attached to the Arcadian
battalion, under command of Aeschines, an Arcarnanian, mistook the
movement for flight, and with a loud shout rushed on, and these were the
first to scale the mountain summit; but they were closely followed up by
the Arcadian heavy infantry, under command of Cleanor of Orchomenus.
When they began running in that
way, the enemy stood their ground no longer, but betook themselves to
flight, one in one direction, one in another, and the Hellenes scaled
the hill and found quarters in numerous villages which contained
supplies in abundance. Here, generally speaking, there was nothing to
excite their wonderment, but the numbers of bee-hives were indeed
astonishing, and so were certain properties of the honey (4). The effect
upon the soldiers who tasted the combs was, that they all went for the
nonce quite off their heads, and suffered from vomiting and diarrhoea,
with a total inability to stand steady on their legs. A small dose
produced a condition not unlike violent drunkenness, a large one an
attack very like a fit of madness, and some dropped down, apparently at
death's door. So they lay, hundreds of them, as if there had been a
great defeat, a prey to the cruellest despondency. But the next day,
none had died; and almost at the same hour of the day at which they had
eaten they recovered their senses, and on the third or fourth day got on
their legs again like convalescents after a severe course of medical
treatment.
(4) "Modern travellers attest the existence, in these regions, of
honey intoxicating and poisonous.... They point out the Azalea
Pontica as the flower from which the bees imbibe this peculiar
quality."—Grote, "Hist. of Greece," vol. ix. p. 155.
From this place they marched on
two stages—seven parasangs—and reached the sea at Trapezus (5), a
populous Hellenic city on the Euxine Sea, a colony of the Sinopeans, in
the territory of the Colchians. Here they halted about thirty days in
the villages of the Colchians, which they used as a base of operations
to ravage the whole territory of Colchis. The men of Trapezus supplied
the army with a market, entertained them, and gave them, as gifts of
hospitality, oxen and wheat and wine. Further, they negotiated with them
in behalf of their neighbours the Colchians, who dwelt in the plain for
the most part, and from this folk also came gifts of hospitality in the
shape of cattle. And now the Hellenes made preparation for the sacrifice
which they had vowed, and a sufficient number of cattle came in for them
to offer thank-offerings for safe guidance to Zeus the Saviour, and to
Heracles (6), and to the other gods, according to their vows. They
instituted also a gymnastic contest on the mountain side, just where
they were quartered, and chose Dracontius, a Spartan (who had been
banished from home when a lad, having unintentionally slain another boy
with a blow of his dagger), to superintend the course, and be president
of the games.
(5) Trebizond.
(6) Or, "to sacrifice to Zeus the Preserver, and to Heracles
thank-offerings for safe guidance," Heracles "the conductor"
having special sympathy with wanderers.
As soon as the sacrifices were
over, they handed over the hides of the beasts to Dracontius, and bade
him lead the way to his racecourse. He merely waved his hand and pointed
to where they were standing, and said, "There, this ridge is just the
place for running, anywhere, everywhere." "But how," it was asked, "will
they manage to wrestle on the hard scrubby ground?" "Oh! worse knocks
for those who are thrown," the president replied. There was a mile race
for boys, the majority being captive lads; and for the long race more
than sixty Cretans competed; there was wrestling, boxing, and the
pankration (7). Altogether it was a beautiful spectacle. There was a
large number of entries, and the emulation, with their companions, male
and female, standing as spectators, was immense. There was horse-racing
also; the riders had to gallop down a steep incline to the sea, and then
turn and come up again to the altar, and on the descent more than half
rolled head over heels, and then back they came toiling up the
tremendous steep, scarcely out of a walking pace. Loud were the shouts,
the laughter, and the cheers.
(7) The pankration combined both wrestling and boxing.
(In the preceding portion of the narrative a detailed account
is given of all that the Hellenes did, and how they fared on
the march up with Cyrus; and also of all that befell them on
their march subsequently, until they reached the seaboard of
the Euxine Sea, or Pontus, and the Hellenic city of Trapezus,
where they duly offered the sacrifice for safe deliverance
which they had vowed to offer as soon as they set foot on a
friendly soil.)
I
After this they met and took
counsel concerning the remainder of the march. The first speaker was
Antileon of Thurii. He rose and said: "For my part, sirs, I am weary by
this time of getting kit together and packing up for a start, of walking
and running and carrying heavy arms, and of tramping along in line, or
mounting guard, and doing battle. The sole desire I now have is to cease
from all these pains, and for the future, since here we have the sea
before us, to sail on and on, 'stretched out in sleep,' like Odysseus,
and so to find myself in Hellas." When they heard these remarks, the
soldiers showed their approval with loud cries of "well said," and then
another spoke to the same effect, and then another, and indeed all
present. Then Cheirisophus got up and said: "I have a friend, sirs, who,
as good hap will have it, is now high admiral, Anaxibius. If you like to
send me to him, I think I can safely promise to return with some
men-of-war and other vessels which will carry us. All you have to do, if
you are really minded to go home by sea, is to wait here till I come. I
will be back ere long." The soldiers were delighted at these words, and
voted that Cheirisophus should set sail on his mission without delay.
After him, Xenophon got up, and
spoke as follows: "Cheirisophus, it is agreed, sets out in search of
vessels, and we are going to await him. Let me tell you what, in my
opinion, it is reasonable to do while we are waiting. First of all, we
must provide ourselves with necessaries from hostile territory, for
there is not a sufficient market, nor, if there were, have we, with a
few solitary exceptions, the means of purchase. Now, the district is
hostile, so that if you set off in search of provisions without care and
precaution, the chances are that many of us will be lost. To meet this
risk, I propose that we should organise foraging parties to capture
provisions, and, for the rest, not roam about the country at random. The
organisation of the matter should be left to us." (The resolution was
passed.) "Please listen to another proposal;" he continued: "Some of
you, no doubt, will be going out to pillage. It will be best, I think,
that whoever does so should in each case before starting inform us of
his intent, and in what direction he means to go, so that we may know
the exact number of those who are out and of those who stop behind. Thus
we shall be able to help in preparing and starting the expedition where
necessary; and in case of aid or reinforcements being called for, we
shall know in what direction to proceed; or, again, if the attempt is to
be undertaken by raw or less expert hands, we may throw in the weight of
our experience and advice by endeavouring to discover the strength of
those whom they design to attack." This proposal was also carried. "Here
is another point," he continued, "to which I would draw your attention.
Our enemies will not lack leisure to make raids upon us: nor is it
unnatural, that they should lay plots for us; for we have appropriated
what is theirs; they are seated over us ever on the watch. I propose
then that we should have regular outposts round the camp. If we take it
in succession to do picket and outlook duty, the enemy will be less able
to harry us. And here is another point for your observation; supposing
we knew for certain that Cheirisophus must return with a sufficient
number of vessels, there would be no need of the remark, but as that is
still problematical, I propose that we should try to get together
vessels on the spot also. If he comes and finds us already provided for
here, we shall have more ships than we need, that is all; while, if he
fails to bring them, we shall have the local supply to fall back upon. I
see ships sailing past perpetually, so we have only to ask the loan of
some war-ships from the men of Trapezus, and we can bring them into
port, and safeguard them with their rudders unshipped, until we have
enough to carry us. By this course I think we shall not fail of finding
the means of transport requisite." That resolution was also passed. He
proceeded: "Consider whether you think it equitable to support by means
of a general fund the ships' companies which we so impress, while they
wait here for our benefit, and to agree upon a fare, on the principle of
repaying kindnesses in kind." That too was passed. "Well then," said he,
"in case, after all, our endeavours should not be crowned with success,
and we find that we have not vessels enough, I propose that we should
enjoin on the cities along the seaboard the duty of constructing and
putting in order the roads, which we hear are impassable. They will be
only too glad to obey, no doubt, out of mere terror and their desire to
be rid of us."
This last proposal was met by
loud cries and protestations against the idea of going by land at all.
So, perceiving their infatuation, he did not put the question to the
vote, but eventually persuaded the cities voluntarily to construct roads
by the suggestion, "If you get your roads in good order, we shall all
the sooner be gone." They further got a fifty-oared galley from the
Trapezuntines, and gave the command of it to Dexippus, a Laconian, one
of the perioeci (1). This man altogether neglected to collect vessels on
the offing, but slunk off himself, and vanished, ship and all, out of
Pontus. Later on, however, he paid the penalty of his misdeeds. He
became involved in some meddling and making in Thrace at the court of
Seuthes, and was put to death by the Laconian Nicander. They also got a
thirty-oared galley, the command of which was entrusted to Polycrates,
an Athenian, and that officer brought into harbour to the camp all the
vessels he could lay his hands on. If these were laden, they took out
the freights and appointed guards to keep an eye on their preservation,
whilst they used the ships themselves for transport service on the
coast. While matters stood at this point, the Hellenes used to make
forays with varying success; sometimes they captured prey and sometimes
they failed. On one occasion Cleanetus led his own and another company
against a strong position, and was killed himself, with many others of
his party.
(1) A native of the country parts of Laconia.
II
The time came when it was no
longer possible to capture provisions, going and returning to the camp
in one day. In consequence of this, Xenophon took some guides from the
Trapezuntines and led half the army out against the Drilae, leaving the
other half to guard the camp. That was necessary, since the Colchians,
who had been ousted from their houses, were assembled thickly, and sat
eyeing them from the heights above; on the other hand the Trapezuntines,
being friendly to the native inhabitants, were not for leading the
Hellenes to places where it was easy to capture provisions. But against
the Drilae, from whom they personally suffered, they would lead them
with enthusiasm, up into mountainous and scarcely accessible fortresses,
and against the most warlike people of any in the Pontus.
But when the Hellenes had
reached the uplands, the Drilae set fire to all their fastnesses which
they thought could be taken easily, and beat a retreat; and except here
and there a stray pig or bullock or other animal which had escaped the
fire there was nothing to capture; but there was one fastness which
served as their metropolis: into this the different streams of people
collected; round it ran a tremendously deep ravine, and the approaches
to the place were difficult. So the light infantry ran forward five or
six furlongs in advance of the heavy infantry, and crossed the ravine;
and seeing quantities of sheep and other things, proceeded to attack the
place. Close at their heels followed a number of those who had set out
on the foray armed with spears, so that the storming party across the
ravine amounted to more than two thousand. But, finding that they could
not take the place by a coup-de-main, as there was a trench running
round it, mounded up some breadth, with a stockade on the top of the
earthwork and a close-packed row of wooden bastions, they made an
attempt to run back, but the enemy fell upon them from the rear. To get
away by a sudden rush was out of the question, since the descent from
the fortress into the ravine only admitted of moving in single file.
Under the circumstances they sent to Xenophon, who was in command of the
heavy infantry. The messenger came and delivered his message: "There is
a fastness choke full of all sorts of stores, but we cannot take it, it
is too strong; nor can we easily get away; the enemy rush out and
deliver battle, and the return is difficult."
On hearing this, Xenophon
pushed forward his heavy infantry to the edge of the ravine, and there
ordered them to take up a position, while he himself with the officers
crossed over to determine whether it were better to withdraw the party
already across, or to bring over the heavy infantry also, on the
supposition that the fortress might be taken. In favour of the latter
opinion it was agreed that the retreat must cost many lives, and the
officers were further disposed to think, they could take the place.
Xenophon consented, relying on the victims, for the seers had announced,
that there would be a battle, but that the result of the expedition
would be good. So he sent the officers to bring the heavy troops across,
while he himself remained, having drawn off all the light infantry and
forbidden all sharp-shooting at long range. As soon as the heavy
infantry had arrived, he ordered each captain to form his company, in
whatever way he hoped to make it most effective in the coming struggle.
Side by side together they stood, these captains, not for the first time
to-day competitors for the award of manly virtue. While they were thus
employed, he—the general—was engaged in passing down his order along the
ranks of the light infantry and archers respectively to march with the
javelin on its thong and the arrow to the string, ready at the word
"shoot" to discharge their missiles, while the light troops were to have
their wallets well stocked with slingstones; lastly, he despatched his
adjutants to see to the proper carrying out of these orders.
And now the preparations were
complete: the officers and lieutenants and all others claiming to be
peers of these, were drawn up in their several places. With a glance
each was able to command the rest in the crescent-like disposition which
the ground invited. Presently the notes of the battle hymn arose, the
clarion spoke, and with a thrilling cry in honour of the warrior-god,
commenced a rush of the heavy infantry at full speed under cover of a
storm of missiles, lances, arrows, bullets, but most of all stones
hurled from the hand with ceaseless pelt, while there were some who
brought firebrands to bear. Overwhelmed by this crowd of missiles, the
enemy left their stockades and their bastion towers, which gave Agasias
the Stymphalian and Philoxenus of Pellene a chance not to be missed;
laying aside their heavy arms, up they went in bare tunics only, and one
hauled another up, and meantime another had mounted, and the place was
taken, as they thought. Then the peltasts and light troops rushed in and
began snatching what each man could. Xenophon the while, posted at the
gates, kept back as many of the hoplites as he could, for there were
other enemies now visible on certain strong citadel heights; and after a
lapse of no long time a shout arose within, and the men came running
back, some still clutching what they had seized; and presently here and
there a wounded man; and mighty was the jostling about the portals. To
the questions which were put to them the outpouring fugitives repeated
the same story: there was a citadel within and enemies in crowds were
making savage sallies and beating the fellows inside.
At that Xenophon ordered
Tolmides the herald to proclaim: "Enter all who are minded to capture
aught." In poured the surging multitude, and the counter-current of
persons elbowing their passage in prevailed over the stream of those who
issued forth, until they beat back and cooped up the enemy within the
citadel again. So outside the citadel everything was sacked and pillaged
by the Hellenes, and the heavy infantry took up their position, some
about the stockades, others along the road leading up to the citadel.
Xenophon and the officers meantime considered the possibility of taking
the citadel, for if so, their safety was assured; but if otherwise, it
would be very difficult to get away. As the result of their
deliberations they agreed that the place was impregnable. Then they
began making preparations for the retreat. Each set of men proceeded to
pull down the palisading which faced themselves; further, they sent away
all who were useless or who had enough to do to carry their burdens,
with the mass of the heavy infantry accompanying them; the officers in
each case leaving behind men whom they could severally depend on.
But as soon as they began to
retreat, out rushed upon them from within a host of fellows, armed with
wicker shields and lances, greaves and Paphlagonian helmets. Others
might be seen scaling the houses on this side and that of the road
leading into the citadel. Even pursuit in the direction of the citadel
was dangerous, since the enemy kept hurling down on them great beams
from above, so that to stop and to make off were alike dangerous, and
night approaching was full of terrors. But in the midst of their
fighting and their despair some god gave them a means of safety. All of
a sudden, by whatsoever hand ignited, a flame shot up; it came from a
house on the right hand, and as this gradually fell in, the people from
the other houses on the right took to their heels and fled.
Xenophon, laying this lesson of
fortune to heart, gave orders to set fire to the left-hand houses also,
which being of wood burned quickly, with the result that the occupants
of these also took to flight. The men immediately at their front were
the sole annoyance now, and these were safe to fall upon them as they
made their exit and in their descent. Here then the word was passed for
all who were out of range to bring up logs of wood and pile them between
themselves and the enemy, and when there was enough of these they set
them on fire; they also fired the houses along the trench-work itself,
so as to occupy the attention of the enemy. Thus they got off, though
with difficulty, and escaped from the place by putting a fire between
them and the enemy; and the whole city was burnt down, houses, turrets,
stockading, and everything belonging to it except the citadel.
Next day the Hellenes were bent
on getting back with the provisions; but as they dreaded the descent to
Trapezus, which was precipitous and narrow, they laid a false ambuscade,
and a Mysian, called after the name of his nation (Mysus) (1), took ten
of the Cretans and halted in some thick brushy ground, where he made a
feint of endeavouring to escape the notice of the enemy. The glint of
their light shields, which were of brass, now and again gleamed through
the brushwood. The enemy, seeing it all through the thicket, were
confirmed in their fears of an ambuscade. But the army meanwhile was
quietly making its descent; and when it appeared that they had crept
down far enough, the signal was given to the Mysian to flee as fast as
he could, and he, springing up, fled with his men. The rest of the
party, that is the Cretans, saying, "We are caught if we race," left the
road and plunged into a wood, and tumbling and rolling down the gullies
were saved. The Mysian, fleeing along the road, kept crying for
assistance, which they sent him, and picked him up wounded. The party of
rescue now beat a retreat themselves with their face to the foe, exposed
to a shower of missiles, to which some of the Cretan bowmen responded
with their arrows. In this way they all reached the camp in safety.
(1) Lit. "{Musos} (Mysus), a Mysian by birth, and {Musos} (Mysus) by
name."
III
Now when Cheirisophus did not
arrive, and the supply of ships was insufficient, and to get provisions
longer was impossible, they resolved to depart. On board the vessels
they embarked the sick, and those above forty years of age, with the
boys and women, and all the baggage which the solders were not
absolutely forced to take for their own use. The two eldest generals,
Philesius and Sophaenetus, were put in charge, and so the party
embarked, while the rest resumed their march, for the road was now
completely constructed. Continuing their march that day and the next, on
the third they reached Cerasus, a Hellenic city on the sea, and a colony
of Sinope, in the country of the Colchians. Here they halted ten days,
and there was a review and numbering of the troops under arms, when
there were found to be eight thousand six hundred men. So many had
escaped; the rest had perished at the hands of the enemy, or by reason
of the snow, or else disease.
At this time and place they
divided the money accruing from the captives sold, and a tithe selected
for Apollo and Artemis of the Ephesians was divided between the
generals, each of whom took a portion to guard for the gods, Neon the
Asinaean (1) taking on behalf of Cheirisophus.
(1) I.e. of Asine, perhaps the place named in Thuc. iv. 13, 54; vi.
situated on the western side of the Messenian bay. Strabo,
however, speaks of another Asine near Gytheum, but possibly means
Las. See Arnold's note to Thuc. iv. 13, and Smith's "Dict. Geog.
(s.v.)"
Out of the portion which fell
to Xenophon he caused a dedicatory offering to Apollo to be made and
dedicated among the treasures of the Athenians at Delphi (2). It was
inscribed with his own name and that of Proxenus, his friend, who was
killed with Clearchus. The gift for Artemis of the Ephesians was, in the
first instance, left behind by him in Asia at the time when he left that
part of the world himself with Agesilaus on the march into Boeotia (3).
He left it behind in charge of Megabyzus, the sacristan of the goddess,
thinking that the voyage on which he was starting was fraught with
danger. In the event of his coming out of it alive, he charged Megabyzus
to restore to him the deposit; but should any evil happen to him, then
he was to cause to be made and to dedicate on his behalf to Artemis,
whatsoever thing he thought would be pleasing to the goddess.
(2) Cf. Herod. i. 14; Strabo. ix. 420 for such private treasuries at
Delphi.
(3) I.e. in the year B.C. 394. The circumstances under which Agesilaus
was recalled from Asia, with the details of his march and the
battle of Coronea, are described by Xenophon in the fourth book of
the "Hellenica."
In the days of his banishment,
when Xenophon was now established by the Lacedaemonians as a colonist in
Scillus (4), a place which lies on the main road to Olympia, Megabyzus
arrived on his way to Olympia as a spectator to attend the games, and
restored to him the deposit. Xenophon took the money and bought for the
goddess a plot of ground at a point indicated to him by the oracle. The
plot, it so happened, had its own Selinus river flowing through it, just
as at Ephesus the river Selinus flows past the temple of Artemis, and in
both streams fish and mussels are to be found. On the estate at Scillus
there is hunting and shooting of all the beasts of the chase that are.
(4) Scillus, a town of Triphylia, a district of Elis. In B.C. 572 the
Eleians had razed Pisa and Scillus to the ground. But between B.C.
392 and 387 the Lacedaemonians, having previously (B.C. 400,
"Hell." III. ii. 30) compelled the Eleians to renounce their
supremacy over their dependent cities, colonised Scillus and
eventually gave it to Xenophon, then an exile from Athens.
Xenophon resided here from fifteen to twenty years, but was, it is
said, expelled from it by the Eleians soon after the battle of
Leuctra, in B.C. 371.—"Dict. Geog. (s.v.)" The site of the place,
and of Xenophon's temple, is supposed to be in the neighbourhood
of the modern village of Chrestena, or possibly nearer Mazi. To
reach Olympia, about 2 1/2 miles distant, one must cross the
Alpheus.
Here with the sacred money he
built an altar and a temple, and ever after, year by year, tithed the
fruits of the land in their season and did sacrifice to the goddess,
while all the citizens and neighbours, men and women, shared in the
festival. The goddess herself provided for the banqueters meat and
loaves and wine and sweetmeats, with portions of the victims sacrificed
from the sacred pasture, as also of those which were slain in the chase;
for Xenophon's own lads, with the lads of the other citizens, always
made a hunting excursion against the festival day, in which any grown
men who liked might join. The game was captured partly from the sacred
district itself, partly from Pholoe (5), pigs and gazelles and stags.
The place lies on the direct road from Lacedaemon to Olympia, about
twenty furlongs from the temple of Zeus in Olympia, and within the
sacred enclosure there is meadow-land and wood-covered hills, suited to
the breeding of pigs and goats and cattle and horses, so that even the
sumpter animals of the pilgrims passing to the feast fare sumptuously.
The shrine is girdled by a grove of cultivated trees, yielding dessert
fruits in their season. The temple itself is a facsimile on a small
scale of the great temple at Ephesus, and the image of the goddess is
like the golden statue at Ephesus, save only that it is made, not of
gold, but of cypress wood. Beside the temple stands a column bearing
this inscription:—THE PLACE IS SACRED TO ARTEMIS. HE WHO HOLDS IT AND
ENJOYS THE FRUITS OF IT IS BOUND TO SACRIFICE YEARLY A TITHE OF THE
PRODUCE. AND FROM THE RESIDUE THEREOF TO KEEP IN REPAIR THE SHRINE. IF
ANY MAN FAIL IN AUGHT OF THIS THE GODDESS HERSELF WILL LOOK TO IT THAT
THE MATTER SHALL NOT SLEEP.
(5) Pholoe. This mountain (north of the Alpheus) is an offshoot of
Erymanthus, crossing the Pisatis from east to west, and separating
the waters of the Peneus and the Ladon from those of the Alpheus
—"Dict. Geog." (Elis).
IV
From Cerasus they continued the
march, the same portion of the troops being conveyed by sea as before,
and the rest marching by land. When they had reached the frontiers of
the Mossynoecians (1) they sent to him Timesitheus the Trapezuntine, who
was the proxenos (2) of the Mossynoecians, to inquire whether they were
to pass through their territory as friends or foes. They, trusting in
their strongholds, replied that they would not give them passage. It was
then that Timesitheus informed them that the Mossynoecians on the
farther side of the country were hostile to these members of the tribe;
and it was resolved to invite the former to make an alliance, if they
wished it. So Timesitheus was sent, and came back with their chiefs. On
their arrival there was a conference of the Mossynoecian chiefs and the
generals of the Hellenes, and Xenophon made a speech which Timesitheus
interpreted. He said: "Men of the Mossynoecians, our desire is to reach
Hellas in safety; and since we have no vessels we must needs go by foot,
but these people who, as we hear, are your enemies, prevent us. Will you
take us for your allies? Now is your chance to exact vengeance for any
wrong, which they at any time may have put upon you, and for the future
they will be your subjects; but if you send us about our business,
consider and ask yourselves from what quarter will you ever again obtain
so strong a force to help you?" To this the chief of the Mossynoecians
made answer:—that the proposal was in accordance with their wishes and
they welcomed the alliance. "Good," said Xenophon, "but to what use do
you propose to put us, if we become your allies? And what will you in
turn be able to do to assist our passage?" They replied: "We can make an
incursion into this country hostile to yourselves and us, from the
opposite side, and also send you ships and men to this place, who will
aid you in fighting and conduct you on the road."
(1) I.e. dwellers in mossyns, or wooden towers. See Herod. iii. 94;
vii. 78. Cf. also Strabo, xi. 41.
(2) Or, "consul."
On this understanding, they
exchanged pledges and were gone. The next day they returned, bringing
three hundred canoes, each hollowed out of a single trunk. There were
three men in each, two of whom disembarked and fell into rank, whilst
the third remained. Then the one set took the boats and sailed back
again, whilst the other two-thirds who remained marshalled themselves in
the following way. They stood in rows of about a hundred each, like the
rows of dancers in a chorus, standing vis-a-vis to one another, and all
bearing wicker shields, made of white oxhide, shaggy, and shaped like an
ivy leaf; in the right hand they brandished a javelin about six cubits
long, with a lance in front, and rounded like a ball at the butt end of
the shaft.
Their bodies were clad in short
frocks, scarcely reaching to the knees and in texture closely resembling
that of a linen bedclothes' bag; on their heads they wore leathern
helmets just like the Paphlagonian helmet, with a tuft of hair in the
middle, as like a tiara in shape as possible. They carried moreover iron
battle-axes. Then one of them gave, as it were, the key-note and
started, while the rest, taking up the strain and the step, followed
singing and marking time. Passing through the various corps and heavy
armed battalions of the Hellenes, they marched straight against the
enemy, to what appeared the most assailable of his fortresses. It was
situated in front of the city, or mother city, as it is called, which
latter contains the high citadel of the Mossynoecians. This citadel was
the real bone of contention, the occupants at any time being
acknowledged as the masters of all the other Mossynoecians. The present
holders (so it was explained) had no right to its possession; for the
sake of self-aggrandisement they had seized what was really common
property.
Some of the Hellenes followed
the attacking party, not under the orders of the generals, but for the
sake of plunder. As they advanced, the enemy for a while kept quiet; but
as they got near the place, they made a sortie and routed them, killing
several of the barbarians as well as some of the Hellenes who had gone
up with them; and so pursued them until they saw the Hellenes advancing
to the rescue. Then they turned round and made off, first cutting off
the heads of the dead men and flaunting them in the face of the Hellenes
and of their own private foes, dancing the while and singing in a
measured strain. But the Hellenes were much vexed to think that their
foes had only been rendered bolder, while the Hellenes who had formed
part of the expedition had turned tail and fled, in spite of their
numbers; a thing which had not happened previously during the whole
expedition. So Xenophon called a meeting of the Hellenes and spoke as
follows: "Soldiers, do not in any wise be cast down by what has
happened, be sure that good no less than evil will be the result; for to
begin with, you now know certainly that those who are going to guide us
are in very deed hostile to those with whom necessity drives us to
quarrel; and, in the next place, some of our own body, these Hellenes
who have made so light of orderly array and conjoint action with
ourselves, as though they must needs achieve in the company of
barbarians all they could with ourselves, have paid the penalty and been
taught a lesson, so that another time they will be less prone to leave
our ranks. But you must be prepared to show these friendly barbarians
that you are of a better sort, and prove to the enemy that battle with
the undisciplined is one thing, but with men like yourselves another."
Accordingly they halted, as
they were, that day. Next day they sacrificed and finding the victims
favourable, they breakfasted, formed the companies into columns, and
with their barbarians arranged in similar order on their left, began
their march. Between the companies were the archers only slightly
retired behind the front of the heavy infantry, on account of the
enemy's active light troops, who ran down and kept up volleys of stones.
These were held in check by the archers and peltasts; and steadily step
by step the mass marched on, first to the position from which the
barbarians and those with them had been driven two days back, and where
the enemy were now drawn up to meet them. Thus it came to pass that the
barbarians first grappled with the peltasts and maintained the battle
until the heavy infantry were close, when they turned and fled. The
peltasts followed without delay, and pursued them right up to their
city, while the heavy troops in unbroken order followed. As soon as they
were up at the houses of the capital, there and then the enemy,
collecting all together in one strong body, fought valiantly, and hurled
their javelins, or else clenched their long stout spears, almost too
heavy for a man to wield, and did their best to ward off the attack at
close quarters.
But when the Hellenes, instead
of giving way, kept massing together more thickly, the barbarians fled
from this place also, and in a body deserted the fortress. Their king,
who sat in his wooden tower or mossyn, built on the citadel (there he
sits and there they maintain him, all at the common cost, and guard him
narrowly), refused to come forth, as did also those in the fortress
first taken, and so were burnt to a cinder where they were, their
mossyns, themselves, and all. The Hellenes, pillaging and ransacking
these places, discovered in the different houses treasures and magazines
of loaves, pile upon pile, "the ancestral stores," as the Mossynoecians
told them; but the new corn was laid up apart with the straw-stalk and
ear together, and this was for the most part spelt. Slices of dolphin
were another discovery, in narrow-necked jars, all properly salted and
pickled; and there was blubber of dolphin in vessels, which the
Mossynoecians used precisely as the Hellenes use oil. Then there were
large stores of nuts on the upper floor, the broad kind without a
division (3). This was also a chief article of food with them—boiled
nuts and baked loaves. Wine was also discovered. This, from its rough,
dry quality, tasted sharp when drunk pure, but mixed with water was
sweet and fragrant.
(3) I.e. "chestnuts."
The Hellenes breakfasted and
then started forward on their march, having first delivered the
stronghold to their allies among the Mossynoecians. As for the other
strongholds belonging to tribes allied with their foes, which they
passed en route, the most accessible were either deserted by their
inhabitants or gave in their adhesion voluntarily. The following
description will apply to the majority of them: the cities were on an
average ten miles apart, some more, some less; but so elevated is the
country and intersected by such deep clefts that if they chose to shout
across to one another, their cries would be heard from one city to
another. When, in the course of their march, they came upon a friendly
population, these would entertain them with exhibitions of fatted
children belonging to the wealthy classes, fed up on boiled chestnuts
until they were as white as white can be, of skin plump and delicate,
and very nearly as broad as they were long, with their backs variegated
and their breasts tattooed with patterns of all sorts of flowers. They
sought after the women in the Hellenic army, and would fain have laid
with them openly in broad daylight, for that was their custom. The whole
community, male and female alike, were fair-complexioned and
white-skinned.
It was agreed that this was the
most barbaric and outlandish people that they had passed through on the
whole expedition, and the furthest removed from the Hellenic customs,
doing in a crowd precisely what other people would prefer to do in
solitude, and when alone behaving exactly as others would behave in
company, talking to themselves and laughing at their own expense,
standing still and then again capering about, wherever they might chance
to be, without rhyme or reason, as if their sole business were to show
off to the rest of the world.
V
Through this country, friendly
or hostile as the chance might be, the Hellenes marched, eight stages in
all, and reached the Chalybes. These were a people few in number, and
subject to the Mossynoecians. Their livelihood was for the most part
derived from mining and forging iron.
Thence they came to the
Tibarenians. The country of the Tibarenians was far more level, and
their fortresses lay on the seaboard and were less strong, whether by
art or nature. The generals wanted to attack these places, so that the
army might get some pickings, and they would not accept the gifts of
hospitality which came in from the Tibarenians, but bidding them wait
till they had taken counsel, they proceeded to offer sacrifice. After
several abortive attempts, the seers at last pronounced an opinion that
the gods in no wise countenanced war. Then they accepted the gifts of
hospitality, and marching through what was now recognised as a friendly
country, in two days reached Cotyora, a Hellenic city, and a colony of
Sinope, albeit situated in the territory of the Tibarenians (1).
(1) The MSS. here read, "Up to this point the expedition was conducted
on land, and the distance traversed on foot from the battle-field
near Babylon down to Cotyora amounted to one hundred and
twenty-two stages—that is to say, six hundred and twenty
parasangs, or eighteen thousand stades, or if measured in time, an
eight months' march." The words are probably the note of some
editor or commentator, though it is quite likely that the author
himself may have gone through such calculations and even have
inserted them as a note to his text.
Here they halted forty-five
days, during which they first of all sacrificed to the gods, and
instituted processions, each set of the Hellenes according to their
several tribes, with gymnastic contests. Provisions they got in
meanwhile, partly from Paphlagonia, partly from the estates of the
Cotyorites, for the latter would neither provide them a market nor
receive their sick within their walls.
Meanwhile ambassadors arrived
from Sinope, full of fears, not only for the Cotyorites and their city,
which belonged to Sinope, and brought in tribute, but also for the
territory which, as they had heard, was being pillaged. Accordingly they
came to the camp and made a speech. Hecatonymus, who was reported to be
a clever orator, acted as their spokesman: "Soldiers," he said, "the
city of the Sinopeans has sent us to offer you, as Hellenes, our
compliments and congratulations on your victories over the barbarians;
and next, to express our joyful satisfaction that you have surmounted
all those terrible sufferings of which we have heard, and have reached
this place in safety. As Hellenes we claim to receive at your hands, as
fellow-Hellenes, kindness and not harm. We have certainly not ourselves
set you an example heretofore of evil treatment. Now the Cotyorites are
our colonists. It was we who gave them this country to dwell in, having
taken it from the barbarians; for which reason also they, with the men
of Cerasus and Trapezus, pay us an appointed tribute. So that, whatever
mischief you inflict on the men of Cotyora, the city of Sinope takes as
personal to herself. At the present time we hear that you have made
forcible entry into their city, some of you, and are quartered in the
houses, besides taking forcibly from the Cotyorite estates whatever you
need, by hook and by crook. Now against these things we enter protest.
If you mean to go on so doing, you will drive us to make friends with
Corylas and the Paphlagonians, or any one else we can find."
To meet these charges Xenophon,
on behalf of the soldiers, rose and said: "As to ourselves, men of
Sinope, having got so far, we are well content to have saved our bodies
and our arms. Indeed it was impossible at one and the same moment to
keep our enemies at bay and to despoil them of their goods and chattels.
And now, since we have reached Hellenic cities, how has it fared with
us? At Trapezus they gave us a market, and we paid for our provisions at
a fair market price. In return for the honour they did us, and the gifts
of hospitality they gave the army, we requited them with honour. Where
the barbarian was friendly to them, we stayed our hands from injury; or
under their escort, we did damage to their enemies to the utmost of our
power. Ask them, what sort of people they found us. They are here, some
of them, to answer for themselves. Their fellow-citizens and the state
of Trapezus, for friendship's sake, have sent them with us to act as our
guides.
"But wherever we come, be it
foreign or Hellenic soil, and find no market for provisions, we are wont
to help ourselves, not out of insolence but from necessity. There have
been tribes like the Carduchians, the Taochians, the Chaldaeans, which,
albeit they were not subject to the great king, yet were no less
formidable than independent. These we had to bring over by our arms. The
necessity of getting provisions forced us; since they refused to offer
us a market. Whereas some other folk, like the Macrones, in spite of
their being barbarians, we regarded as our friends, simply because they
did provide us with the best market in their power, and we took no
single thing of theirs by force. But, to come to these Cotyorites, whom
you claim to be your people, if we have taken aught from them, they have
themselves to blame, for they did not deal with us as friends, but shut
their gates in our faces. They would neither welcome us within nor
furnish us with a market without. The only justification they alleged
was that your governor (2) had authorised this conduct.
(2) Lit. "harmost". The term, denoting properly a governor of the
islands and foreign cities sent out by the Lacedaemonians during
their supremacy, came, it would seem, to be adopted by other Greek
communities under somewhat similar circumstances. Cotyora receives
a harmost from her mother-city, Sinope. For the Greek colonies
here mentioned, see Kiepert's "Man. Anct. Geog." (Engl. tr., Mr.
G. A. Macmillan), p. 63.
"As to your assertion," he
continued, turning to Hecatonymus, "that we have got in by force and
have taken up quarters, this is what we did. We requested them to
receive our sick and wounded under cover; and when they refused to open
their gates, we walked in where the place itself invited us. All the
violence we have committed amounts to this, that our sick folk are
quartered under cover, paying for their expenses, and we keep a sentry
at the gates, so that our sick and wounded may not lie at the mercy of
your governor, but we may have it in our power to remove them whenever
we like. The rest of us, you observe, are camping under the canopy of
heaven, in regular rank and file, and we are ready to requite kindness
with kindness, but to repel evil vigorously. And as for your threat," he
said, once again turning to the spokesman, "that you will, if it suits
you, make alliance with Corylas and the Paphlagonians to attack us, for
our part, we have no objection to fighting both sets of you, if so be we
must; we have already fought others many times more numerous than you.
Besides, 'if it suits us,' as you put it, to make the Paphlagonian our
friend (report says that he has a hankering after your city and some
other places on the seaboard), we can enhance the value of our
friendship by helping to win for him what he covets."
Thereupon the ambassadors
showed very plainly their annoyance with Hecatonymus, on account of the
style of his remarks, and one of them stept forward to explain that
their intention in coming was not at all to raise a war, but on the
contrary to demonstrate their friendliness. "And if you come to Sinope
itself," the speaker continued, "we will welcome you there with gifts of
hospitality. Meanwhile we will enjoin upon the citizens of this place to
give you what they can; for we can see that every word of what you say
is true." Thereupon the Cotyorites sent gifts of hospitality, and the
generals of the Hellenes entertained the ambassadors of the Sinopeans.
Many and friendly were the topics of conversation; freely flowed the
talk on things in general; and, in particular, both parties were able to
make inquiries and satisfy their curiosity concerning the remaining
portion of the march.
VI
Such was the conclusion of that
day. On the following day the generals summoned an assembly of the
soldiers, when it was resolved to invite the men of Sinope, and to take
advice with them touching the remainder of the journey. In the event of
their having to continue it on foot, the Sinopeans through their
acquaintance with Paphlagonia would be useful to them; while, if they
had to go by sea, the services of the same people would be at a premium;
for who but they could furnish ships sufficient for the army?
Accordingly, they summoned their ambassadors, and took counsel with
them, begging them, on the strength of the sacred ties which bind
Hellenes to Hellenes, to inaugurate the good reception they had spoken
of, by present kindliness and their best advice.
Hecatonymus rose and wished at
once to offer an apology with regard to what he had said about the
possibility of making friends with the Paphlagonians. "The words were
not intended," he said, "to convey a threat, as though they were minded
to go to war with the Hellenes, but as meaning rather: albeit we have it
in our power to be friendly with the barbarians, we will choose the
Hellenes." Then, being urged to aid them by some advice, with a pious
ejaculation, he commenced: "If I bestow upon you the best counsel I am
able, God grant that blessings in abundance may descend on me; but if
the contrary, may evil betide me! 'Sacred counsel (1),' as the saying
goes—well, sirs, if ever the saying held, it should hold I think to-day;
when, if I be proved to have given you good counsel, I shall not lack
panegyrists, or if evil, your imprecations will be many-tongued.
(1) Cf. Plato, "Theages," 122.
"As to trouble, I am quite
aware, we shall have much more trouble if you are conveyed by sea, for
we must provide the vessels; whereas, if you go by land, all the
fighting will evolve on you. Still, let come what may, it behoves me to
state my views. I have an intimate acquaintance with the country of the
Paphlagonians and their power. The country possesses the two features of
hill and vale, that is to say, the fairest plains and the highest
mountains. To begin with the mountains, I know the exact point at which
you must make your entry. It is precisely where the horns of a mountain
tower over both sides of the road. Let the merest handful of men occupy
these and they can hold the pass with ease; for when that is done not
all the enemies in the world could effect a passage. I could point out
the whole with my finger, if you like to send any one with me to the
scene.
"So much for the mountain
barrier. But the next thing I know is that there are plains and a
cavalry which the barbarians themselves hold to be superior to the
entire cavalry of the great king. Why, only the other day these people
refused to present themselves to the summons of the king; their chief is
too proud for that.
"But now, supposing you were
able to seize the mountain barrier, by stealth, or expedition, before
the enemy could stop you; supposing further, you were able to win an
engagement in the plain against not only their cavalry but their more
than one hundred and twenty thousand infantry—you will only find
yourself face to face with rivers, a series of them. First the Thermodon,
three hundred feet broad, which I take it will be difficult to pass,
especially with a host of foes in front and another following behind.
Next comes the Iris river, three hundred feet broad; and thirdly, the
Halys, at least two furlongs broad, which you could not possibly cross
without vessels, and who is going to supply you with vessels? In the
same way too the Parthenius is impassable, which you will reach if you
cross the Halys. For my part, then, I consider the land-journey, I will
not say difficult, but absolutely impossible for you. Whereas if you go
by sea, you can coast along from here to Sinope, and from Sinope to
Heraclea. From Heraclea onwards there is no difficulty, whether by land
or by sea; for there are plenty of vessels at Heraclea."
After he had finished his
remarks, some of his hearers thought they detected a certain bias in
them. He would not have spoken so, but for his friendship with Corylas,
whose official representative he was. Others guessed he had an itching
palm, and that he was hoping to receive a present for his "sacred
advice." Others again suspected that his object was to prevent their
going by foot and doing some mischief to the country of the Sinopeans.
However that might be, the Hellenes voted in favour of continuing the
journey by sea. After this Xenophon said: "Sinopeans, the army has
chosen that method of procedure which you advise, and thus the matter
stands. If there are sure to be vessels enough to make it impossible for
a single man to be left behind, go by sea we will; but if part of us are
to be left while part go by sea, we will not set foot on board the
vessels. One fact we plainly recognise, strength is everything to us. So
long as we have the mastery, we shall be able to protect ourselves and
get provisions; but if we are once caught at the mercy of our foes, it
is plain, we shall be reduced to slavery." On hearing this the
ambassadors bade them send an embassy, which they did, to wit,
Callimachus the Arcadian, and Ariston the Athenian, and Samolas the
Achaean.
So these set off, but meanwhile
a thought shaped itself in the mind of Xenophon, as there before his
eyes lay that vast army of Hellene hoplites, and that other array of
peltasts, archers, and slingers, with cavalry to boot, and all in a
state of thorough efficiency from long practice, hardened veterans, and
all collected in Pontus, where to raise so large a force would cost a
mint of money. Then the idea dawned upon him: how noble an opportunity
to acquire new territory and power for Hellas, by the founding of a
colony—a city of no mean size, moreover, said he to himself, as he
reckoned up their own numbers—and besides themselves a population
planted on the shores of Pontus. Thereupon he summoned Silanus the
Ambraciot, the soothsayer of Cyrus above mentioned, and before breathing
a syllable to any of the soldiers, he consulted the victims by
sacrifice.
But Silanus, in apprehension
lest these ideas might embody themselves, and the army be permanently
halted at some point or other, set a tale going among the men, to the
effect that Xenophon was minded to detain the army and found a city in
order to win himself a name and acquire power, Silanus himself being
minded to reach Hellas with all possible speed, for the simple reason
that he had still got the three thousand darics presented to him by
Cyrus on the occasion of the sacrifice when he hit the truth so happily
about the ten days. Silanus's story was variously received, some few of
the soldiers thinking it would be an excellent thing to stay in that
country; but the majority were strongly averse. The next incident was
that Timasion the Dardanian, with Thorax the Boeotian, addressed
themselves to some Heracleot and Sinopean traders who had come to
Cotyora, and told them that if they did not find means to furnish the
army with pay sufficient to keep them in provisions on the homeward
voyage, all that great force would most likely settle down permanently
in Pontus. "Xenophon has a pet idea," they continued, "which he urges
upon us. We are to wait until the ships come, and then we are suddenly
to turn round to the army and say: 'Soldiers, we now see the straits we
are in, unable to keep ourselves in provisions on the return voyage, or
to make our friends at home a little present at the end of our journey.
But if you like to select some place on the inhabited seaboard of the
Black Sea which may take your fancy and there put in, this is open to
you to do. Those who like to go home, go; those who care to stay here,
stay. You have got vessels now, so that you can make a sudden pounce
upon any point you choose.'"
The merchants went off with
this tale and reported it to every city they came to in turn, nor did
they go alone, but Timasion the Dardanian sent a fellow-citizen of his
own, Eurymachus, with the Boeotian Thorax, to repeat the same story. So
when it reached the ears of the men of Sinope and the Heracleots, they
sent to Timasion and pressed him to accept of a gratuity, in return for
which he was to arrange for the departure of the troops. Timasion was
only too glad to hear this, and he took the opportunity when the
soldiers were convened in meeting to make the following remarks:
"Soldiers," he said, "do not set your thoughts on staying here; let
Hellas, and Hellas only, be the object of your affection, for I am told
that certain persons have been sacrificing on this very question,
without saying a word to you. Now I can promise you, if you once leave
these waters, to furnish you with regular monthly pay, dating from the
first of the month, at the rate of one cyzicene (2) a head per month. I
will bring you to the Troad, from which part I am an exile, and my own
state is at your service. They will receive me with open arms. I will be
your guide personally, and I will take you to places where you will get
plenty of money. I know every corner of the Aeolid, and Phrygia, and the
Troad, and indeed the whole satrapy of Pharnabazus, partly because it is
my birthplace, partly from campaigns in that region with Clearchus and
Dercylidas (3)."
(2) A cyzicene stater = twenty-eight silver drachmae of Attic money
B.C. 335, in the time of Demosthenes; but, like the daric, this
gold coin would fluctuate in value relatively to silver. It
contained more grains of gold than the daric.
(3) Of Dercylidas we hear more in the "Hellenica." In B.C. 411 he was
harmost at Abydos; in B.C. 399 he superseded Thimbron in Asia
Minor; and was himself superseded by Agesilaus in B.C. 396.
No sooner had he ceased than up
got Thorax the Boeotian. This was a man who had a standing battle with
Xenophon about the generalship of the army. What he said was that, if
they once got fairly out of the Euxine, there was the Chersonese, a
beautiful and prosperous country, where they could settle or not, as
they chose. Those who liked could stay; and those who liked could return
to their homes; how ridiculous then, when there was so much territory in
Hellas and to spare, to be poking about (4) in the land of the
barbarian. "But until you find yourselves there," he added, "I, no less
than Timasion, can guarantee you regular pay." This he said, knowing
what promises had been made Timasion by the men of Heraclea and Sinope
to induce them to set sail.
(4) The word {masteuein} occurs above, and again below, and in other
writings of our author. It is probably Ionic or old Attic, and
occurs in poetry.
Meanwhile Xenophon held his
peace. Then up got Philesius and Lycon, two Achaeans: "It was
monstrous," they said, "that Xenophon should be privately persuading
people to stop there, and consulting the victims for that end, without
letting the army into the secret, or breathing a syllable in public
about the matter." When it came to this, Xenophon was forced to get up,
and speak as follows: "Sirs, you are well aware that my habit is to
sacrifice at all times; whether in your own behalf or my own, I strive
in every thought, word, and deed to be directed as is best for
yourselves and for me. And in the present instance my sole object was to
learn whether it were better even so much as to broach the subject, and
so take action, or to have absolutely nothing to do with the project.
Now Silanus the soothsayer assured me by his answer of what was the main
point: 'the victims were favourable.' No doubt Silanus knew that I was
not unversed myself in his lore, as I have so often assisted at the
sacrifice; but he added that there were symptoms in the victims of some
guile or conspiracy against me. That was a happy discovery on his part,
seeing that he was himself conspiring at the moment to traduce me before
you; since it was he who set the tale going that I had actually made up
my mind to carry out these projects without procuring your consent. Now,
for my part, if I saw that you were in any difficulties, I should set
myself to discover how you might capture a city, on the understanding of
course that all who wished might sail away at once, leaving those who
did not wish, to follow at a later date, with something perhaps in their
pockets to benefit their friends at home. Now, however, as I see that
the men of Heraclea and Sinope are to send you ships to assist you to
sail away, and more than one person guarantees to give you regular
monthly pay, it is, I admit, a rare chance to be safely piloted to the
haven of our hopes, and at the same time to receive pay for our
preservation. For myself I have done with that dream, and to those, who
came to me to urge these projects, my advice is to have done with them.
In fact, this is my view. As long as you stay together united as to-day,
you will command respect and procure provisions; for might certainly
exercises a right over what belongs to the weaker. But once broken up,
with your force split into bits, you will neither be able to get
subsistence, nor indeed will you get off without paying dearly for it.
In fact, my resolution coincides precisely with yours. It is that we
should set off for Hellas, and if any one stops behind, or is caught
deserting before the whole army is in safety, let him be judged as an
evil-doer. Pray let all who are in favour of this proposition hold up
their hands."
They all held them up; only
Silanus began shouting and vainly striving to maintain the right of
departure for all who liked to depart. But the soldiers would not suffer
him, threatening him that if he were himself caught attempting to run
away they would inflict the aforesaid penalty. After this, when the
Heracleots learned that the departure by sea was resolved upon, and that
the measure itself emanated from Xenophon, they sent the vessels indeed;
but as to the money which they had promised to Timasion and Thorax as
pay for the soldiers, they were not as good as their word, in fact they
cheated them both. Thus the two who had guaranteed regular monthly pay
were utterly confounded, and stood in terror of the soldiers. What they
did then, was to take to them the other generals to whom they had
communicated their former transactions (that is to say, all except Neon
the Asniaean, who, as lieutenant-general, was acting for Cheirisophus
during his continued absence). This done they came in a body to Xenophon
and said that their views were changed. As they had now got the ships,
they thought it best to sail to the Phasis, and seize the territory of
the Phasians (whose present king was a descendant of Aeetes (5)).
Xenophon's reply was curt:—Not one syllable would he have to say himself
to the army in this matter, "But," he added, "if you like, you can
summon an assembly and have your say." Thereupon Timasion the Dardanian
set forth as his opinion:—It were best to hold no parliament at present,
but first to go and conciliate, each of them, his own officers. Thus
they went away and proceeded to execute their plans.
(5) Aeetes is the patronym of the kings of Colchis from mythical times
onwards; e.g. Medea was the daughter of Aeetes.
VII
Presently the soldiers came to
learn what was in course of agitation, and Neon gave out that Xenophon
had persuaded the other generals to adopt his views, and had a plan to
cheat the soldiers and take them back to the Phasis. The soldiers were
highly indignant; meetings were held; little groups gathered ominously;
and there seemed an alarming probability that they would repeat the
violence with which they had lately treated the heralds of the Colchians
and the clerks of the market; when all who did not save themselves by
jumping into the sea were stoned to death. So Xenophon, seeing what a
storm was brewing, resolved to anticipate matters so far as to summon a
meeting of the men without delay, and thus prevent their collecting of
their own accord, and he ordered the herald to announce an assembly. The
voice of the herald was no sooner heard than they rushed with great
readiness to the place of meeting. Then Xenophon, without accusing the
generals of having come to him, made the following speech: "I hear that
a charge is brought against me. It is I apparently who am going to cheat
you and carry you off to Phasis. I beg you by all that is holy to listen
to me; and if there be found any guilt in me, let me not leave this
place till I have paid the penalty of my misdoing; but if my accusers
are found guilty, treat them as they deserve. I presume, sirs, you know
where the sun rises and where he sets, and that he who would go to
Hellas must needs journey towards the sunset; whereas he who seeks the
land of the barbarian must contrariwise fix his face towards the dawn.
Now is that a point in which a man might hope to cheat you? Could any
one make you believe that the sun rises here and sets there, or that he
sets here and rises there? And doubtless you know this too, that it is
Boreas, the north wind, who bears the mariner out of Pontus towards
Hellas, and the south wind inwards towards the Phasis, whence the
saying—
"'When the North wind doth blow
Home to Hellas we will go (1).'
(1) Whether this was a local saying or a proverb I cannot say. The
words have a poetical ring about them: "When Borrhas blows, fair
voyages to Hellas."
"He would be a clever fellow
who could befool you into embarking with a south wind blowing. That
sounds all very well, you think, only I may get you on board during a
calm. Granted, but I shall be on board my one ship, and you on board
another hundred at least, and how am I to constrain you to voyage with
me against your will, or by what cajolery shall I carry you off? But I
will imagine you so far befooled and bewitched by me, that I have got
you to the Phasis; we proceed to disembark on dry land. At last it will
come out, that wherever you are, you are not in Hellas, and the inventor
of the trick will be one sole man, and you who have been caught by it
will number something like ten thousand with swords in your hands. I do
not know how a man could better ensure his own punishment than by
embarking on such a policy with regards to himself and you.
"Nay, these tales are the
invention of silly fellows who are jealous of the honour you bestow on
me. A most uncalled-for jealousy! Do I hinder any of them from speaking
any word of import in his power? of striking a blow in your behalf and
his own, if that is his choice? or, finally, of keeping his eyes and
ears open to secure your safety? What is it? In your choice of leaders
do I stand in the way of any one, is that it? Let him step forward, I
yield him place; he shall be your general; only he must prove that he
has your good at heart.
"For myself, I have done; but
for yourselves, if any of you conceive either that he himself could be
the victim of a fraud, or that he could victimise any one else in such a
thing as this, let him open his lips and explain to us how. Take your
time, but when you have sifted the matter to your hearts' content, do
not go away without suffering me to tell you of something which I see
looming. If it should burst upon us and prove in fact anything like what
it gives signs of being now, it is time for us to take counsel for
ourselves and see that we do not prove ourselves to be the worst and
basest of men in the sight of gods and men, be they friends or be they
foes." The words moved the curiosity of the soldiers. They marvelled
what this matter might be, and bade him explain. Thereupon he began
again: "You will not have forgotten certain places in the hills—barbaric
fastnesses, but friendly to the Cerasuntines—from which people used to
come down and sell us large cattle and other things which they
possessed, and if I mistake not, some of you went to the nearest of
these places and made purchases in the market and came back again.
Clearetus the captain learnt of this place, that it was but a little one
and unguarded. Why should it be guarded since it was friendly? so the
folk thought. Thus he stole upon it in the dead of night, and meant to
sack it without saying a word to any of us. His design was, if he took
the place, not to return again to the army, but to mount a vessel which,
with his messmates on board her, was sailing past at the time, and
stowing away what he had seized, to set sail and begone beyond the
Euxine. All this had been agreed upon and arranged with his comrades on
board the vessel, as I now discover. Accordingly, he summoned to his
side all whom he could persuade, and set off at their head against the
little place. But dawn overtook him on his march. The men collected out
of their strongholds, and whether from a distance or close quarters,
made such a fight that they killed Clearetus and a good many of the
rest, and only a few of them got safe back to Cerasus.
"These things took place on the
day on which we started to come hither on foot; while some of those who
were to go by sea were still at Cerasus, not having as yet weighed
anchor. After this, according to what the Cerasuntines state, there
arrived three inhabitants of the place which had been attacked; three
elderly men, seeking an interview with our public assembly. Not finding
us, they addressed themselves to the men of Cerasus, and told them, they
were astonished that we should have thought it right to attack them;
however, when, as the Cerasuntines assert, they had assured them that
the occurrence was not authorised by public consent, they were pleased,
and proposed to sail here, not only to state to us what had occurred,
but to offer that those who were interested should take up and bury the
bodies of the slain.
"But among the Hellenes still
at Cerasus were some of those who had escaped. They found out in which
direction the barbarians were minded to go, and not only had the face
themselves to pelt them with stones, but vociferously encouraged their
neighbours to do the same. The three men—ambassadors, mark you—were
slain, stoned to death. After this occurrence, the men of Cerasus came
to us and reported the affair, and we generals, on being informed, were
annoyed at what had taken place, and took counsel with the Cerasuntines
how the dead bodies of the Hellenes might be buried. While seated in
conclave outside the camp, we suddenly were aware of a great hubbub. We
heard cries: 'Cut them down!' 'Shoot them!' 'Stone them!' and presently
we caught sight of a mass of people racing towards us with stones in
their hands, and others picking them up. The Cerasuntines, naturally
enough, considering the incident they had lately witnessed, retired in
terror to their vessels, and, upon my word, some of us did not feel too
comfortable. All I could do was to go to them and inquire what it all
meant. Some of them had not the slightest notion, although they had
stones in their hands, but chancing on some one who was better informed,
I was told by him that 'the clerks of the market were treating the army
most scandalously.' Just then some one got sight of the market clerk,
Zelarchus, making his way off towards the sea, and lifted up his voice
aloud, and the rest responding to the cry as if a wild boar or a stag
had been started, they rushed upon him.
"The Cerasuntines, seeing a
rush in their direction, thought that, without a doubt, it was directed
against themselves, and fled with all speed and threw themselves into
the sea, in which proceeding they were imitated by some few of our own
men, and all who did not know how to swim were drowned. But now, what do
you think of their case, these men of Cerasus? They had done no wrong.
They were simply afraid that some madness had seized us, like that to
which dogs are liable.
"I say then, if proceedings
like this are to be the order of the day, you had better consider what
the ultimate condition of the army is like to be. As a body you will not
have it in your power to undertake war against whom you like, or to
conclude peace. But in private any one who chooses will conduct the army
on any quest which takes his fancy. And when ambassadors come to you to
demand peace, or whatever it may be, officious people will put them to
death and prevent your hearing the proposals which brought them to you.
The next step will be that those whom you as a body may choose as
generals will be of no account; but any one who likes to elect himself
general, and will adopt the formula 'Shoot him! shoot him!' will be
competent to cut down whomsoever he pleases untried, be it general or
private soldier, if only he have sufficient followers, as was the case
just now. But just consider what these self-appointed generals have
achieved for you. Zelarchus, the clerk of the market, may possibly have
done you a wrong; if so, he has sailed off and is gone without paying
you any penalty; or he may be guiltless, in which case we have driven
him from the army in terror of perishing unjustly without a trial. While
those who stoned the ambassadors have contrived so cleverly that we
alone of all Hellenes cannot approach Cerasus safely without a strong
force, and the corpses which the very men who slew them themselves
invited us to bury, we cannot now pick up with safety even under a flag
of truce. Who indeed would care to carry a flag of truce, or go as a
herald with the blood of heralds upon his hands? All we could do was to
implore the Cerasuntines to bury them.
"If then you approve of such
doings, have a resolution passed to that effect, so that, with a
prospect of like occurrences in the future, a man may privately set up a
guard and do his best to fix his tent where he can find a strong
position with a commanding site. If, however, these seem to you to be
the deeds rather of wild beasts than of human beings, bethink you of
some means by which to stay them; or else, in heaven's name, how shall
we do sacrifice to the gods gladly, with impious deeds to answer for? or
how shall we, who lay the knife to each other's throats, give battle to
our enemies? What friendly city will receive us when they see rampant
lawlessness in our midst? Who will have the courage to afford us a
market, when we prove our worthlessness in these weightiest concerns?
and what becomes of the praise we expect to win from the mouths of men?
who will vouchsafe it to us, if this is our behaviour? Should we not
ourselves bestow the worst of names on the perpetrators of like deeds?"
After this they rose, and, as
one man, proposed that the ringleaders in these matters should be
punished; and that for the future, to set an example of lawlessness
should be forbidden. Every such ringleader was to be prosecuted on the
capital charge; the generals were to bring all offenders to the bar of
justice; prosecutions for all other misdemeanours committed since the
death of Cyrus were to be instituted; and they ended by constituting the
officers into a board of dicasts (2); and upon the strong representation
of Xenophon, with the concurrence of the soothsayers, it was resolved to
purify the army, and this purification was made.
(2) I.e. a board of judges or jurors.
VIII
It was further resolved that
the generals themselves should undergo a judicial examination in
reference to their conduct in past time. In course of investigation,
Philesius and Xanthicles respectively were condemned to pay a sum of
twenty minae, to meet a deficiency to that amount incurred during the
guardianship of the cargoes of the merchantmen. Sophaenetus was fined
ten minae for inadequate performance of his duty as one of the chief
officers selected. Against Xenophon a charge was brought by certain
people, who asserted that they had been beaten by him, and framed the
indictment as one of personal outrage with violence (1). Xenophon got up
and demanded that the first speaker should state "where and when it was
he had received these blows." The other, so challenged, answered, "When
we were perishing of cold and there was a great depth of snow." Xenophon
said: "Upon my word, with weather such as you describe, when our
provisions had run out, when the wine could not even be smelt, when
numbers were dropping down dead beat, so acute was the suffering, with
the enemy close on our heels; certainly, if at such a season as that I
was guilty of outrage, I plead guilty to being a more outrageous brute
than the ass, which is too wanton, they say, to feel fatigue. Still, I
wish you would tell us," said he, "what led to my striking you. Did I
ask you for something and, on your refusing it to me, did I proceed to
beat you? Was it a debt, for which I demanded payment? or a quarrel
about some boy or other? Was I the worse for liquor, and behaving like a
drunkard?" When the man met each of these questions with a negative, he
questioned him further: "Are you a heavy infantry soldier?" "No," said
he. "A peltast, then?" "No, nor yet a peltast"; but he had been ordered
by his messmates to drive a mule, although he was a free man. Then at
last he recognised him, and inquired: "Are you the fellow who carried
home the sick man?" "Yes, I am," said he, "thanks to your driving; and
you made havoc of my messmates' kit." "Havoc!" said Xenophon: "Nay, I
distributed it; some to one man, some to another to carry, and bade them
bring the things safely to me; and when I got them back I delivered them
all safely to you, and you, on your side, had rendered an account to me
of the man. Let me tell you," he continued, turning to the court, "what
the circumstances were; it is worth hearing:—
(1) See the "Dict. of Antiq." 622 a. HYBREOS GRAPHE. In the case of
common assaults as opposed to indecent assault, the prosecution
seems to have been allowable only when the object of a wanton
attack was a free person. Cf. Arist. "Rhet." ii. 24.
"A man was left behind from
inability to proceed farther; I recognised the poor fellow sufficiently
to see that he was one of ours, and I forced you, sir, to carry him to
save his life. For if I am not much mistaken, the enemy were close at
our heels?" The fellow assented to this. "Well then," said Xenophon,
"after I had sent you forward, I overtook you again, as I came up with
the rearguard; you were digging a trench with intent to bury the man; I
pulled up and said something in commendation; as we stood by the poor
fellow twitched his leg, and the bystanders all cried out, 'Why, the
man's alive!' Your remark was: 'Alive or not as he likes, I am not going
to carry him' Then I struck you. Yes! you are right, for it looked very
much as if you knew him to be alive." "Well," said he, "was he any the
less dead when I reported him to you?" "Nay," retorted Xenophon, "by the
same token we shall all one day be dead, but that is no reason why
meantime we should all be buried alive?" Then there was a general shout:
"If Xenophon had given the fellow a few more blows, it might have been
better." The others were now called upon to state the grounds on which
they had been beaten in each case; but when they refused to get up, he
proceeded to state them himself.
"I confess, sirs, to having
struck certain men for failure in discipline. These were men who were
quite content to owe their safety to us. Whilst the rest of the world
marched on in rank and did whatever fighting had to be done, they
preferred to leave the ranks, and rush forward to loot and enrich
themselves at our expense. Now, if this conduct were to be the rule,
general ruin would be the result. I do not deny that I have given blows
to this man or the other who played the poltroon and refused to get up,
helplessly abandoning himself to the enemy; and so I forced them to
march on. For once in the severe wintry weather I myself happened to sit
down for a long time, whilst waiting for a party who were getting their
kit together, and I discovered how difficult it was to get up again and
stretch one's legs. After this personal experience, whenever I saw any
one else seated in slack and lazy mood, I tried to spur him on. The mere
movement and effort to play the man caused warmth and moisture, whereas
it was plain that sitting down and keeping quiet helped the blood to
freeze and the toes to mortify, calamities which really befell several
of the men, as you yourselves are aware.
"I can imagine a third case,
that of some straggler stopping behind, merely to rest for rest's sake,
and hindering you in front and us behind alike from pressing on the
march. If he got a blow with the fist from me it saved him a thrust with
the lance from the enemy. In fact, the opportunity they enjoy to-day of
taking vengeance on me for any treatment which I put upon them
wrongfully, is derived from their salvation then; whereas, if they had
fallen into the enemy's hands, let them ask themselves for what outrage,
however great, they could expect to get satisfaction now. My defence,"
he continued, "is simple: if I chastised any one for his own good, I
claim to suffer the same penalties as parents pay their children or
masters their boys. Does not the surgeon also cauterise and cut us for
our good? But if you really believe that these acts are the outcome of
wanton insolence, I beg you to observe that although to-day, thank God!
I am heartier than formerly, I wear a bolder front now than then, and I
drink more wine, yet I never strike a soul; no, for I see that you have
reached smooth water. When storm arises, and a great sea strikes the
vessel amidships, a mere shake of the head will make the look-out man
furious with the crew in the forecastle, or the helmsman with the men in
the stern sheets, for at such a crisis even a slight slip may ruin
everything. But I appeal to your own verdict, already recorded, in proof
that I was justified in striking these men. You stood by, sirs, with
swords, not voting tablets, in your hands, and it was in your power to
aid the fellows if you liked; but, to speak the honest truth, you
neither aided them nor did you join me in striking the disorderly. In
other words, you enabled any evilly-disposed person among them to give
rein to his wantonness by your passivity. For if you will be at pains to
investigate, you will find that those who were then most cowardly are
the ringleaders to-day in brutality and outrage.
"There is Boiscus the boxer, a
Thessalian, what a battle he fought then to escape carrying his shield!
so tired was he, and to-day I am told he has stripped several citizens
of Cotyora of the clothes on their backs. If then you are wise, you will
treat this personage in a way the contrary to that in which men treat
dogs. A savage dog is tied up on the day and loosed at night, but if you
are wise you will tie this fellow up at night and only let him loose in
the day.
"But really," he added, "it
does surprise me with what keenness you remember and recount the times
when I incurred the hatred of some one; but some other occasions when I
eased the burden of winter and storm for any of you, or beat off an
enemy, or helped to minister to you in sickness and want, not a soul of
you remembers these. Or when for any noble deed done by any of you I
praised the doer, and according to my ability did honour to this brave
man or that; these things have slipped from your memories, and are clean
forgotten. Yet it were surely more noble, just, and holy, sweeter and
kindlier to treasure the memory of good rather than of evil."
He ended, and then one after
another of the assembly got up and began recalling incidents of the kind
suggested, and things ended not so unpleasantly after all.
I
After this, whilst waiting,
they lived partly on supplies from the market, partly on the fruit of
raids into Paphlagonia. The Paphlagonians, on their side, showed much
skill in kidnapping stragglers, wherever they could lay hands on them,
and in the night time tried to do mischief to those whose quarters were
at a distance from the camp. The result was that their relations to one
another were exceedingly hostile, so much so that Corylas, who was the
chief of Paphlagonia at that date, sent ambassadors to the Hellenes,
bearing horses and fine apparel, and charged with a proposal on the part
of Corylas to make terms with the Hellenes on the principle of mutual
forbearance from injuries. The generals replied that they would consult
with the army about the matter. Meanwhile they gave them a hospitable
reception, to which they invited certain members of the army whose
claims were obvious. They sacrificed some of the captive cattle and
other sacrificial beasts, and with these they furnished forth a
sufficiently festal entertainment, and reclining on their truckle beds,
fell to eating and drinking out of beakers made of horn which they
happened to find in the country.
But as soon as the libation was
ended and they had sung the hymn, up got first some Thracians, who
performed a dance under arms to the sound of a pipe, leaping high into
the air with much nimbleness, and brandishing their swords, till at last
one man struck his fellow, and every one thought he was really wounded,
so skilfully and artistically did he fall, and the Paphlagonians
screamed out. Then he that gave the blow stripped the other of his arms,
and marched off chanting the "Sitalcas (1)," whilst others of the
Thracians bore off the other, who lay as if dead, though he had not
received even a scratch.
(1) I.e. the national Thracian hymn; for Sitalcas the king, a national
hero, see Thuc. ii. 29.
After this some Aenianians (2)
and Magnesians got up and fell to dancing the Carpaea, as it is called,
under arms. This was the manner of the dance: one man lays aside his
arms and proceeds to drive a yoke of oxen, and while he drives he sows,
turning him about frequently, as though he were afraid of something; up
comes a cattle-lifter, and no sooner does the ploughman catch sight of
him afar, than he snatches up his arms and confronts him. They fight in
front of his team, and all in rhythm to the sound of the pipe. At last
the robber binds the countryman and drives off the team. Or sometimes
the cattle-driver binds the robber, and then he puts him under the yoke
beside the oxen, with his two hands tied behind his back, and off he
drives.
(2) The Aenianians, an Aeolian people inhabiting the upper valley of
the Sperchius (the ancient Phthia); their capital was Hypata.
These men belonged to the army collected by Menon, the Thessalian.
So, doubtless, did the Magnesians, another Aeolian tribe occupying
the mountainous coast district on the east of Thessaly. See
Kiepert's "Man. Anct. Geog." (Macmillan's tr.), chap. vi.. 161,
170.
After this a Mysian came in
with a light shield in either hand and danced, at one time going through
a pantomime, as if he were dealing with two assailants at once; at
another plying his shields as if to face a single foe, and then again he
would whirl about and throw somersaults, keeping the shields in his
hands, so that it was a beautiful spectacle. Last of all he danced the
Persian dance, clashing the shields together, crouching down on one knee
and springing up again from earth; and all this he did in measured time
to the sound of the flute. After him the Mantineans stepped upon the
stage, and some other Arcadians also stood up; they had accoutred
themselves in all their warlike finery. They marched with measured
tread, pipes playing, to the tune of the 'warrior's march (3)'; the
notes of the paean rose, lightly their limbs moved in dance, as in
solemn procession to the holy gods. The Paphlagonians looked upon it as
something truly strange that all these dances should be under arms; and
the Mysians, seeing their astonishment persuaded one of the Arcadians
who had got a dancing girl to let him introduce her, which he did after
dressing her up magnificently and giving her a light shield. When, lithe
of limb, she danced the Pyrrhic (4), loud clapping followed; and the
Paphlagonians asked, "If these women fought by their side in battle?" to
which they answered, "To be sure, it was the women who routed the great
King, and drove him out of camp." So ended the night.
(3) See Plato, "Rep." 400 B, for this "war measure"; also Aristoph.
"Clouds," 653.
(4) For this famous dance, supposed to be of Doric (Cretan or Spartan)
origin, see Smith's "Dict. of Antiquities," "Saltatio"; also Guhl
and Koner, "The Life of the Greeks and Romans," Eng. tr.
But next day the generals
introduced the embassy to the army, and the soldiers passed a resolution
in the sense proposed: between themselves and the Paphlagonians there
was to be a mutual abstinence from injuries. After this the ambassadors
went on their way, and the Hellenes, as soon as it was thought that
sufficient vessels had arrived, went on board ship, and voyaged a day
and a night with a fair breeze, keeping Paphlagonia on their left. And
on the following day, arriving at Sinope, they came to moorings in the
harbour of Harmene, near Sinope (5). The Sinopeans, though inhabitants
of Paphlagonia, are really colonists of the Milesians. They sent gifts
of hospitality to the Hellenes, three thousand measures of barley with
fifteen hundred jars of wine. At this place Cheirisophus rejoined them
with a man-of-war. The soldiers certainly expected that, having come, he
would have brought them something, but he brought them nothing, except
complimentary phrases, on the part of Anaxibius, the high admiral, and
the rest, who sent them their congratulations, coupled with a promise on
the part of Anaxibius that, as soon as they were outside the Euxine, pay
would be forthcoming.
(5) Harmene, a port of Sinope, between four and five miles (fifty
stades) west of that important city, itself a port town. See
Smith, "Dict. Geog.," "Sinope"; and Kiepert, op. cit. chap. iv.
60.
At Harmene the army halted five
days; and now that they seemed to be so close to Hellas, the question
how they were to reach home not empty-handed presented itself more
forcibly to their minds than heretofore. The conclusion they came to was
to appoint a single general, since one man would be better able to
handle the troops, by night or by day, than was possible while the
generalship was divided. If secrecy were desirable, it would be easier
to keep matters dark, or if again expedition were an object, there would
be less risk of arriving a day too late, since mutual explanations would
be avoided, and whatever approved itself to the single judgement would
at once be carried into effect, whereas previously the generals had done
everything in obedience to the opinion of the majority.
With these ideas working in
their minds, they turned to Xenophon, and the officers came to him and
told him that this was how the soldiers viewed matters; and each of
them, displaying a warmth of kindly feeling, pressed him to accept the
office. Xenophon partly would have liked to do so, in the belief that by
so doing he would win to himself a higher repute in the esteem of his
friends, and that his name would be reported to the city written large;
and by some stroke of fortune he might even be the discoverer of some
blessing to the army collectively.
These and the like
considerations elated him; he had a strong desire to hold the supreme
command. But then again, as he turned the matter over, the conviction
deepened in his mind that the issue of the future is to every man
uncertain; and hence there was the risk of perhaps losing such
reputation has he had already acquired. He was in sore straights, and,
not knowing how to decide, it seemed best to him to lay the matter
before heaven. Accordingly, he led two victims to the altar and made
sacrifice to Zeus the King, for it was he and no other who had been
named by the oracle at Delphi, and his belief was that the vision which
he had beheld when he first essayed to undertake the joint
administration of the army was sent to him by that god. He also recalled
to mind a circumstance which befell him still earlier, when setting out
from Ephesus to associate himself with Cyrus (6);—how an eagle screamed
on his right hand from the east, and still remained perched, and the
soothsayer who was escorting him said that it was a great and royal omen
(7); indicating glory and yet suffering; for the punier race of birds
only attack the eagle when seated. "Yet," added he, "it bodes not gain
in money; for the eagle seizes his food, not when seated, but on the
wing."
(6) Cf. "Cyrop." II. i. 1; an eagle appears to Cyrus on the frontiers
of Persia, when about to join his uncle Cyaxares, king of Media,
on his expedition against the Assyrian.
(7) It is important to note that the Greek word {oionos}, a solitary
or lone-flying bird, also means an omen. "It was a mighty bird and
a mighty omen."
Thus Xenophon sacrificed, and
the god as plainly as might be gave him a sign, neither to demand the
generalship, nor, if chosen, to accept the office. And that was how the
matter stood when the army met, and the proposal to elect a single
leader was unanimous. After this resolution was passed, they proposed
Xenophon for election, and when it seemed quite evident that they would
elect him, if he put the question to the vote, he got up and spoke as
follows:—
"Sirs, I am but mortal, and
must needs be happy to be honoured by you. I thank you, and am grateful,
and my prayer is that the gods may grant me to be an instrument of
blessing to you. Still, when I consider it closer, thus, in the presence
of a Lacedaemonian, to be preferred by you as general, seems to me but
ill conducive either to your interests or to mine, since you will the
less readily obtain from them hereafter anything you may need, while for
myself I look upon acceptance as even somewhat dangerous. Do I not see
and know with what persistence these Lacedaemonians prosecuted the war
till finally they forced our State to acknowledge the leadership of
Lacedaemon? This confession once extorted from their antagonists, they
ceased warring at once, and the siege of the city was at an end. If,
with these facts before my eyes, I seem to be doing all I can to
neutralise their high self-esteem, I cannot escape the reflection that
personally I may be taught wisdom by a painful process. But with your
own idea that under a single general there will be less factiousness
than when there were many, be assured that in choosing some other than
me you will not find me factious. I hold that whosoever sets up factious
opposition to his leader factiously opposes his own safety. While if you
determine to choose me, I should not be surprised were that choice to
entail upon you and me the resentment of other people."
After those remarks on
Xenophon's part, many more got up, one after another, insisting on the
propriety of his undertaking the command. One of them, Agasias the
Stymphalian, said: It was really ridiculous, if things had come to this
pass that the Lacedeamonians are to fly into a rage because a number of
friends have met together to dinner, and omitted to choose a
Lacedaemonian to sit at the head of the table. "Really, if that is how
matters stand," said he, "I do not see what right we have to be officers
even, we who are only Arcadians." That sally brought down the plaudits
of the assembly; and Xenophon, seeing that something more was needed,
stepped forward again and spoke, "Pardon, sirs," he said, "let me make a
clean breast of it. I swear to you by all the gods and goddesses; verily
and indeed, I no sooner perceived your purpose, than I consulted the
victims, whether it was better for you to entrust this leadership to me,
and for me to undertake it, or the reverse. And the gods vouchsafed a
sign to me so plain that even a common man might understand it, and
perceive that from such sovereignty I must needs hold myself aloof."
Under these circumstances they
chose Cheirisophus, who, after his election, stepped forward and said:
"Nay, sirs, be well assured of this, that had you chosen some one else,
I for my part should not have set up factious opposition. As to
Xenophon, I believe you have done him a good turn by not appointing him;
for even now Dexippus has gone some way in traducing him to Anaxibius,
as far as it lay in his power to do so, and that, in spite of my
attempts to silence him. What he said was that he believed Xenophon
would rather share the command of Clearchus's army with Timasion, a
Dardanian, than with himself, a Laconian. But," continued Cheirisophus,
"since your choice has fallen upon me, I will make it my endeavour to do
you all the good in my power; so make your preparations to weigh anchor
to-morrow; wind and weather permitting, we will voyage to Heraclea;
every one must endeavour, therefore, to put in at that port; and for the
rest we will consult, when we are come thither."
II
The next day they weighed
anchor and set sail from Harmene with a fair breeze, two days' voyage
along the coast. (As they coasted along they came in sight of Jason's
beach (1), where, as the story says, the ship Argo came to moorings; and
then the mouths of the rivers, first the Thermodon, then the Iris, then
the Halys, and next to it the Parthenius.) Coasting past (the latter),
they reached Heraclea (2), a Hellenic city and a colony of the Megarians,
situated in the territory of the Mariandynians. So they came to
anchorage off the Acherusian Chersonese, where Heracles (3) is said to
have descended to bring up the dog Cerberus, at a point where they still
show the marks of his descent, a deep cleft more than two furlongs down.
Here the Heracleots sent the Hellenes, as gifts of hospitality, three
thousand measures of barley and two thousand jars of wine, twenty beeves
and one hundred sheep. Through the flat country here flows the Lycus
river, as it is called, about two hundred feet in breadth.
(1) I have left this passage in the text, although it involves, at
first sight, a topographical error on the part of whoever wrote
it, and Hug and other commentators regard it as spurious. Jason's
beach (the modern Yasoun Bouroun) and the three first-named rivers
lie between Cotyora and Sinope. Possibly the author, or one of his
editors, somewhat loosely inserted a recapitulatory note
concerning the scenery of this coasting voyage at this point. "By
the way, I ought to have told you that as they coasted along,"
etc.
(2) One of the most powerful of commercial cities, distinguished as
Pontica (whence, in the middle ages, Penteraklia), now Eregli. It
was one of the older Greek settlements, and, like Kalchedon (to
give that town its proper name), a Megaro-Doric colony. See
Kiepert, op. cit. chap. iv. 62.
(3) According to another version of the legend Heracles went down to
bring up Cerberus, not here, but at Taenarum.
The soldiers held a meeting,
and took counsel about the remainder of the journey: should they make
their exit from the Pontus by sea or by land? and Lycon the Achaean got
up and said: "I am astonished, sirs, that the generals do not endeavour
to provide us more efficiently with provisions. These gifts of
hospitality will not afford three days' victuals for the army; nor do I
see from what region we are to provide ourselves as we march. My
proposal, therefore, is to demand of the Heracleots at least three
thousand cyzicenes." Another speaker suggested, "not less than ten
thousand. Let us at once, before we break up this meeting, send
ambassadors to the city and ascertain their answer to the demand and
take counsel accordingly." Thereupon they proceeded to put up as
ambassadors, first and foremost Cheirisophus, as he had been chosen
general-in-chief; others also named Xenophon.
But both Cheirisophus and
Xenophon stoutly declined, maintaining both alike that they could not
compel a Hellenic city, actually friendly, to give anything which they
did not spontaneously offer. So, since these two appeared to be
backward, the soldiers sent Lycon the Achaean, Callimachus the
Parrhasian, and Agasias the Stymphalian. These three went and announced
the resolutions passed by the army. Lycon, it was said, even went so far
as to threaten certain consequences in case they refused to comply. The
Heracleots said they would deliberate; and, without more ado, they got
together their goods and chattels from their farms and fields outside,
and dismantled the market outside and transferred it within, after which
the gates were closed, and arms appeared at the battlements of the
walls.
At that check, the authors of
these tumultuary measures fell to accusing the generals, as if they had
marred the proceeding; and the Arcadians and Archaeans banded together,
chiefly under the auspices of the two ringleaders, Callimachus the
Parrhasian and Lycon the Achaean. The language they held was to this
effect: It was outrageous that a single Athenian and a Lacedaemonian,
who had not contributed a soldier to the expedition, should rule
Peloponnesians; scandalous that they themselves should bear the toils
whilst others pocketed the spoils, and that too though the preservation
of the army was due to themselves; for, as every one must admit, to the
Arcadians and Achaeans the credit of that achievement was due, and the
rest of the army went for nothing (which was indeed so far true that the
Arcadians and Achaeans did form numerically the larger half of the whole
army). What then did common sense suggest? Why, that they, the Arcadians
and Achaeans, should make common cause, choose generals for themselves
independently, continue the march, and try somewhat to better their
condition. This proposal was carried. All the Arcadians and Achaeans who
chanced to be with Cheirisophus left him and Xenophon, setting up for
themselves and choosing ten generals of their own. These ten, it was
decreed, were to put into effect such measures as approved themselves to
the majority. Thus the absolute authority vested in Cheirisophus was
terminated there and then, within less than a week of his appointment.
Xenophon, however was minded to
prosecute the journey in their company, thinking that this would be a
safer plan than for each to start on his own account. But Neon threw in
his weight in favour of separate action. "Every one for himself," he
said, for he had heard from Cheirisophus that Cleander, the Spartan
governor-general at Byzantium, talked of coming to Calpe Haven with some
war vessels. Neon's advice was due to his desire to secure a passage
home in these war vessels for themselves and their soldiers, without
allowing any one else to share in their good-fortune. As for
Cheirisophus, he was at once so out of heart at the turn things had
taken, and soured with the whole army, that he left it to his
subordinate, Neon, to do just what he liked. Xenophon, on his side,
would still have been glad to be quit of the expedition and sail home;
but on offering sacrifice to Heracles the Leader, and seeking advice,
whether it were better and more desirable to continue the march in
charge of the soldiers who had remained faithful, or to take his
departure, the god indicated to him by the victims that he should adopt
the former course.
In this way the army was now
split up into three divisions (4). First, the Arcadians and Achaeans,
over four thousand five hundred men, all heavy infantry. Secondly,
Cheirisophus and his men, viz. one thousand four hundred heavy infantry
and the seven hundred peltasts, or Clearchus's Thracians. Thirdly,
Xenophon's division of one thousand seven hundred heavy infantry, and
three hundred peltasts; but then he alone had the cavalry—about forty
troopers.
(4) The total now amounted to 8640 and over.
The Arcadians, who had
bargained with the Heracleots and got some vessels from them, were the
first to set sail; they hoped, by pouncing suddenly on the Bithynians,
to make as large a haul as possible. With that object they disembarked
at Calpe Haven (5), pretty nearly at the middle point in Thrace.
Cheirisophus setting off straight from Heraclea, commenced a land march
through the country; but having entered into Thrace, he preferred to
cling to the seaboard, health and strength failing him. Xenophon,
lastly, took vessels, and disembarking on the confines of Thrace and the
Heracleotid, pushed forward through the heart of the country (6).
(5) The Haven of Calpe = Kirpe Liman or Karpe in the modern maps. The
name is interesting as being also the ancient name of the rock
fortress of Gibraltar.
(6) Some MSS. here read, "In the prior chapter will be found a
description of the manner in which the absolute command of
Cheirisophus was abruptly terminated and the army of the Hellenes
broken up. The sequel will show how each of these divisions
fared." The passage is probably one of those commentators' notes,
with which we are now familiar.
III
The Arcadians, disembarking
under cover of night at Calpe Haven, marched against the nearest
villages about thirty furlongs from the sea; and as soon as it was
light, each of the ten generals led his company to attack one village,
or if the village were large, a couple of companies advanced under their
combined generals. They further agreed upon a certain knoll, where they
were all eventually to assemble. So sudden was their attack that they
seized a number of captives and enclosed a multitude of small cattle.
But the Thracians who escaped began to collect again; for being
light-armed troops they had slipped in large numbers through the hands
of the heavy infantry; and now that they were got together they first
attacked the company of the Arcadian general, Smicres, who had done his
work and was retiring to the appointed meeting-place, driving along a
large train of captives and cattle. For a good while the Hellenes
maintained a running fight (1); but at the passage of a gorge the enemy
routed them, slaying Smicres himself and those with him to a man. The
fate of another company under command of Hegesander, another of the ten,
was nearly as bad; only eight men escaped, Hegesander being one of them.
The remaining captains eventually met, some with somewhat to show for
their pains, others empty-handed.
(1) Lit. "marched and fought," as did the forlorn hope under Sir C.
Wilson making its way from Abu Klea to the Nile in Jan. 1885.
The Thracians, having achieved
this success, kept up a continual shouting and clatter of conversation
to one another during the night; but with day-dawn they marshalled
themselves right round the knoll on which the Hellenes were
encamped—both cavalry in large numbers and light-armed troops—while
every minute the stream of new-comers grew greater. Then they commenced
an attack on the heavy infantry in all security, for the Hellenes had
not a single bowman, javelin-man, or mounted trooper amongst them; while
the enemy rushed forward on foot or galloped up on horseback and let fly
their javelins. It was vain to attempt to retaliate, so lightly did they
spring back and escape; and ever the attack renewed itself from every
point, so that on one side man after man was wounded, on the other not a
soul was touched; the result being that they could not stir from their
position, and the Thracians ended by cutting them off even from their
water. In their despair they began to parley about a truce, and finally
various concessions were made and terms agreed to between them; but the
Thracians would not hear of giving hostages in answer to the demand of
the Hellenes; at that point the matter rested. So fared it with the
Arcadians.
As to Cheirisophus, that
general prosecuted his march along the seaboard, and without check
reached Calpe Haven. Xenophon advanced through the heart of the country;
and his cavalry pushing on in front, came upon some old men pursuing
their road somewither, who were brought to him, and in answer to his
question, whether they had caught sight of another Hellenic army
anywhere, told him all that had already taken place, adding that at
present they were being besieged upon a knoll with all the Thracians in
close circle round them. Thereupon he kept the old men under strict
guard to serve as guides in case of need; next, having appointed
outposts, he called a meeting of the soldiers, and addressed them:
"Soldiers, some of the Arcadians are dead and the rest are being
besieged upon a certain knoll. Now my own belief is, that if they are to
perish, with their deaths the seal is set to our own fate: since we must
reckon with an enemy at once numerous and emboldened. Clearly our best
course is to hasten to their rescue, if haply we may find them still
alive, and do battle by their side rather than suffer isolation,
confronting danger single-handed.
"Let us then at once push
forward as far as may seem opportune till supper-time, and then encamp.
As long as we are marching, let Timasion, with the cavalry, gallop on in
front, but without losing sight of us; and let him examine all closely
in front, so that nothing may escape our observation." (At the same time
too, he sent out some nimble fellows of the light-armed troops to the
flanks and to the high tops, who were to give a signal if they espied
anything anywhere; ordering them to burn everything inflammable which
lay in their path.) "As for ourselves," he continued, "we need not look
to find cover in any direction; for it is a long step back to Heraclea
and a long leap across to Chrysopolis, and the enemy is at the door. The
shortest road is to Calpe Haven, where we suppose Cheirisophus, if safe,
to be; but then, when we get there, at Calpe Haven there are no vessels
for us to sail away in; and if we stop here, we have not provisions for
a single day. Suppose the beleaguered Arcadians left to their fate, we
shall find it but a sorry alternative to run the gauntlet with
Cheirisophus's detachment alone; better to save them if we can, and with
united forces work out our deliverance in common. But if so, we must set
out with minds prepared, since to-day either a glorious death awaits us
or the achievement of a deed of noblest emprise in the rescue of so many
Hellene lives. Maybe it is God who leads us thus, God who chooses to
humble the proud boaster, boasting as though he were exceedingly wise,
but for us, the beginning of whose every act is by heaven's grace, that
same God reserves a higher grade of honour. One duty I would recall to
you, to apply your minds to the execution of the orders with
promptitude."
With these words he led the
way. The cavalry, scattering as far in advance as was prudent, wherever
they set foot, set fire. The peltasts moving parallel on the high ground
were similarly employed, burning everything combustible they could
discover. While the main army, wherever they came upon anything which
had accidentally escaped, completed the work, so that the whole country
looked as if it were ablaze; and the army might easily pass for a larger
one. When the hour had come, they turned aside to a knoll and took up
quarters; and there they espied the enemy's watch-fires. He was about
forty furlongs distant. On their side also they kindled as many
watch-fires as possible; but as soon as they had dined the order was
passed to quench all the fires. So during the night they posted guards
and slept. But at daybreak they offered prayers to the gods, and drawing
up in order of battle, began marching with what speed they might.
Timasion and the cavalry, who had the guides with them, and were moving
on briskly in front, found themselves without knowing it at the very
knoll upon which the Hellenes had been beleaguered. But no army could
they discover, whether of friend or foe; only some starveling old women
and men, with a few sheep and oxen which had been left behind. This news
they reported to Xenophon and the main body. At first the marvel was
what had happened; but ere long they found out by inquiries from the
folk who had been left behind, that the Thracians had set off
immediately after sundown, and were gone; the Hellenes had waited till
morning before they made off, but in what direction, they could not say.
On hearing this, Xenophon's
troops first breakfasted, and then getting their kit together began
their march, desiring to unite with the rest at Calpe's Haven without
loss of time. As they continued their march, they came across the track
of the Arcadians and Achaeans along the road to Calpe, and both
divisions arriving eventually at the same place, were overjoyed to see
one another again, and they embraced each other like brothers. Then the
Arcadians inquired of Xenophon's officers—why they had quenched the
watch-fires?"At first," said they, "when we lost sight of your
watch-fires, we expected you to attack the enemy in the night; and the
enemy, so at least we imagined, must have been afraid of that and so set
off. The time at any rate at which they set off would correspond. But
when the requisite time had elapsed and you did not come, we concluded
that you must have learnt what was happening to us, and in terror had
made a bolt for it to the seaboard. We resolved not to be left behind by
you; and that is how we also came to march hither."
IV
During this day they contented
themselves with bivouacking there on the beach at the harbour. The place
which goes by the name of Calpe Haven is in Asiatic Thrace, the name
given to a region extending from the mouth of the Euxine all the way to
Heraclea, which lies on the right hand as you sail into the Euxine. It
is a long day's voyage for a war-ship, using her three banks of oars,
from Byzantium to Heraclea, and between these two there is not a single
Hellenic or friendly city, but only these Bithynian Thracians, who have
a bad reputation for the savagery with which they treat any Hellenes
cast ashore by shipwreck or otherwise thrown into their power.
Now the haven of Calpe lies
exactly midway, halving the voyage between Byzantium and Heraclea. It is
a long promontory running out into the sea; the seaward portion being a
rocky precipice, at no point less than twenty fathoms high; but on the
landward side there is a neck about four hundred feet wide; and the
space inside the neck is capable of accommodating ten thousand
inhabitants, and there is a haven immediately under the crag with a
beach facing the west. Then there is a copious spring of fresh water
flowing on the very marge of the sea commanded by the stronghold. Again,
there is plenty of wood of various sorts; but most plentiful of all,
fine shipbuilding timber down to the very edge of the sea. The upland
stretches into the heart of the country for twenty furlongs at least. It
is good loamy soil, free from stones. For a still greater distance the
seaboard is thickly grown with large timber trees of every description.
The surrounding country is beautiful and spacious, containing numerous
well populated villages. The soil produces barley and wheat, and pulse
of all sorts, millet and sesame, figs in ample supply, with numerous
vines producing sweet wines, and indeed everything else except olives.
Such is the character of the country.
The tents were pitched on the
seaward-facing beach, the soldiers being altogether averse to camping on
ground which might so easily be converted into a city. Indeed, their
arrival at the place at all seemed very like the crafty design of some
persons who were minded to form a city. The aversion was not unnatural,
since the majority of the soldiers had not left their homes on so long a
voyage from scantiness or subsistence, but attracted by the fame of
Cyrus's virtues; some of them bringing followers, while others had
expended money on the expedition. And amongst them was a third set who
had run away from fathers and mothers; while a different class had left
children behind, hoping to return to them with money or other gains.
Other people with Cyrus won great success, they were told (1); why
should it not be so with them? Being persons then of this description,
the one longing of their hearts was to reach Hellas safely.
(1) I.e. "his society was itself a passport to good fortune."
It was on the day after their
meeting that Xenophon sacrificed as a preliminary to a military
expedition; for it was needful to march out in search of provisions,
besides which he designed burying the dead. As soon as the victims
proved favourable they all setout, the Arcadians following with the
rest. The majority of the dead, who had lain already five days, they
buried just where they had fallen, in groups; to remove their bodies now
would have been impossible. Some few, who lay off the roads, they got
together and buried with what splendour they could, considering the
means in their power. Others they could not find, and for these they
erected a great cenotaph (2), and covered it with wreaths. When it was
all done, they returned home to camp. At that time they supped, and went
to rest.
(2) "Cenotaph", i.e. "an empty tomb." The word is interesting as
occurring only in Xenophon, until we come to the writers of the
common dialect. Compare "hyuscyamus," hogbean, our henbane, which
we also owe to Xenophon. "Oecon." i. 13, see Sauppe, "Lexil. Xen."
s.vv.
Next day there was a general
meeting of the soldiers, collected chiefly by Agasias the Stymphalian, a
captain, and Hieronymus, an Eleian, also a captain, and other seniors of
the Arcadians; and they passed a resolution that, for the future,
whoever revived the idea of breaking up the army should be punished by
death. And the army, it was decided, would now resume its old position
under the command of its former generals. Though Cheirisophus, indeed,
had already died under medical treatment for fever (3); and Neon the
Asinaean had taken his place.
(3) This I take to be the meaning of the words, which are necessarily
ambiguous, since {pharmakon}, "a drug," also means "poison." Did
Cheirisophus conceivably die of fever brought on by some poisonous
draught? or did he take poison whilst suffering from fever? or did
he die under treatment?
After these resolutions
Xenophon got up and said: "Soldiers, the journey must now, I presume, be
conducted on foot; indeed, this is clear, since we have no vessels; and
we are driven to commence it at once, for we have no provisions if we
stop. We then," he continued, "will sacrifice, and you must prepare
yourselves to fight now, if ever, for the spirit of the enemy has
revived."
Thereupon the generals
sacrificed, in the presence of the Arcadian seer, Arexion; for Silanus
the Ambraciot had chartered a vessel at Heraclea and made his escape ere
this. Sacrificing with a view to departure, the victims proved
unfavourable to them. Accordingly they waited that day. Certain people
were bold enough to say that Xenophon, out of his desire to colonise the
place, had persuaded the seer to say that the victims were unfavourable
to departure. Consequently he proclaimed by herald next morning that any
one who liked should be present at the sacrifice; or if he were a seer
he was bidden to be present and help to inspect the victims. Then he
sacrificed, and there were numbers present; but though the sacrifice on
the question of departure was repeated as many as three times, the
victims were persistently unfavourable. Thereat the soldiers were in
high dudgeon, for the provisions they had brought with them had reached
the lowest ebb, and there was no market to be had.
Consequently there was another
meeting, and Xenophon spoke again: "Men," said he, "the victims are, as
you may see for yourselves, not yet favourable to the march; but
meanwhile, I can see for myself that you are in need of provisions;
accordingly we must narrow the sacrifice to the particular point." Some
one got up and said: "Naturally enough the victims are unfavourable,
for, as I learnt from some one on a vessel which arrived here yesterday
by accident, Cleander, the governor at Byzantium, intends coming here
with ships and men-of-war." Thereat they were all in favour of stopping;
but they must needs go out for provisions, and with this object he again
sacrificed three times, and the victims remained adverse. Things had now
reached such a pass that the men actually came to Xenophon's tent to
proclaim that they had no provisions. His sole answer was that he would
not lead them out till the victims were favourable.
So again the next day he
sacrificed; and nearly the whole army, so strong was the general
anxiety, flocked round the victims; and now the very victims themselves
failed. So the generals, instead of leading out the army, called the men
together. Xenophon, as was incumbent on him, spoke: "It is quite
possible that the enemy are collected in a body, and we shall have to
fight. If we were to leave our baggage in the strong place" (pointing
overhead) "and sally forth prepared for battle, the victims might favour
us." But the soldiers, on hearing this proposal, cried out, "No need to
take us inside that place; better sacrifice with all speed." Now sheep
there were none any longer. So they purchased oxen from under a wagon
and sacrificed; and Xenophon begged Cleanor the Arcadian to superintend
the sacrifice on his behalf, in case there might be some change now. But
even so there was no improvement.
Now Neon was general in place
of Cheirisophus, and seeing the men suffering so cruelly from want, he
was willing to do them a good turn. So he got hold of some Heracleot or
other who said he knew of villages close by from which they could get
provisions, and proclaimed by herald: "If any one liked to come out and
get provisions, be it known that he, Neon, would be their leader." So
out came the men with spears, and wine skins and sacks and other
vessels—two thousand strong in all. But when they had reached the
villages and began to scatter for the purpose of foraging, Pharnabazus's
cavalry were the first to fall upon them. They had come to the aid of
the Bithynians, wishing, if possible, in conjunction with the latter, to
hinder the Hellenes from entering Phrygia. These troopers killed no less
than five hundred of the men; the rest fled for the lives up into the
hill country.
News of the catastrophe was
presently brought into camp by one of those who had escaped, and
Xenophon, seeing that the victims had not been favourable on that day,
took a wagon bullock, in the absence of other sacrificial beasts,
offered it up, and started for the rescue, he and the rest under thirty
years of age to the last man. Thus they picked up the remnant of Neon's
party and returned to camp. It was now about sunset; and the Hellenes in
deep despondency were making their evening meal, when all of a sudden,
through bush and brake, a party of Bithynians fell upon the pickets,
cutting down some and chasing the rest into camp. In the midst of
screams and shouts the Hellenes ran to their arms, one and all; yet to
pursue or move the camp in the night seemed hardly safe, for the ground
was thickly grown with bush; all they could do was to strengthen the
outposts and keep watch under arms the livelong night.
V
And so they spent the night,
but with day-dawn the generals led the way into the natural fastness,
and the others picked up their arms and baggage and followed the lead.
Before the breakfast-hour arrived, they had fenced off with a ditch the
only side on which lay ingress into the place, and had palisaded off the
whole, leaving only three gates. Anon a ship from Heraclea arrived
bringing barleymeal, victim animals, and wine.
Xenophon was up betimes, and
made the usual offering before starting on an expedition, and at the
first victim the sacrifice was favourable. Just as the sacrifice ended,
the seer, Arexion the Parrhasian, caught sight of an eagle, which boded
well, and bade Xenophon lead on. So they crossed the trench and grounded
arms. Then proclamation was made by herald for the soldiers to breakfast
and start on an expedition under arms; the mob of sutlers and the
captured slaves would be left in camp. Accordingly the mass of the
troops set out. Neon alone remained; for it seemed best to leave that
general and his men to guard the contents of the camp. But when the
officers and soldiers had left them in the lurch, they were so ashamed
to stop in camp while the rest marched out, that they too set out,
leaving only those above five-and-forty years of age.
These then stayed, while the
rest set out on the march. Before they had gone two miles, they stumbled
upon dead bodies, and when they had brought up the rear of the column in
a line with the first bodies to be seen, they began digging graves and
burying all included in the column from end to end. After burying the
first batch, they advanced, and again bringing the rear even with the
first unburied bodies which appeared, they buried in the same way all
which the line of troops included. Finally, reaching the road that led
out of the villages where the bodies lay thick together, they collected
them and laid them in a common grave.
It was now about midday, when
pushing forward the troops up to the villages without entering them,
they proceeded to seize provisions, laying hands on everything they
could set eyes on under cover of their lines; when suddenly they caught
sight of the enemy cresting certain hillocks in front of them, duly
marshalled in line—a large body of cavalry and infantry. It was
Spithridates and Rhathines, sent by Pharnabazus with their force at
their backs. As soon as the enemy caught sight of the Hellenes, they
stood still, about two miles distant. Then Arexion the seer sacrificed,
and at the first essay the victims were favourable. Whereupon Xenophon
addressed the other generals: "I would advise, sirs, that we should
detach one or more flying columns to support our main attack, so that in
case of need at any point we may have reserves in readiness to assist
our main body, and the enemy, in the confusion of battle, may find
himself attacking the unbroken lines of troops not hitherto engaged."
These views approved themselves to all. "Do you then," said he, "lead on
the vanguard straight at the enemy. Do not let us stand parleying here,
now that we have caught sight of him and he of us. I will detach the
hindmost companies in the way we have decided upon and follow you."
After that they quietly advanced, and he, withdrawing the rear-rank
companies in three brigades consisting of a couple of hundred men
apiece, commissioned the first on the right to follow the main body at
the distance of a hundred feet. Samolas the Achaean was in command of
this brigade. The duty of the second, under the command of Pyrrhias the
Arcadian, was to follow in the centre. The last was posted on the left,
with Phrasias, an Athenian, in command. As they advanced, the vanguard
reached a large and difficult woody glen, and halted, not knowing
whether the obstacle needed to be crossed or not. They passed down the
word for the generals and officers to come forward to the front.
Xenophon, wondering what it was that stopped the march, and presently
hearing the above order passed along the ranks, rode up with all speed.
As soon as they were met, Sophaenetus, as the eldest general, stated his
opinion that the question, whether a gully of that kind ought to be
crossed or not, was not worth discussing. Xenophon, with some ardour,
retorted: "You know, sirs, I have not been in the habit hitherto of
introducing you to danger which you might avoid. It is not your
reputation for courage surely that is at stake, but your safe return
home. But now the matter stands thus: It is impossible to retire from
this point without a battle; if we do not advance against the enemy
ourselves, he will follow us as soon as we have turned our backs and
attack us. Consider, then; is it better to go and meet the foe with arms
advanced, or with arms reversed to watch him as he assails us on our
rear? You know this at any rate, that to retire before an enemy has
nothing glorious about it, whereas attack engenders courage even in a
coward. For my part, I would rather at any time attack with half my men
than retreat with twice the number. As to these fellows, if we attack
them, I am sure you do not really expect them to await us; though, if we
retreat, we know for certain they will be emboldened to pursue us. Nay,
if the result of crossing is to place a difficult gully behind us when
we are on the point of engaging, surely that is an advantage worth
seizing. At least, if it were left to me, I would choose that everything
should appear smooth and passable to the enemy, which may invite
retreat; but for ourselves we may bless the ground which teaches us that
except in victory we have no deliverance. It astonishes me that any one
should deem this particular gully a whit more terrible than any of the
other barriers which we have successfully passed. How impassable was the
plain, had we failed to conquer their cavalry! how insurmountable the
mountains already traversed by us, with all their peltasts in hot
pursuit at our heels! Nay, when we have safely reached the sea, the
Pontus will present a somewhat formidable gully, when we have neither
vessels to convey us away nor corn to keep us alive whilst we stop. But
we shall no sooner be there than we must be off again to get provisions.
Surely it is better to fight to-day after a good breakfast than
to-morrow on an empty stomach. Sirs, the offerings are favourable to us,
the omens are propitious, the victims more than promising; let us attack
the enemy! Now that they have had a good look at us, these fellows must
not be allowed to enjoy their dinners or choose a camp at their own
sweet will."
After that the officers bade
him lead on. None gainsaid, and he led the way. His orders were to cross
the gully, where each man chanced to find himself. By this method, as it
seemed to him, the troops would more quickly mass themselves on the far
side than was possible, if they defiled along (1) the bridge which
spanned the gully. But once across he passed along the line and
addressed the troops: "Sirs, call to mind what by help of the gods you
have already done. Bethink you of the battles you have won at close
quarters with the foe; of the fate which awaits those who flee before
their foes. Forget not that we stand at the very doors of Hellas. Follow
in the steps of Heracles, our guide, and cheer each the other onwards by
name. Sweet were it surely by some brave and noble word or deed, spoken
or done this day, to leave the memory of oneself in the hearts of those
one loves."
(1) Lit. "had they wound off thread by thread"; the metaphor is from
unwinding a ball of wool.
These words were spoken as he
rode past, and simultaneously he began leading on the troops in battle
line; and, placing the peltasts on either flank of the main body, they
moved against the enemy. Along the line the order had sped "to keep
their spears at rest on the right shoulder until the bugle signal; then
lower them for the charge, slow march, and even pace, no one to quicken
into a run." Lastly, the watchword was passed, "Zeus the Saviour,
Heracles our Guide." The enemy waited their approach, confident in the
excellence of his position; but as they drew closer the Hellene light
troops, with a loud alala! without waiting for the order, dashed against
the foe. The latter, on their side, came forward eagerly to meet the
charge, both the cavalry and the mass of the Bithynians; and these
turned the peltasts. But when with counter-wave the phalanx of the heavy
infantry rapidly advancing, faced them, and at the same time the bugle
sounded, and the battle hymn rose from all lips, and after this a loud
cheer rose, and at the same instant they couched their spears;—at this
conjuncture the enemy no longer welcomed them, but fled. Timasion with
his cavalry followed close, and, considering their scant numbers, they
did great execution. It was the left wing of the enemy, in a line with
which the Hellene cavalry were posted, that was so speedily scattered.
But the right, which was not so hotly pursued, collected upon a knoll;
and when the Hellenes saw them standing firm, it seemed the easiest and
least dangerous course to go against them at once. Raising the battle
hymn, they straightway fell upon them, but the others did not await
their coming. Thereupon the peltasts gave chase until the right of the
enemy was in its turn scattered, though with slight loss in killed; for
the enemy's cavalry was numerous and threatening.
But when the Hellenes saw the
cavalry of Pharnabazus still standing in compact order, and the
Bithynian horsemen massing together as if to join it, and like
spectators gazing down from a knoll at the occurrences below; though
weary, they determined to attack the enemy as best they could, and not
suffer him to recover breath with reviving courage. So they formed in
compact line and advanced. Thereupon the hostile cavalry turned and fled
down the steep as swiftly as if they had been pursued by cavalry. In
fact they sought the shelter of a gully, the existence of which was
unknown to the Hellenes. The latter accordingly turned aside too soon
and gave up the chase, for it was too late. Returning to the point where
the first encounter took place they erected a trophy, and went back to
the sea about sunset. It was something like seven miles to camp.
VI
After this the enemy confined
themselves to their own concerns, and removed their households and
property as far away as possible. The Hellenes, on their side, were
still awaiting the arrival of Cleander with the ships of war and
transports, which ought to be there soon. So each day they went out with
the baggage animals and slaves and fearlessly brought in wheat and
barley, wine and vegetables, millet and figs; since the district
produced all good things, the olive alone excepted. When the army stayed
in camp to rest, pillaging parties were allowed to go out, and those who
went out appropriated the spoils; but when the whole army went out, if
any one went off apart and seized anything, it was voted to be public
property. Ere long there was an ample abundance of supplies of all
sorts, for marketables arrived from Hellenic cities on all sides, and
marts were established. Mariners coasting by, and hearing that a city
was being founded and that there was a harbour, were glad to put in.
Even the hostile tribes dwelling in the neighbourhood presently began to
send envoys to Xenophon. It was he who was forming the place into a
city, as they understood, and they would be glad to learn on what terms
they might secure his friendship. He made a point of introducing these
visitors to the soldiers.
Meanwhile Cleander arrived with
two ships of war, but not a single transport. At the moment of his
arrival, as it happened, the army had taken the field, and a separate
party had gone off on a pillaging expedition into the hills and had
captured a number of small cattle. In thir apprehension of being
deprived of them, these same people spoke to Dexippus (this was the same
man who had made off from Trapezus with the fifty-oared galley), and
urged him to save their sheep for them. "Take some for yourself," said
they, "and give the rest back to us." So, without more ado, he drove off
the soldiers standing near, who kept repeating that the spoil was public
property. Then off he went to Cleander. "Here is an attempt," said he,
"at robbery." Cleander bade him to bring up the culprit to him. Dexippus
seized on some one, and was for haling him to the Spartan governor. Just
then Agasias came across him and rescued the man, who was a member of
his company; and the rest of the soldiers present set to work to stone
Dexippus, calling him "traitor." Things looked so ill that a number of
the crew of the ships of war took fright and fled to the sea, and with
the rest Cleander himself. Xenophon and the other generals tried to hold
the men back, assuring Cleander that the affair signified nothing at
all, and that the origin of it was a decree pased by the army. That was
to blame, if anything. But Cleander, goaded by Dexippus, and personally
annoyed at the fright which he had experienced, threatened to sail away
and publish an interdict against them, forbidding any city to receive
them, as being public enemies. For at this date the Lacedaemonians held
sway over the whole Hellenic world.
Thereat the affair began to
wear an ugly look, and the Hellenes begged and implored Cleander to
reconsider his intention. He replied that he would be as good as his
word, and that nothing should stop him, unless the man who set the
example of stoning, with the other who rescued the prisoner, were given
up to him. Now, one of the two whose persons were thus demanded—Agasias—had
been a friend to Xenophon throughout; and that was just why Dexippus was
all the more anxious to accuse him. In their perplexity the generals
summoned a full meeting of the soldiers, and some speakers were disposed
to make very light of Cleander and set him at naught. But Xenophon took
a more serious view of the matter; he rose and addressed the meeting
thus: "Soldiers, I cannot say that I feel disposed to make light of this
business, if Cleander be allowed to go away, as he threatens to do, in
his present temper towards us. There are Hellenic cities close by; but
then the Lacedaemonians are the lords of Hellas, and they can, any one
of them, carry out whatever they like in the cities. If then the first
thing this Lacedaemonian does is to close the gates of Byzantium, and
next to pass an order to the other governors, city by city, not to
receive us because we are a set of lawless ruffians disloyal to the
Lacedaemonians; and if, further, this report of us should reach the ears
of their admiral, Anaxibius, to stay or to sail away will alike be
difficult. Remember, the Lacedaemonians at the present time are lords
alike on land and on sea. For the sake then of a single man, or for two
men's sake, it is not right that the rest of us should be debarred from
Hellas; but whatever they enjoin we must obey. Do not the cities which
gave us birth yield them obedience also? For my own part, inasmuch as
Dexippus, I believe, keeps telling Cleander that Agasias would never
have done this had not I, Xenophon, bidden him, I absolve you of all
complicity, and Agasias too, if Agasias himself states that I am in any
way a prime mover in this matter. If I have set the fashion of
stone-throwing or any other sort of violence I condemn myself—I say that
I deserve the extreme penalty, and I will submit to undergo it. I
further say that if any one else is accused, that man is bound to
surrender himself to Cleander for judgement, for by this means you will
be absolved entirely from the accusation. But as the matter now stands,
it is cruel that just when we were aspiring to win praise and honour
throughout Hellas, we are destined to sink below the level of the rest
of the world, banned from the Hellenic cities whose common name we
boast."
After him Agasias got up, and
said, "I swear to you, sirs, by the gods and goddesses, verily and
indeed, neither Xenophon nor any one else among you bade me rescue the
man. I saw an honest man—one of my own company—being taken up by
Dexippus, the man who betrayed you, as you know full well. That I could
not endure; I rescued him, I admit the fact. Do not you deliver me up. I
will surrender myself, as Xenophon suggests, to Cleander to pass what
verdict on me he thinks right. Do not, for the sake of such a matter,
make foes of the Lacedaemonians; rather God grant that (1) each of you
may safely reach the goal of his desire. Only do you choose from among
yourselves and send with me to Cleander those who, in case of any
omission on my part, may by their words and acts supply what is
lacking." Thereupon the army granted him to choose for himself whom he
would have go with him and to go; and he at once chose the generals.
After this they all set off to Cleander—Agasias and the generals and the
man who had been rescued by Agasias—and the generals spoke as follows:
"The army has sent us to you, Cleander, and this is their bidding: 'If
you have fault to find with all, they say, you ought to pass sentence on
all, and do with them what seems best; or if the charge is against one
man or two, or possibly several, what they expect of these people is to
surrender themselves to you for judgement.' Accordingly, if you lay
anything to the charge of us generals, here we stand at your bar. Or do
you impute the fault to some one not here? tell us whom. Short of flying
in the face of our authority, there is no one who will absent himself."
(1) Reading with the best MSS., {sozoisthe}. Agasias ends his sentence
with a prayer. Al. {sozesthe}, "act so that each," etc.
At this point Agasias stepped
forward and said: "It was I, Cleander, who rescued the man before you
yonder from Dexippus, when the latter was carrying him off, and it was I
who gave the order to strike Dexippus. My plea is that I know the
prisoner to be an honest man. As to Dexippus, I know that he was chosen
by the army to command a fifty-oared galley, which we had obtained by
request from the men of Trapezus for the express purpose of collecting
vessels to carry us safely home. But this same Dexippus betrayed his
fellow-soldiers, with whom he had been delivered from so many perils,
and made off into hiding like a runaway slave, whereby we have robbed
the Trapezuntines of their frigate, and must needs appear as knaves in
their eyes for this man's sake. As to ourselves, as far as he could, he
has ruined us; for, like the rest of us, he had heard how all but
impossible it was for us to retreat by foot across the rivers and to
reach Hellas in safety. That is the stamp of man whom I robbed of his
prey. Now, had it been you yourself who carried him off, or one of your
emissaries, or indeed any one short of a runaway from ourselves, be sure
that I should have acted far otherwise. Be assured that if you put me to
death at this time you are sacrificing a good, honest man for the sake
of a coward and a scamp."
When he had listened to these
remarks, Cleander replied that if such had been the conduct of Dexippus,
he could not congratulate him. "But still," he added, turning to the
generals, "were Dexippus ever so great a scamp he ought not to suffer
violence; but in the language of your own demand he was entitled to a
fair trial, and so to obtain his deserts. What I have to say at present
therefore is: leave your friend here and go your way, and when I give
the order be present at the trial. I have no further charge against the
army or any one, since the prisoner himself admits that he rescued the
man." Then the man who had been rescued said: "In behalf of myself,
Cleander, if possibly you think that I was being taken up for some
misdeed, it is not so; I neither struck nor shot; I merely said, 'The
sheep are public property;' for it was a resolution of the soldiers that
whenever the army went out as a body any booty privately obtained was to
be public property. That was all I said, and thereupon yonder fellow
seized me and began dragging me off. He wanted to stop our mouths, so
that he might have a share of the things himself, and keep the rest for
these buccaneers, contrary to the ordinance." In answer to that Cleander
said: "Very well, if that is your disposition you can stay behind too,
and we will take your case into consideration also."
Thereupon Cleander and his
party proceeded to breakfast; but Xenophon collected the army in
assembly, and advised their sending a deputation to Cleander to
intercede in behalf of the men. Accordingly it was resolved to send some
generals and officers with Dracontius the Spartan, and of the rest those
who seemed best fitted to go. The deputation was to request Cleander by
all means to release the two men. Accordingly Xenophon came and
addressed him thus: "Cleander, you have the men; the army has bowed to
you and assented to do what you wished with respect to these two members
of their body and themselves in general. But now they beg and pray you
to give up these two men, and not to put them to death. Many a good
service have these two wrought for our army in past days. Let them but
obtain this from you, and in return the army promises that, if you will
put yourself at their head and the gracious gods approve, they will show
you how orderly they are, how apt to obey their general, and, with
heaven's help, to face their foes unflinchingly. They make this further
request to you, that you will present yourself and take command of them
and make trial of them. 'Test us ourselves,' they say, 'and test
Dexippus, what each of us is like, and afterwards assign to each his
due.'" When Cleander heard these things, he answered: "Nay, by the twin
gods, I will answer you quickly enough. Here I make you a present of the
two men, and I will as you say present myself, and then, if the gods
vouchsafe, I will put myself at your head and lead you into Hellas. Very
different is your language from the tale I used to hear concerning you
from certain people, that you wanted to withdraw the army from
allegiance to the Lacedaemonians."
After this the deputation
thanked him and retired, taking with them the two men; then Cleander
sacrificed as a preliminary to marching and consorted friendlily with
Xenophon, and the two struck up an alliance. When the Spartan saw with
what good discipline the men carried out their orders, he was still more
anxious to become their leader. However, in spite of sacrifices repeated
on three successive days, the victims steadily remained unfavourable. So
he summoned the generals and said to them: "The victims smile not on me,
they suffer me not to lead you home; but be not out of heart at that. To
you it is given, as it would appear, to bring your men safe home.
Forwards then, and for our part, whenever you come yonder, we will
bestow on you as warm a welcome as we may."
Then the soldiers resolved to
make him a present of the public cattle, which he accepted, but again
gave back to them. So he sailed away; but the soldiers made division of
the corn which they had collected and of the other captured property,
and commenced their homeward march through the territory of the
Bithynians.
At first they confined
themselves to the main road; but not chancing upon anything whereby they
might reach a friendly territory with something in their pockets for
themselves, they resolved to turn sharp round, and marched for one day
and night in the opposite direction. By this proceeding they captured
many slaves and much small cattle; and on the sixth day reached
Chrysopolis in Chalcedonia (2). Here they halted seven days while they
disposed of their booty by sale.
(2) The name should be written "Calchedonia." The false form drove out
the more correct, probably through a mispronunciation, based on a
wrong derivation, at some date long ago. The sites of Chrysopolis
and Calchedon correspond respectively to the modern Scutari and
Kadikoi.
(In the earlier portion of the narrative will be found a
detailed history of the fortunes of the Hellenes during their
march up country with Cyrus down to the date of the battle;
and, subsequently to his death, until they reached the Euxine;
as also of all their doings in their efforts to escape from
the Euxine, partly by land marches and partly under sail by
sea, until they found themselves outside the mouth of the
Black Sea (south of the Bosphorus) at Chrysopolis in Asia.)
I
At this point Pharnabazus, who
was afraid that the army might undertake a campaign against his satrapy,
sent to Anaxibius, the Spartan high admiral, who chanced to be in
Byzantium, and begged him to convey the army out of Asia, undertaking to
comply with his wishes in every respect. Anaxibius accordingly sent to
summon the generals and officers to Byzantium, and promised that the
soldiers should not lack pay for service, if they crossed the strait.
The officers said that they would deliberate and return an answer.
Xenophon individually informed them that he was about to quit the army
at once, and was only anxious to set sail. Anaxibius pressed him not to
be in so great a hurry: "Cross over with the rest," he said, "and then
it will be time enough to think about quitting the army." This the other
undertook to do.
Now Seuthes the Thracian sent
Medosades and begged Xenophon to use his influence to get the army
across. "Tell Xenophon, if he will do his best for me in this matter, he
will not regret it." Xenophon answered: "The army is in any case going
to cross; so that, as far as that is concerned, Seuthes is under no
obligation to me or to any one else; but as soon as it is once across, I
personally shall be quit of it. Let Seuthes, therefore, as far as he may
deem consistent with prudence, apply to those who are going to remain
and will have a voice in affairs."
After this the whole body of
troops crossed to Byzantium. But Anaxibius, instead of proceeding to
give pay, made proclamation that, "The soldiers were to take up their
arms and baggage and go forth," as if all he wished were to ascertain
their numbers and bid them god-speed at the same moment. The soldiers
were not well pleased at that, because they had no money to furnish
themselves with provisions for the march; and they sluggishly set about
getting their baggage together. Xenophon meanwhile, being on terms of
intimacy with the governor, Cleander, came to pay his host a final
visit, and bid him adieu, being on the point of setting sail. But the
other protested; "Do not do so, or else," said he, "you will be blamed,
for even now certain people are disposed to hold you to account because
the army is so slow in getting under weigh." The other answered, "Nay, I
am not to blame for that. It is the men themselves, who are in want of
provisions; that is why they are out of heart at their exodus." "All the
same," he replied, "I advise you to go out, as if you intended to march
with them, and when you are well outside, it will be time enough to take
yourself off." "Well then," said Xenophon, "we will go and arrange all
this with Anaxibius." They went and stated the case to the admiral, who
insisted that they must do as he had said, and march out, bag and
baggage, by the quickest road; and as an appendix to the former edict,
he added, "Any one absenting himself from the review and the muster will
have himself to blame for the consequences." This was peremptory. So out
marched, the generals first, and then the rest; and now, with the
exception of here a man and there, they were all outside; it was a
"clean sweep"; and Eteonicus stood posted near the gates, ready to close
them, as soon as the men were fairly out, and to thrust in the bolt pin.
Then Anaxibius summoned the
generals and captains, and addressed them: "Provisions you had better
get from the Thracian villages; you will find plenty of barley, wheat,
and other necessaries in them; and when you have got them, off with you
to the Chersonese, where Cyniscus will take you into his service." Some
of the soldiers overheard what was said, or possibly one of the officers
was the medium of communication; however it was, the news was handed on
to the army. As to the generals, their immediate concern was to try and
gain some information as to Seuthes: "Was he hostile or friendly? also,
would they have to march through the Sacred mountain (1), or round about
through the middle of Thrace?"
(1) So the mountain-range is named which runs parallel to the
Propontis (Sea of Marmora) from lat. 41 degrees N. circa to lat.
40 degrees 30'; from Bisanthe (Rhodosto) to the neck of the
Chersonese (Gallipoli).
While they were discussing
these points, the soldiers snatched up their arms and made a rush full
speed at the gates, with the intention of getting inside the
fortification again. But Eteonicus and his men, seeing the heavy
infantry coming up at a run promptly closed the gates and thrust in the
bolt pin. Then the soldiers fell to battering the gates, exclaiming that
it was iniquitous to thrust them forth in this fashion into the jaws of
their enemies. "If you do not of your own accord open the gates," they
cried, "we will split them in half"; and another set rushed down to the
sea, and so along the break-water and over the wall into the city; while
a third set, consisting of those few who were still inside, having never
left the city, seeing the affair at the gates, severed the bars with
axes and flung the portals wide open; and the rest came pouring in.
Xenophon, seeing what was
happening, was seized with alarm lest the army betake itself to pillage,
and ills incurable be wrought to the city, to himself, and to the
soldiers. Then he set off, and, plunging into the throng, was swept
through the gates with the crowd. The Byzantines no sooner saw the
soldiers forcibly rushing in than they left the open square, and fled,
some to the shipping, others to their homes, while those already indoors
came racing out, and some fell to dragging down their ships of war,
hoping possibly to be safe on board these; while there was not a soul
who doubted but that the city was taken, and that they were all undone.
Eteonicus made a swift retreat to the citadel. Anaxibius ran down to the
sea, and, getting on board a fisherman's smack, sailed round to the
acropolis, and at once sent off to fetch over the garrison troops from
Chalcedon, since those already in the acropolis seemed hardly sufficient
to keep the men in check.
The soldiers, catching sight of
Xenophon, threw themselves upon him, crying: "Now, Xenophon, is the time
to prove yourself a man. You have got a city, you have got triremes, you
have got money, you have got men; to-day, if you only chose, you can do
us a good turn, and we will make you a great man." He replied: "Nay, I
like what you say, and I will do it all; but if that is what you have
set your hearts on, fall into rank and take up position at once." This
he said, wishing to quiet them, and so passed the order along the lines
himself, while bidding the rest to do the same: "Take up position; stand
easy." But the men themselves, by a species of self-marshalling, fell
into rank, and were soon formed, the heavy infantry eight deep, while
the light infantry had run up to cover either wing. The Thracian Square,
as it is called, is a fine site for manouvering, being bare of buildings
and level. As soon as the arms were stacked and the men's tempers
cooled, Xenophon called a general meeting of the soldiers, and made the
following speech:—
"Soldiers, I am not surprised
at your wrath, or that you deem it monstrous treatment so to be cheated;
but consider what will be the consequences if we gratify our
indignation, and in return for such deception, avenge ourselves on the
Lacedaemonians here present, and plunder an innocent city. We shall be
declared enemies of the Lacedaemonians and their allies; and what sort
of war that will be, we need not go far to conjecture. I take it, you
have not forgotten some quite recent occurrences. We Athenians entered
into war against the Lacedaemonians and their allies with a fleet
consisting of not less than three hundred line-of-battle ships,
including those in dock as well as those afloat. We had vast treasures
stored up in the city, and a yearly income which, derived from home or
foreign sources, amounted to no less than a thousand talents. Our empire
included all the islands, and we were possessed of numerous cities both
in Asia and in Europe. Amongst others, this very Byzantium, where we are
now, was ours; and yet in the end we were vanquished, as you all very
well know.
"What, must we anticipate, will
now be our fate? The Lacedaemonians have not only their old allies, but
the Athenians and those who were at that time allies of Athens are added
to them. Tissaphernes and all the rest of the Asiatics on the seaboard
are our foes, not to speak of our arch-enemy, the king himself, up
yonder, whom we came to deprive of his empire, and to kill, if possible.
I ask then, with all these banded together against us, is there any one
so insensate as to imagine that we can survive the contest? For heaven's
sake, let us not go mad or loosely throw away our lives in war with our
own native cities—nay, our own friends, our kith and our kin; for in one
or other of the cities they are all included. Every city will march
against us, and not unjustly, if, after refusing to hold one single
barbarian city by right of conquest, we seize the first Hellenic city
that we come to and make it a ruinous heap. For my part, my prayer is
that before I see such things wrought by you, I, at any rate, may lie
ten thousand fathoms under ground! My counsel to you, as Hellenes, is to
try and obtain your just rights, through obedience to those who stand at
the head of Hellas; and if so be that you fail in those demands, why,
being more sinned against than sinning, need we rob ourselves of Hellas
too? At present, I propose that we should send to Anaxibius and tell him
that we have made an entrance into the city, not meditating violence,
but merely to discover if he and his will show us any good; for if so,
it is well; but of otherwise, at least we will let him see that he does
not shut the door upon us as dupes and fools. We know the meaning of
discipline; we turn our backs and go."
This resolution was passed, and
they sent Hieronymus an Eleian, with two others, Eurylochus an Arcadian
and Philesius an Achaean, to deliver the message. So these set off on
their errand. But while the soldiers were still seated in conclave,
Coeratadas, of Thebes, arrived. He was a Theban not in exile, but with a
taste for generalship, who made it his business to see if any city or
nation were in need of his services. Thus, on the present occasion, he
presented himself, and begged to state that he was ready to put himself
at their head, and lead them into the Delta of Thrace (2), as it is
called, where they would find themselves in a land of plenty; but until
they got there, he would provide them with meat and drink enough and to
spare. While they were still listening to this tale, the return message
from Anaxibius came. His answer was: "The discipline, they had spoken
of, was not a thing they would regret; indeed he would report their
behaviour to the authorities at home; and for himself, he would take
advice and do the best he could for them."
(2) The exact locality, so called, is not known; doubtless it lay
somewhere between Byzantium and Salmydessus, possibly at Declus
(mod. Derkos); or possibly the narrow portion of Thrace between
the Euxine, Bosphorus, and Propontis went by this name. See note
in Pretor ad. loc., and "Dict. Geog." "Thracia."
Thereupon the soldiers accepted
Coeratadas as their general, and retired without the walls. Their new
general undertook to present himself to the troops next day with
sacrificial beasts and a soothsayer, with eatables also and drinkables
for the army. Now, as soon as they were gone out, Anaxibius closed the
gates and issued a proclamation to the effect that "any of the soldiers
caught inside should be knocked down to the hammer and sold at once."
Next day, Coeratadas arrived with the victims and the soothsayer. A
string of twenty bearers bearing barleymeal followed at his heels,
succeeded by other twenty carrying wine, and three laden with a supply
of olives, and two others carrying, the one about as much garlic as a
single man could lift, and the other a similar load of onions. These
various supplies he set down, apparently for distribution, and began to
sacrifice.
Now Xenophon sent to Cleander,
begging him to arrange matters so that he might be allowed to enter the
walls, with a view to starting from Byzantium on his homeward voyage.
Cleander came, and this is what he said: "I have come; but I was barely
able to arrange what you want. Anaxibius insisted: 'It was not
convenient that Xenophon should be inside while the soldiers are close
to the walls without; the Byzantines at sixes and sevens moreover; and
no love lost between the one party of them and the other.' Still, he
ended by bidding you to come inside, if you were really minded to leave
the town by sea with himself." Accordingly Xenophon bade the soldiers
good-bye, and returned with Cleander within the walls.
To return to Coeratadas. The
first day he failed to get favourable signs at the sacrifice, and never
a dole of rations did he make to the soldiers. On the second day the
victims were standing ready near the altar, and so was Coeratadas, with
chaplet crowned, all ready to sacrifice, when up comes Timasion the
Dardanian, with Neon the Asinaean, and Cleanor of Orchomenus, forbidding
Coeratadas to sacrifice: "He must understand there was an end to his
generalship, unless he gave them provisions." The other bade them
measure out the supplies, "Pray, dole them out." But when he found that
he had a good deal short of a single day's provisions for each man, he
picked up his paraphernalia of sacrifice and withdrew. As to being
general, he would have nothing more to say to it.
II
Now these five were left—Neon
the Asinaean, Phryniscus the Achaean, Philesius the Achaean, Xanthicles
the Achaean, Timasion the Dardanian—at the head of the army, and they
pushed on to some villages of the Thracians facing Byzantium, and there
encamped. Now the generals could not agree. Cleanor and Phryniscus
wished to march to join Seuthes, who had worked upon their feelings by
presenting one with a horse and the other with a woman to wife. But
Neon's object was to come to the Chersonese: "When we are under the wing
of the Lacedaemonians," he thought, "I shall step to the front and
command the whole army."
Timasion's one ambition was to
cross back again into Asia, hoping to be reinstated at home and end his
exile. The soldiers shared the wishes of the last general. But, as time
dragged on, many of the men sold their arms at different places and set
sail as best they could; others (actually gave away their arms, some
here, some there, and (1)) became absorbed in the cities. One man
rejoiced. This was Anaxibius, to whom the break-up of the army was a
blessing. "That is the way," he said to himself, "I can best gratify
Pharnabazus."
(1) The MSS. give the words so rendered—{oi de kai (didontes ta opla
kata tous khorous)}, which some critics emend {diadidontes},
others bracket as suspected, others expunge.
But Anaxibius, while
prosecuting his voyage from Byzantium, was met at Cyzicus by
Aristarchus, the new governor, who was to succeed Cleander at Byzantium;
and report said that a new admiral, Polus, if he had not actually
arrived, would presently reach the Hellespont and relieve Anaxibius. The
latter sent a parting injunction to Aristarchus to be sure and sell all
the Cyreian soldiers he could lay hands on still lingering in Byzantium;
for Cleander had not sold a single man of them; on the contrary, he had
made it his business to tend the sick and wounded, pitying them, and
insisting on their being received in the houses. Aristarchus changed all
that, and was no sooner arrived in Byzantium than he sold no less than
four hundred of them. Meanwhile Anaxibius, on his coasting voyage,
reached Parium, and, according to the terms of their agreement, he sent
to Pharnabazus. But the latter, learning that Aristarchus was the new
governor at Byzantim, and that Anixibius had ceased to be admiral,
turned upon him a cold shoulder, and set out concocting the same
measures concerning the Cyreian army with Aristarchus, as he had lately
been at work upon with Anaxibius.
Anaxibius thereupon summoned
Xenophon and bade him, by every manner of means, sail to the army with
the utmost speed, and keep it together. "He was to collect the scattered
fragments and march them down to Perinthus, and thence convey them
across to Asia without loss of time." And herewith he put a thirty-oared
galley at his service, and gave him a letter of authority and an officer
to accompany him, with an order to the Perinthians "to escort Xenophon
without delay on horseback to the army." So it was that Xenophon sailed
across and eventually reached the army. The soldiers gave him a joyous
welcome, and would have been only too glad to cross from Thrace into
Asia under his leadership.
But Seuthes, hearing that
Xenophon had arrived, sent Medosades again, by sea to meet him, and
begged him to bring the army to him; and whatever he thought would make
his speech persuasive, he was ready to promise him. But the other
replied, that none of these things were open to him to do; and with this
answer Medosades departed, and the Hellenes proceeded to Perinthus. Here
on arrival Neon withdrew his troops and encamped apart, having about
eight hundred men; while the remainder of the army lay in one place
under the walls of Perinthus.
After this, Xenophon set
himself to find vessels, so as to lose no time in crossing. But in the
interval Aristarchus, the governor from Byzantium, arrived with a couple
of war-ships, being moved to do so by Pharnabazus. To make doubly sure,
he first forbade the skippers and shipmasters to carry the troops
across, and then he visited the camp and informed the soldiers that
their passage into Asia was forbidden. Xenophon replied that he was
acting under the orders of Anaxibius, who had sent him thither for this
express purpose; to which Aristarchus retorted, "For the matter of that,
Anaxibius is no longer admiral, and I am governor in this quarter; if I
catch any of you at sea, I will sink you." With these remarks he retired
within the walls of Perinthus.
Next day, he sent for the
generals and officers of the army. They had already reached the
fortification walls, when some one brought word to Xenophon that if he
set foot inside, he would be seized, and either meet some ill fate there
or more likely be delivered up to Pharnabazus. On hearing this Xenophon
sent forward the rest of the party, but for himself pleaded that there
was a sacrifice which he wished to offer. In this way he contrived to
turn back and consult the victims, "Would the gods allow him to try and
bring the army over to Seuthes?" On the one hand it was plain that the
idea of crossing over to Asia in the face of this man with his ships of
war, who meant to bar the passage, was too dangerous. Nor did he
altogether like the notion of being blocked up in the Chersonese with an
army in dire need of everything; where, besides being at the beck and
call of the governor of the place, they would be debarred from the
necessities of life.
While Xenophon was thus
employed, the generals and officers came back with a message from
Aristarchus, who had told them they might retire for the present, but in
the afternoon he would expect them. The former suspicions of a plot had
now ripened to a certainty. Xenophon meantime had ascertained that the
victims were favourable to his project. He personally, and the army as a
whole, might with safety proceed to Seuthes, they seemed to say.
Accordingly, he took with him Polycrates, the Athenian captain, and from
each of the generals, not including Neon, some one man whom they could
in each case trust, and in the night they set off to visit the army of
Seuthes, sixty furlongs distant.
As they approached, they came
upon some deserted watch-fires, and their first impression was that
Seuthes had shifted his position; but presently perceiving a confused
sound (the voices of Seuthes' people signalling to one another), the
explanation dawned on him: Seuthes kept his watch-fires kindled in front
of, instead of behind, his night pickets, in order that the outposts,
being in the dark, might escape notice, their numbers and position thus
being a mystery; whilst any party approaching from the outside, so far
from escaping notice, would, through the glare of the fire, stand out
conspicuously. Perceiving how matters stood, Xenophon sent forward his
interpreter, who was one of the party, and bade him inform Seuthes that
Xenophon was there and craved conference with him. The others asked if
he were an Athenian from the army yonder, and no sooner had the
interpreter replied, "Yes, the same," than up they leapt and galloped
off; and in less time than it takes to tell a couple of hundred peltasts
had come up who seized and carried off Xenophon and those with him and
brought them to Seuthes. The latter was in a tower right well guarded,
and there were horses round it in a circle, standing all ready bitted
and bridled; for his alarm was so great that he gave his horses their
provender during the day (2), and during the nights he kept watch and
ward with the brutes thus bitted and bridled. It was stated in
explanation that in old days an ancestor of his, named Teres, had been
in this very country with a large army, several of whom he had lost at
the hands of the native inhabitants, besides being robbed of his baggage
train. The inhabitants of the country are Thynians, and they are reputed
to be far the most warlike set of fighters—especially at night.
(2) I.e. "instead of letting them graze."
When they drew near, Seuthes
bade Xenophon enter, and bring with him any two he might choose. As soon
as they were inside, they first greeted one another warmly, and then,
according to the Thracian custom, pledged themselves in bowls of wine.
There was further present at the elbow of Seuthes, Medosades, who on all
occasions acted as his ambassador-in-chief. Xenophon took the initiative
and spoke as follows: "You have sent to me, Seuthes, once and again. On
the first occasion you sent Medosades yonder, to Chalcedon, and you
begged me to use my influence in favour of the army crossing over from
Asia. You promised me, in return for this conduct on my part, various
kindnesses; at least that is what Medosades stated"; and before
proceeding further he turned to Medosades and asked, "Is not that so?"
The other assented. "Again, on a second occasion, the same Medosades
came when I had crossed over from Parium to rejoin the army; and he
promised me that if I would bring you the army, you would in various
respects treat me as a friend and brother. He said especially with
regard to certain seaboard places of which you are the owner and lord,
that you were minded to make me a present of them." At this point he
again questioned Medosades, "Whether the words attributed to him were
exact?" and Medosades once more fully assented. "Come now," proceeded
Xenophon, "recount what answer I made you, and first at Chalcedon." "You
answered that the army was, in any case, about to cross over to
Byzantium; and as far as that went, there was no need to pay you or any
one else anything; and for yourself, you added, that once across you
were minded to leave the army, which thing came to pass even as you
said." "Well! what did I say," he asked, "at your next visit, when you
came to me in Selybria?" "You said that the proposal was impossible; you
were all going to Perinthus to cross into Asia." "Good," said Xenophon,
"and in spite of it all, at the present moment, here I am myself, and
Phryniscus, one of my colleagues, and Polycrates yonder, a captain; and
outside, to represent the other generals (all except Neon the Laconian),
the trustiest men they could find to send. So that if you wish to give
these transactions the seal of still greater security, you have nothing
to do but to summon them also; and do you, Polycrates, go and say from
me, that I bid them leave their arms outside, and you can leave your own
sword outside before you enter with them on your return."
When Seuthes had heard so far,
he interposed: "I should never mistrust an Athenian, for we are
relatives already (3), I know; and the best of friends, I believe, we
shall be." After that, as soon as the right men entered, Xenophon first
questioned Seuthes as to what use he intended to make of the army, and
he replied as follows: "Maesades was my father; his sway extended over
the Melanditae, the Thynians, and the Tranipsae. Then the affairs of the
Odrysians took a bad turn, and my father was driven out of this country,
and later on died himself of sickness, leaving me to be brought up as an
orphan at the court of Medocus, the present king. But I, when I had
grown to man's estate, could not endure to live with my eyes fixed on
another's board. So I seated myself on the seat by him as a suppliant,
and begged him to give me as many men as he could spare, that I might
wreak what mischief I could on those who had driven us forth from our
land; that thus I might cease to live in dependence upon another's
board, like a dog watching his master's hand. In answer to my petition,
he gave me the men and the horses which you will see at break of day,
and nowadays I live with these, pillaging my own ancestral land. But if
you would join me, I think, with the help of heaven, we might easily
recover my empire. That is what I want of you." "Well then," said
Xenophon, "supposing we came, what should you be able to give us? the
soldiers, the officers, and the generals? Tell us that these witnesses
may report your answer." And he promised to give "to the common soldiers
a cyzicene (4), to a captain twice as much, and to a general four times
as much, with as much land as ever they liked, some yoke of oxen, and a
fortified place upon the seaboard." "But now supposing," said Xenophon,
"we fail of success, in spite of our endeavours; suppose any
intimidation on the part of the Lacedaemonians should arise; will you
receive into your country any of us who may seek to find a refuge with
you?" He answered: "Nay, not only so, but I shall look upon you as my
brothers, entitled to share my seat, and the joint possessors of all the
wealth which we may be able to acquire. And to you yourself, O Xenophon!
I will give my daughter, and if you have a daughter, I will buy her in
Thracian fashion; and I will give you Bisanthe as a dwelling-place,
which is the fairest of all my possessions on the seaboard (5)."
(3) Tradition said that the Thracians and Athenians were connected,
through the marriage of a former prince Tereus (or Teres) with
Procne, the daughter of Pandion. This old story, discredited by
Thucydides, ii. 29, is referred to in Arist. "Birds," 368 foll.
The Birds are about to charge the two Athenian intruders, when
Epops, king of the Birds, formerly Tereus, king of Thrace, but
long ago transformed into a hoopoe, intercedes in behalf of two
men, {tes emes gunaikos onte suggene kai phuleta}, "who are of my
lady's tribe and kin." As a matter of history, the Athenians had
in the year B.C. 431 made alliance with Sitalces, king of the
Odrysians (the son of Teres, the first founder of their empire),
and made his son, Sadocus, an Athenian citizen. Cf. Thuc. ib.;
Arist. Acharnians, 141 foll.
(4) A cyzicene monthly is to be understood.
(5) Bisanthe, one of the Ionic colonies founded by Samos, with the
Thracian name Rhaedestus (now Rodosto), strongly placed so as to
command the entrance into the Sacred mountain.
III
After listening to these
proposals, they gave and accepted pledges of good faith; and so the
deputation rode off. Before day they were back again in camp, and
severally rendered a report to those who sent them. At dawn Aristarchus
again summoned the generals and officers, but the latter resolved to
have done with the visit to Aristarchus, and to summon a meeting of the
army. In full conclave the soldiers met, with the exception of Neon's
men, who remained about ten furlongs off. When they were met together
Xenophon rose, and made the following announcement: "Men, Aristarchus
with his ships of war hinders us from sailing where we fain would go; it
is not even safe to set foot on board a vessel. But if he hinders us
here, he hastens us there. 'Be off to the Chersonese,' says he, 'force a
passage through the Sacred mountain.' If we master it and succeed in
getting to that place, he has something in store for us. He promises
that he will not sell you any more, as he did at Byzantium; you shall
not be cheated again; you shall have pay; he will no longer, as now,
suffer you to remain in want of provisions. That is his proposal. But
Seuthes says that if you will go to him he will treat you well. What you
have now to consider is, whether you will stay to debate this question,
or leave its settlement till we have gone up into a land of provisions.
If you ask me my opinion, it is this: Since here we have neither money
to buy, nor leave to take without money what we need, why should we not
go up into these villages where the right to help ourselves is conferred
by might? There, unhampered by the want of bare necessaries, you can
listen to what this man and the other wants of you and choose whichever
sounds best. Let those," he added, "who agree to this, hold up their
hands." They all held them up. "Retire then," said he, "and get your kit
together, and at the word of command, follow your leader."
After this, Xenophon put
himself at the head and the rest followed. Neon, indeed, and other
agents from Aristarchus tried to turn them from their purpose, but to
their persuasions they turned a deaf ear. They had not advanced much
more than three miles, when Seuthes met them; and Xenophon, seeing him,
bade him ride up. He wished to tell him what they felt to be conducive
to their interests, and in the presence of as many witnesses as
possible. As soon as he had approached, Xenophon said: "We are going
where the troops will have enough to live upon; when we are there, we
will listen to you and to the emissaries of the Laconian, and choose
between you both whatever seems best. If then you will lead us where
provisions are to be got in plenty, we shall feel indebted to you for
your hospitality." And Seuthes answered: "For the matter of that, I know
many villages, close-packed and stocked with all kinds of provisions,
just far enough off to give you a good appetite for your breakfasts."
"Lead on then!" said Xenophon. When they had reached the villages in the
afternoon, the soldiers met, and Seuthes made the following speech: "My
request to you, sirs, is that you will take the field with me, and my
promise to you is that I will give every man of you a cyzicene, and to
the officers and generals at the customary rate; besides this I will
honour those who show special merit. Food and drink you shall get as now
for yourselves from the country; but whatever is captured, I shall claim
to have myself, so that by distribution of it I may provide you with
pay. Let them flee, let them creep into hiding-places, we shall be able
to pursue after them, we will track them out; or if they resist, along
with you we will endeavour to subdue them to our hands." Xenophon
inquired: "And how far from the sea shall you expect the army to follow
you?" "Nowhere more than seven days' journey," he answered, "and in many
places less."
After this, permission was
given for all who wished to speak, and many spoke, but ever to one and
the same tune: "What Seuthes said, was very right. It was winter, and
for a man to sail home, even if he had the will to do so, was
impossible. On the other hand, to continue long in a friendly country,
where they must depend upon what they could purchase, was equally beyond
their power. If they were to wear away time and support life in a
hostile country, it was safer to do so with Seuthes than by themselves,
not to speak of all these good things; but if they were going to get pay
into the bargain, that indeed was a godsend." To complete the
proceedings, Xenophon said: "If any one opposes the measure, let him
state his views; if not, let the officer put the proposition to the
vote." No one opposed; they put it to the vote, and the resolution was
carried; and without loss of time, he informed Seuthes that they would
take the field with him.
After this the troops messed in
their separate divisions, but the generals and officers were invited by
Seuthes to dinner at a neighbouring village which was in his possession.
When they were at the doors, and on the point of stepping in to dinner,
they were met by a certain Heracleides, of Maronea (1). He came up to
each guest, addressing himself particularly to those who, as he
conjectured, ought to be able to make a present to Seuthes. He addressed
himself first to some Parians who were there to arrange a friendship
with Medocus, the king of the Odrysians, and were bearers of presents to
the king and to his wife. Heracleides reminded them: "Medocus is up
country twelve days' journey from the sea; but Seuthes, now that he has
got this army, will be lord on the sea-coast; as your neighbour, then,
he is the man to do you good or do you ill. If you are wise, you will
give him whatever he askes of you. On the whole, it will be laid out at
better interest than if you have it to Medocus, who lives so far off."
That was his mode of persuasion in their case. Next he came to Timasion
the Dardanian, who, some one had told him, was the happy possessor of
certain goblets and oriental carpets. What he said to him was: "It is
customary when people are invited to dinner by Seuthes for the guests to
make him a present; now if he should become a great person in these
parts, he will be able to restore you to your native land, or to make
you a rich man here." Such were the solicitations which he applied to
each man in turn whom he accosted. Presently he came to Xenophon and
said: "You are at once a citizen of no mean city, and with Seuthes also
your own name is very great. Maybe you expect to obtain a fort or two in
this country, just as others of your countrymen have done (2), and
territory. It is only right and proper therefore that you should honour
Seuthes in the most magnificent style. Be sure, I give this advice out
of pure friendliness, for I know that the greater the gift that you are
ready to bestow on him, the better the treatment you will receive at his
hands." Xenophon, on hearing this, was in a sad dilemma, for he had
brought with him, when he crossed from Parium, nothing but one boy and
just enough to pay his travelling expenses.
(1) A Greek colony in Thrace. Among Asiatico-Ionian colonies were
Abdera, founded by Teos, and Maroneia, celebrated for its wine,
founded by Chios about 540 B.C.—Kiepert, "Man. Anct. Geog." viii.
182.
(2) Notably Alcibiades, who possessed two or three such fortresses.
As soon as the company,
consisting of the most powerful Thracians there present, with the
generals and captains of the Hellenes, and any embassy from a state
which might be there, had arrived, they were seated in a circle, and the
dinner was served. Thereupon three-legged stools were brought in and
placed in front of the assembled guests. They were laden with pieces of
meat, piled up, and there were huge leavened-loaves fastened on to the
pieces of meat with long skewers. The tables, as a rule, were set beside
the guests at intervals. That was the custom; and Seuthes set the
fashion of the performance. He took up the loaves which lay by his side
and broke them into little pieces, and then threw the fragments here to
one and there to another as seemed to him good; and so with the meat
likewise, leaving for himself the merest taste. Then the rest fell to
following the fashion set them, those that is who had tables placed
beside them.
Now there was an Arcadian,
Arystas by name, a huge eater; he soon got tired of throwing the pieces
about, and seized a good three-quarters loaf in his two hands, placed
some pieces of meat upon his knees, and proceeded to discuss his dinner.
Then beakers of wine were brought round, and every one partook in turn;
but when the cupbearer came to Arystas and handed him the bowl, he
looked up, and seeing that Xenophon had done eating: "Give it him,"
quoth he, "he is more at leisure. I have something better to do at
present." Seuthes, hearing a remark, asked the cupbearer what was said,
and the cupbearer, who knew how to talk Greek, explained. Then followed
a peal of laughter.
When the drinking had advanced
somewhat, in came a Thracian with a white horse, who snatched the
brimming bowl and said: "Here's a health to thee, O Seuthes! Let me
present thee with this horse. Mounted on him, thou shalt capture whom
thou choosest to pursue, or retiring from battle, thou shalt not dread
the foe." He was followed by one who brought in a boy, and presented him
in proper style with "Here's a health to thee, O Seuthes!" A third had
"clothes for his wife." Timasion, the Dardanian, pledged Seuthes, and
presented a silver bowl (3) and a carpet worth ten minae. Gnesippus, an
Athenian, got up and said: "It was a good old custom, and a fine one
too, that those who had, should give to the king for honour's sake, but
to those who had not, the king should give; whereby, my lord," he added,
"I too may one day have the wherewithal to give thee gifts and honour."
Xenophon the while was racking his brains what he was to do; he was not
the happier because he was seated in the seat next Seuthes as a mark of
honour; and Heracleides bade the cupbearer hand him the bowl. The wine
had perhaps a little mounted to his head; he rose, and manfully seized
the cup, and spoke: "I also, Seuthes, have to present you with myself
and these my dear comrades to be your trusty friends, and not one of
them against his will. They are more ready, one and all, still more than
I, to be your friends. Here they are; they ask nothing from you in
return, rather they are forward to labour in your behalf; it will be
their pleasure to bear the brunt of battle in voluntary service. With
them, God willing, you will gain vast territory; you will recover what
was once your forefathers'; you will win for yourself new lands; and not
lands only, but horses many, and of men a multitude, and many a fair
dame besides. You will not need to seize upon them in robber fashion; it
is your friends here who, of their own accord, shall take and bring them
to you, they shall lay them at your feet as gifts." Up got Seuthes and
drained with him the cup, and with him sprinkled the last drops
fraternally (4).
(3) Or rather "saucer" ({phiale}).
(4) For the Thracian custom, vide Suidas, s.v. {kataskedazein}.
At this stage entered musicians
blowing upon horns such as they use for signal calls, and trumpeting on
trumpets, made of raw oxhide, tunes and airs, like the music of the
double-octave harp (5). Seuthes himself got up and shouted, trolling
forth a war song; then he sprang from his place and leapt about as
though he would guard himself against a missile, in right nimble style.
Then came in a set of clowns and jesters.
(5) Or, "magadis." This is said to have been one of the most perfect
instruments. It comprised two full octaves, the left hand playing
the same notes as the right an octave lower. Guhl and Koner, p.
203, Engl. transl. See also "Dict. Antiq." "Musica"; and Arist.
"Polit." xix. 18, {Dia ti e dia pason sumphonia adetai mone;
magasizousi gar tauten, allen de oudemian}, i.e. "since no
interval except the octave ({dia pason}) could be 'magidised' (the
effect of any other is well known to be intolerable), therefore no
other interval was employed at all."
But when the sun began to set,
the Hellenes rose from their seats. It was time, they said, to place the
night sentinels and to pass the watchword; further, they begged of
Seuthes to issue an order that none of the Thracians were to enter the
Hellenic camp at night, "since between your Thracian foes and our
Thracian friends there might be some confusion." As they sallied forth,
Seuthes rose to accompany them, like the soberest of men. When they were
outside, he summoned the generals apart and said: "Sirs, our enemies are
not aware as yet of our alliance. If, therefore, we attack them before
they take precautions not to be caught, or are prepared to repel
assault, we shall make a fine haul of captives and other stock." The
generals fully approved of these views, and bade him lead on. He
answered: "Prepare and wait; as soon as the right time comes I will be
with you. I shall pick up the peltasts and yourselves, and with the help
of the gods, I will lead on." "But consider one point," urged Xenophon;
"if we are to march by night, is not the Hellenic fashion best? When
marching in the daytime that part of the army leads the van which seems
best suited to the nature of the country to be traversed—heavy or light
infantry, or cavalry; but by night our rule is that the slowest arm
should take the lead. Thus we avoid the risk of being pulled to pieces:
and it is not so easy for a man to give his neighbour the slip without
intending, whereas the scattered fragments of an army are apt to fall
foul of one another, and to cause damage or incur it in sheer
ignorance." To this Seuthes replied: "You reason well, and I will adopt
your custom. I will furnish you with guides chosen from the oldest
experts of the country, and I will myself follow with the cavalry in the
rear; it will not take me long, if need be, to present myself at the
front." Then, for kinship's sake, they chose "Athenaia (6)" as their
watchword. With this, they turned and sought repose.
(6) "Our Lady of Athens."
It was about midnight when
Seuthes presented himself with his cavalry troopers armed with
corselets, and his light infantry under arms. As soon as he had handed
over to them the promised guides, the heavy infantry took the van,
followed by the light troops in the centre, while the cavalry brought up
the rear. At daybreak Seuthes rode up to the front. He complimented them
on their method: so often had he himself, while marching by night with a
mere handful of men, been separated with his cavalry from his infantry.
"But now," said he, "we find ourselves at dawn of day all happily
together, just as we ought to be. Do you wait for me here," he
proceeded, "and recruit yourselves. I will take a look round and rejoin
you." So saying he took a certain path over hill and rode off. As soon
as he had reached deep snow, he looked to see whether there were
footprints of human beings leading forward or in the opposite direction;
and having satisfied himself that the road was untrodden, back he came,
exclaiming: "God willing, sirs, it will be all right; we shall fall on
the fellows, before they know where they are. I will lead on with the
cavalry; so that if we catch sight of any one, he shall not escape and
give warning to the enemy. Do you follow, and if you are left behind,
keep to the trail of the horses. Once on the other side of the
mountains, we shall find ourselves in numerous thriving villages."
By the middle of the day he had
already gained the top of the pass and looked down upon the villages
below. Back he came riding to the heavy infantry and said: "I will at
once send off the cavalry into the plain below, and the peltasts too, to
attack the villages. Do you follow with what speed you may, so that in
case of resistance you may lend us your aid." Hearing this, Xenophon
dismounted, and the other asked: "Why do you dismount just when speed is
the thing we want?" The other answered: "But you do not want me alone, I
am sure. The hoplites will run all the quicker and more cheerily if I
lead them on foot."
Thereupon Seuthes went off, and
Timasion with him, taking the Hellene squadron of something like forty
troopers. Then Xenophon passed the order: the active young fellows up to
thirty years of age from the different companies to the front; and off
with these he went himself, bowling along (7); while Cleanor led the
other Hellenes. When they had reached the villages, Seuthes, with about
thirty troopers, rode up, exclaiming: "Well, Xenophon, this is just what
you said! the fellows are caught, but now look here. My cavalry have
gone off unsupported; they are scattered in pursuit, one here, one
there, and upon my word, I am more than half afraid the enemy will
collect somewhere and do them a mischief. Some of us must remain in the
villages, for they are swarming with human beings." "Well then," said
Xenophon, "I will seize the heights with the men I have with me, and do
you bid Cleanor extend his line along the level beside the villages."
When they had done so, there were enclosed—of captives for the slave
market, one thousand; of cattle, two thousand; and of other small
cattle, ten thousand. For the time being they took up quarters there.
(7) {etropkhaze}, a favourite word with our author. Herodotus uses it;
so does Aristot.; so also Polybius; but the Atticists condemn it,
except of course in poetry.
IV
But the next day Seuthes burnt
the villages to the ground; he left not a single house, being minded to
inspire terror in the rest of his enemies, and to show them what they
also were to expect, if they refused obedience; and so he went back
again. As to the booty, he sent off Heracliedes to Perinthus to dispose
of it, with a view to future pay for the soldiers. But for himself he
encamped with the Hellenes in the lowland country of the Thynians, the
natives leaving the flats and betaking themselves in flight to the
uplands.
There was deep snow, and cold
so intense that the water brought in for dinner and the wine within the
jars froze; and many of the Hellenes had their noses and ears
frost-bitten. Now they came to understand why the Thracians wear
fox-skin caps on their heads and about their ears; and why, on the same
principle, they are frocked not only about the chest and bust but so as
to cover the loins and thighs as well; and why on horseback they envelop
themselves in long shawls which reach down to the feet, instead of the
ordinary short rider's cloak. Seuthes sent off some of the prisoners to
the hills with a message to say that if they did not come down to their
homes, and live quietly and obey him, he would burn down their villages
and their corn, and leave them to perish with hunger. Thereupon down
they came, women and children and the older men; the younger men
preferred to quarter themselves in the villages on the skirts of the
hills. On discovering this, Seuthes bade Xenophon take the youngest of
the heavy infantry and join him on an expedition. They rose in the
night, and by daybreak had reached the villages; but the majority of the
inhabitants made good their escape, for the hills were close at hand.
Those whom he did catch, Seuthes unsparingly shot down.
Now there was a certain
Olynthian, named Episthenes; he was a great lover of boys, and seeing a
handsome lad, just in the bloom of youth, and carrying a light shield,
about to be slain, he ran up to Xenophon and supplicated him to rescue
the fair youth. Xenophon went to Seuthes and begged him not to put the
boy to death. He explained to him the disposition of Episthenes; how he
had once enrolled a company, the only qualification required being that
of personal beauty; and with these handsome young men at his side there
were none so brave as he. Seuthes put the question, "Would you like to
die on his behalf, Episthenes?" whereat the other stretched out his
neck, and said, "Strike, if the boy bids you, and will thank his
preserver." Seuthes, turning to the boy, asked, "Shall I smite him
instead of you?" The boy shook his head, imploring him to slay neither
the one nor the other, whereupon Episthenes caught the lad in his arms,
exclaiming, "It is time you did battle with me, Seuthes, for my boy;
never will I yield him up," and Seuthes laughed: "what must be must,"
and so consented.
In these villages he decided
that they must bivouac, so that the men on the mountains might be still
further deprived of subsistence. Stealthily descending he himself found
quarters in the plain; while Xenophon with his picked troops encamped in
the highest village on the skirts of the hills,; and the rest of the
Hellenes hard by, among the highland Thracians (1), as they are called.
(1) Cf. "Highlanders."
After this, not many days had
idly slipt away before the Thracians from the mountains came down and
wished to arrange with Seuthes for terms of truce and hostages.
Simultaneously came Xenophon and informed Seuthes that they were camped
in bad quarters, with the enemy next door; "it would be pleasanter too,"
he added, "to bivouac in a strong position in the open, than under cover
on the edge of destruction." The other bade him take heart and pointed
to some of their hostages, as much as to say "Look there!" Parties also
from the mountaineers came down and pleaded with Xenophon himself, to
help arrange a truce for them. This he agreed to do, bidding them to
pluck up heart, and assuring them that they would meet with no mischief,
if they yielded obedience to Seuthes. All their parleying, however, was,
as it turned out, merely to get a closer inspection of things. This
happened in the day, and in the following night the Thynians descended
from the hill country and made an attack. In each case, the guide was
the master of the house attacked; otherwise it would have taxed their
powers to discover the houses in the dark, which, for the sake of their
flocks and herds, were palisaded all round with great stockades. As soon
as they had reached the doors of any particular house, the attack began,
some hurling in their spears, others belabouring with their clubs, which
they carried, it was said, for the purpose of knocking off the lance
points from the shaft. Others were busy setting the place on fire; and
they kept calling Xenophon by name: "Come out, Xenophon, and die like a
man, or we will roast you alive inside."
By this time too the flames
were making their appearance through the roof, and Xenophon and his
followers were within, with their coats of mail on, and big shields,
swords, and helmets. Then Silanus, a Macistian (2), a youth of some
eighteen years, signalled on the trumpet; and in an instant, out they
all leapt with their drawn swords, and the inmates of other quarters as
well. The Thracians took to their heels, according to their custom,
swinging their light shields round their backs. As they leapt over the
stockade some were captured, hanging on the top with their shields
caught in the palings; others missed the way out, and so were slain; and
the Hellenes chased them hotly, till they were outside the village.
(2) "Of Macistus," a town in the Triphylia near Scillus.
A party of Thynians turned
back, and as the men ran past in bold relief against a blazing house,
they let fly a volley of javelins, out of the darkness into the glare,
and wounded two captains, Hieronymus, an Euodean (3), and Theogenes, a
Locrian. No one was killed, only the clothes and baggage of some of the
men were consumed in the flames. Presently up came Seuthes to the rescue
with seven troopers, the first to hand, and his Thracian trumpeteer by
his side. Seeing that something had happened, he hastened to the rescue,
and ever the while his bugler wound his horn, which music added terror
to the foe. Arrived at length, he greeted them with outstretched hand,
exclaiming, "I thought to find you all dead men."
(3) If this is the same man as Hieronymus of Elis, who has been
mentioned two or three times already, possibly the word {Euodea}
points to some town or district of Elis; or perhaps the text is
corrupt.
After that, Xenophon begged him
to hand over the hostages to himself, and if so disposed, to join him on
an expedition to the hills, or if not, to let him go alone. Accordingly
the next day Seuthes delivered up the hostages. They were men already
advanced in years, but the pick of the mountaineers, as they themselves
gave out. Not merely did Seuthes do this, but he came himself, with his
force at his back (and by this time he had treble his former force, for
many of the Odrysians, hearing of his proceedings, came down to join in
the campaign); and the Thynians, espying from the mountains the vast
array of heavy infantry and light infantry and cavalry, rank upon rank,
came down and supplicated him to make terms. "They were ready," they
professed, "to do all that he demanded; let him take pledges of their
good faith." So Seuthes summoned Xenophon and explained their proposals,
adding that he should make no terms with them, if Xenophon wished to
punish them for their night attack. The latter replied: "For my part, I
should think their punishment is great enough already, if they are to be
slaves instead of free men; still," he added, "I advise you for the
future to take as hostages those who are most capable of doing mischief,
and to let the old men abide in peace at home." So to a man they gave in
their adhesion in that quarter of the country.
V
Crossing over in the direction of the Thracians above Byzantium, they
reached the Delta, as it is called. Here they were no longer in the
territory of the Maesades, but in the country of Teres the Odrysian
(an ancient worthy (1)). Here Heracleides met them with the proceeds of
the spoil, and Seuthes picked out three pairs of mules (there were
only three, the other teams being oxen); then he summoned Xenophon and
bade him take them, and divide the rest between the generals and
officers, to which Xenophon replied that for himself, he was content
to receive his share another time, but added: "Make a present of these
to my friends here, the generals who have served with me, and to the
officers." So of the pairs of mules Timasion the Dardanian received
one, Cleanor the Orchomenian one, and Phryniscus the Achaean one. The
teams of oxen were divided among the officers. Then Seuthes proceeded
to remit pay due for the month already passed, but all he could give
was the equivalent of twenty days. Heracleides insisted that this was
all he had got by his trafficking. Whereupon Xenophon with some warmth
exclaimed: "Upon my word, Heracleides, I do not think you care for
Seuthes' interest as you should. If you did, you have been at pains to
bring back the full amount of the pay, even if you had had to raise a
loan to do so, and, if by no other means, by selling the coat off your
own back."
(1) See above re previous Teres. The words "an ancient worthy" may
possibly be an editor's or commentator's note.
What he said annoyed
Heracleides, who was afraid of being ousted from the friendship of
Seuthes, and from that day forward he did his best to calumniate
Xenophon before Seuthes. The soldiers, on their side, laid the blame of
course on Xenophon: "Where was their pay?" and Seuthes was vexed with
him for persistently demanding it for them. Up to this date he had
frequently referred to what he would do when he got to the seaboard
again; how he intended to hand over to him Bisanthe, Ganos, and
Neontichos (2). But from this time forward he never mentioned one of
them again. The slanderous tongue of Heracleides had whispered him:—it
was not safe to hand over fortified towns to a man with a force at his
back.
(2) For Bisanthe see above. Ganos, a little lower down the coast, with
Neontichos once belonged to Alcibiades, if we may believe
Cornelius Nepos, "Alc." vii. 4, and Plutarch, "Alc." c. 36. See
above.
Consequently Xenophon fell to
considering what he ought to do as regards marching any further up the
country; and Heracleides introduced the other generals to Seuthes,
urging them to say that they were quite as well able to lead the army as
Xenophon, and promising them that within a day or two they should have
full pay for two months, and he again implored them to continue the
campaign with Seuthes. To which Timasion replied that for his part he
would continue no campaign without Xenophon; not even if they were to
give him pay for five months; and what Timasion said, Phryniscus and
Cleanor repeated; the views of all three coincided.
Seuthes fell to upbraiding
Heracleides in round terms. "Why had he not invited Xenophon with the
others?" and presently they invited him, but by himself alone. He,
perceiving the knavery of Heracleides, and that his object was to
calumniate him with the other generals, presented himself; but at the
same time he took care to bring all the generals and the officers. After
their joint consent had been secured, they continued the campaign.
Keeping the Pontus on their right, they passed through the millet-eating
(3) Thracians, as they are called, and reached Salmydessus. This is a
point at which many trading vessels bound for the Black Sea run aground
and are wrecked, owing to a sort of marshy ledge or sandbank which runs
out for a considerable distance into the sea (4). The Thracians, who
dwell in these parts, have set up pillars as boundary marks, and each
set of them has the pillage of its own flotsom and jetsom; for in old
days, before they set up these landmarks, the wreckers, it is said, used
freely to fall foul of and slay one another. Here was a rich treasure
trove, of beds and boxes numberless, with a mass of written books, and
all the various things which mariners carry in their wooden chests.
Having reduced this district, they turned round and went back again. By
this time the army of Seuthes had grown to be considerably larger than
the Hellenic army; for on the one hand, the Odrysians flocked down in
still larger numbers, and on the other, the tribes which gave in their
adhesion from time to time were amalgamated with his armament. They got
into quarters on the flat country above Selybria at about three miles
(5) distance from the sea. As to pay, not a penny was as yet
forthcoming, and the soldiers were cruelly disaffected to Xenophon,
whilst Seuthes, on his side, was no longer so friendlily disposed. If
Xenophon ever wished to come face to face with him, want of leisure or
some other difficulty always seemed to present itself.
(3) Or, "the Melinophagi."
(4) See, for a description of this savage coast, Aesch. "Prom." vinc.
726, etc.—
"{trakheia pontou Salmudesia
gnathos ekhthroxenos nautaisi, metruia neon.}"
"The rugged Salmudesian jaw of
the Black Sea, Inhospitable to sailors, stepmother of ships."
But the poet is at fault in his
geography, since he connects "the Salmydesian jaw" with the Thermodon.
(5) Lit. "thirty stades." Selybria is about fourty-four miles from
Byzantium, two-thirds of the way to Perinthus.
VI
At this date, when nearly two
months had already passed, an embassy arrived. These were two agents
from Thibron—Charminus, a Lacedaemonian, and Polynicus. They were sent
to say that the Lacedaemonians had resolved to open a campaign against
Tissaphernes, and that Thibron, who had set sail to conduct the war, was
anxious to avail himself of the troops. He could guarantee that each
soldier should receive a daric a month as pay, the officers double pay,
and the generals quadruple. The Lacedaemonian emissaries had no sooner
arrived than Heracleides, having learnt that they had come in search of
the Hellenic troops, goes off himself to Seuthes and says: "The best
thing that could have happened; the Lacedaemonians want these troops and
you have done with them, so that if you hand over the troops to them,
you will do the Lacedaemonians a good turn and will cease to be bothered
for pay any more. The country will be quit of them once and for ever."
On hearing this Seuthes bade
him introduce the emissaries. As soon as they had stated that the object
of their coming was to treat for the Hellenic troops, he replied that he
would willingly give them up, that his one desire was to be the friend
and ally of Lacedaemon. So he invited them to partake of hospitality,
and entertained them magnificently; but he did not invite Xenophon, nor
indeed any of the other generals. Presently the Lacedaemonians asked:
"What sort of man is Xenophon?" and Seuthes answered: "Not a bad fellow
in most respects; but he is too much the soldiers' friend; and that is
why it goes ill with him." They asked: "Does he play the popular
leader?" and Heracleides answered: "Exactly so." "Well then," said they,
"he will oppose our taking away the troops, will he not?" "To be sure he
will," said Heracleides; "but you have only to call a meeting of the
whole body, and promise them pay, and little further heed will they pay
to him; they will run off with you." "How then are we to get them
collected?" they asked. "Early to-morrow," said Heracleides, "we will
bring you to them; and I know," he added once more, "as soon as they set
eyes on you, they will flock to you with alacrity." Thus the day ended.
The next day Seuthes and
Heracleides brought the two Laconian agents to the army, and the troops
were collected, and the agents made a statement as follows: "The
Lacedaemonians have resolved on war with Tissaphernes, who did you so
much wrong. By going with us therefore you will punish your enemy, and
each of you will get a daric a month, the officers twice that sum, and
the generals quadruple." The soldiers lent willing ears, and up jumped
one of the Arcadians at once, to find fault with Xenophon. Seuthes also
was hard by, wishing to know what was going to happen. He stood within
ear shot, and his interpreter by his side; not but what he could
understand most of what was said in Greek himself. At this point the
Arcadian spoke: "For the matter of that, Lacedaemonians, we should have
been by your sides long ago, if Xenophon had not persuaded us and
brought us hither. We have never ceased campaigning, night and day, the
dismal winter through, but he reaps the fruit of our toils. Seuthes has
enriched him privately, but deprives us of our honest earnings; so that,
standing here as I do to address you first, all I can say is, that if I
might see the fellow stoned to death as a penalty for all the long dance
he has led us, I should feel I had got my pay in full, and no longer
grudge the pains we have undergone." The speaker was followed by another
and then another in the same strain; and after that Xenophon made the
following speech:—
"True is the old adage; there
is nothing which mortal man may not expect to see. Here am I being
accused by you to-day, just where my conscience tells me that I have
displayed the greatest zeal on your behalf. Was I not actually on my
road home when I turned back? Not, God knows, because I learned that you
were in luck's way, but because I heard that you were in sore straits,
and I wished to help you, if in any way I could. I returned, and Seuthes
yonder sent me messenger after messenger, and made me promise upon
promise, if only I could persuade you to come to him. Yet, as you
yourselves will bear me witness, I was not to be diverted. Instead of
setting my hand to do that, I simply led you to a point from which, with
least loss of time, I thought you could cross into Asia. This I believed
was the best thing for you, and you I knew desired it.
"But when Aristarchus came with
his ships of war and hindered our passage across, you will hardly
quarrel with me for the step I then took in calling you together that we
might advisedly consider our best course. Having heard both sides—first
Aristarchus, who ordered you to march to the Chersonese, then Seuthes,
who pleaded with you to undertake a campaign with himself—you all
proposed to go with Seuthes; and you all gave your votes to that effect.
What wrong did I commit in bringing you, whither you were eager to go?
If, indeed, since the time when Seuthes began to tell lies and cheat us
about the pay, I have supported him in this, you may justly find fault
with me and hate me. But if I, who at first was most of all his friend,
to-day am more than any one else at variance with him, how can I, who
have chosen you and rejected Seuthes, in fairness be blamed by you for
the very thing which has been the ground of quarrel between him and me?
But you will tell me, perhaps, that I get from Seuthes what is by right
yours, and that I deal subtly by you? But is it not clear that, if
Seuthes has paid me anything, he has at any rate not done so with the
intention of losing by what he gives me, whilst he is still your debtor?
If he gave to me, he gave in order that, by a small gift to me, he might
escape a larger payment to yourselves. But if that is what you really
think has happened, you can render this whole scheme of ours null and
void in an instant by exacting from him the money which is your due. It
is clear, Seuthes will demand back from me whatever I have got from him,
and he will have all the more right to do so, if I have failed to secure
for him what he bargained for when I took his gifts. But indeed, I am
far removed from enjoying what is yours, and I swear to you by all the
gods and goddesses that I have not taken even what Seuthes promised me
in private. He is present himself and listening, and he is aware in his
own heart whether I swear falsely. And what will surprise you the more,
I can swear besides, that I have not received even what the other
generals have received, no, nor yet what some of the officers have
received. But how so? why have I managed my affairs no better? I
thought, sirs, the more I helped him to bear his poverty at the time,
the more I should make him my friend in the day of his power. Whereas,
it is just when I see the star of his good fortune rising, that I have
come to divine the secret of his character.
"Some one may say, are you not
ashamed to be so taken in like a fool? Yes, I should be ashamed, if it
had been an open enemy who had so deceived me. But, to my mind, when
friend cheats friend, a deeper stain attaches to the perpetrator than to
the victim of deceit. Whatever precaution a man may take against his
friend, that we took in full. We certainly gave him no pretext for
refusing to pay us what he promised. We were perfectly upright in our
dealings with him. We did not dawdle over his affairs, nor did we shrink
from any work to which he challenged us.
"But you will say, I ought to
have taken security of him at the time, so that had he fostered the
wish, he might have lacked the ability to deceive. To meet that retort,
I must beg you to listen to certain things, which I should never have
said in his presence, except for your utter want of feeling towards me,
or your extraordinary ingratitude. Try and recall the posture of your
affairs, when I extricated you and brought you to Seuthes. Do you not
recollect how at Perinthus Aristarchus shut the gates in your faces each
time you offered to approach the town, and how you were driven to camp
outside under the canopy of heaven? It was midwinter; you were thrown
upon the resources of a market wherein few were the articles offered for
sale, and scanty the wherewithal to purchase them. Yet stay in Thrace
you must, for there were ships of war riding at anchor in the bay, ready
to hinder your passage across; and what did that stay imply? It meant
being in a hostile country, confronted by countless cavalry, legions of
light infantry. And what had we? A heavy infantry force certainly, with
which we could have dashed at villages in a body possibly, and seized a
modicum of food at most; but as to pursuing the enemy with such a force
as ours, or capturing men or cattle, the thing was out of the question;
for when I rejoined you your original cavalry and light infantry
divisions had disappeared. In such sore straits you lay!
"Supposing that, without making
any demands for pay whatever, I had merely won for you the alliance of
Seuthes—whose cavalry and light infantry were just what you needed—would
you not have thought that I had planned very well for you? I presume, it
was through your partnership with him and his that you were able to find
such complete stores of corn in the villages, when the Thracians were
driven to take to their heels in such hot haste, and you had so large a
share of captives and cattle. Why! from the day on which his cavalry
force was attached to us, we never set eyes on a single foeman in the
field, though up to that date the enemy with his cavalry and his light
infantry used undauntedly to hang on our heels, and effectually
prevented us from scattering in small bodies and reaping a rich harvest
of provisions. But if he who partly gave you this security has failed to
pay in full the wages due to you therefrom, is not that a terrible
misfortune? So monstrous indeed that you think I ought not to go forth
alive (1).
(1) I.e. the fate of a scape-goat is too good for me.
"But let me ask you, in what
condition do you turn your backs on this land to-day? Have you not
wintered here in the lap of plenty? Whatever you have got from Seuthes
has been surplus gain. Your enemies have had to meet the bill of your
expenses, whilst you led a merry round of existence, in which you have
not once set eyes on the dead body of a comrade or lost one living man.
Again, if you have achieved any, (or rather many) noble deeds against
the Asiatic barbarian, you have them safe. And in addition to these
to-day you have won for yourselves a second glory. You undertook a
campaign against the European Thracians, and have mastered them. What I
say then is, that these very matters which you make a ground of quarrel
against myself, are rather blessings for which you ought to show
gratitude to heaven.
"Thus far I have confined
myself to your side of the matter. Bear with me, I beg you, while we
examine mine. When I first essayed to part with you and journey
homewards, I was doubly blest. From your lips I had won some praise,
and, thanks to you, I had obtained glory from the rest of Hellas. I was
trusted by the Lacedaemonians; else would they not have sent me back to
you. Whereas to-day I turn to go, calumniated before the Lacedaemonians
by yourselves, detested in your behalf by Seuthes, whom I meant so to
benefit, by help of you, that I should find in him a refuge for myself
and for my children, if children I might have, in after time. And you
the while, for whose sake I have incurred so much hate, the hate of
people far superior to me in strength, you, for whom I have not yet
ceased to devise all the good I can, entertain such sentiments about me.
Why? I am no renegade or runaway slave, you have got hold of. If you
carry out what you say, be sure you will have done to death a man who
has passed many a vigil in watching over you; who has shared with you
many a toil and run many a risk in turn and out of turn; who, thanks to
the gracious gods! has by your side set up full many a trophy over the
barbarian; who, lastly, has strained every nerve in his body to protect
you against yourselves. And so it is, that to-day you can move freely,
where you choose, by sea or by land, and no one can say you nay; and
you, on whom this large liberty dawns, who are sailing to a long desired
goal, who are sought after by the greatest of military powers, who have
pay in prospect, and for leaders these Lacedaemonians, our acknowledged
chiefs: now is the appointed time, you think, to put me to a speedy
death. But in the days of our difficulties it was very different, O ye
men of marvellous memory! No! in those days you called me 'father!' and
you promised you would bear me ever in mind, 'your benefactor.' Not so,
however, not so ungracious are those who have come to you to-day; nor,
if I mistake not, have you bettered yourselves in their eyes by your
treatment of me."
With these words he paused, and
Charminus the Lacedaemonian got up and said: "Nay, by the Twins, you are
wrong, surely, in your anger against this man; I myself can bear
testimony in his favour. When Polynicus and I asked Seuthes, what sort
of a man he was? Seuthes answered:—he had but one fault to find with
him, that he was too much the soldiers' friend, which also was the cause
why things went wrong with him, whether as regards us Lacedaemonians or
himself, Seuthes."
Upon that Eurylochus of Lusia,
an Arcadian, got up and said (addressing the two Lacedaemonians), "Yes,
sirs; and what strikes me is that you cannot begin your generalship of
us better than by exacting from Seuthes our pay. Whether he like it or
no, let him pay in full; and do not take us away before."
Polycrates the Athenian, who
was put forward by Xenophon, said: "If my eyes do not deceive me, sirs,
there stands Heracleides, yonder, the man who received the property won
by our toil, who took and sold it, and never gave back either to Seuthes
or to us the proceeds of the sale, but kept the money to himself, like
the thief he is. If we are wise, we will lay hold of him, for he is no
Thracian, but a Hellene; and against Hellenes is the wrong he has
committed."
When Heracleides heard these
words, he was in great consternation; so he came to Seuthes and said:
"If we are wise we will get away from here out of reach of these
fellows." So they mounted their horses and were gone in a trice,
galloping to their own camp. Subsequently Seuthes sent Abrozelmes, his
private interpreter, to Xenophon, begging him to stay behind with one
thousand heavy troops; and engaging duly to deliver to him the places on
the seaboard, and the other things which he had promised; and then, as a
great secret, he told him, that he had heard from Polynicus that if he
once got into the clutches of the Lacedaemonians, Thibron was certain to
put him to death. Similar messages kept coming to Xenophon by letter or
otherwise from several quarters, warning him that he was calumniated,
and had best be on his guard. Hearing which, he took two victims and
sacrificed to Zeus the King: "Whether it were better and happier to stay
with Seuthes on the terms proposed, or depart with the army?" The answer
he received was, "Depart."
VII
After this, Seuthes removed his
camp to some considerable distance; and the Hellenes took up their
quarters in some villages, selecting those in which they could best
supply their commissariat, on the road to the sea. Now these particular
villages had been given by Seuthes to Medosades. Accordingly, when the
latter saw his property in the villages being expended by the Hellenes,
he was not over well pleased; and taking with him an Odrysian, a
powerful person amongst those who had come down from the interior, and
about thirty mounted troopers, he came and challenged Xenophon to come
forth from the Hellenic host. He, taking some of the officers and others
of a character to be relied upon, came forward. Then Medosades,
addressing Xenophon, said: "You are doing wrong to pillage our villages;
we give you fair warning—I, in behalf of Seuthes, and this man by my
side, who comes from Medocus, the king up country—to begone out of the
land. If you refuse, understand, we have no notion of handing it over to
you; but if you injure our country we will retaliate upon you as foes."
Xenophon, hearing what they had
to say, replied: "Such language addressed to us by you, of all people,
is hard to answer. Yet for the sake of the young man with you, I will
attempt to do so, that at least he may learn how different your nature
is from ours. We," he continued, "before we were your friends, had the
free run of this country, moving this way or that, as it took our fancy,
pillaging and burning just as we chose; and you yourself, Medosades,
whenever you came to us on an embassy, camped with us, without
apprehension of any foe. As a tribe collectively you scarcely approached
the country at all, or if you found yourselves in it, you bivouacked
with your horses bitted and bridled, as being in the territory of your
superiors. Presently you made friends with us, and, thanks to us, by
God's help you have won this country, out of which to-day you seek to
drive us; a country which we held by our own strength and gave to you.
No hostile force, as you well know, was capable of expelling us. It
might have been expected of you personally to speed us on our way with
some gift, in return for the good we did you. Not so; even though our
backs are turned to go, we are too slow in our movements for you. You
will not suffer us to take up quarters even, if you can help it, and
these words arouse no shame in you, either before the gods, or this
Odrysian, in whose eyes to-day you are man of means, though until you
cultivated our friendship you lived a robber's life, as you have told
us. However, why do you address yourself to me? I am no longer in
command. Our generals are the Lacedaemonians, to whom you and yours
delivered the army for withdrawal; and that, without even inviting me to
attend, you most marvellous of men, so that if I lost their favour when
I brought you the troops, I might now win their gratitude by restoring
them."
As soon as the Odrysian had
heard this statement, he exclaimed: "For my part, Medosades, I sink
under the earth for very shame at what I hear. If I had known the truth
before, I would never have accompanied you. As it is, I return at once.
Never would King Medocus applaud me, if I drove forth his benefactors."
With these words, he mounted his horse and rode away, and with him the
rest of his horsemen, except four or five. But Medosades, still vexed by
the pillaging of the country, urged Xenophon to summon the two
Lacedaemonians; and he, taking the pick of his men, came to Charminus
and Polynicus and informed them that they were summoned by Medosades;
probably they, like himself, would be warned to leave the country; "if
so," he added, "you will be able to recover the pay which is owing to
the army. You can say to them, that the army has requested you to assist
in exacting their pay from Seuthes, whether he like it or not; that they
have promised, as soon as they get this, cheerfully to follow you; that
the demand seems to you to be only just, and that you have accordingly
promised not to leave, until the soldiers have got their dues." The
Lacedaemonians accepted the suggestion: they would apply these arguments
and others the most forcible they could hit upon; and with the proper
representatives of the army, they immediately set off.
On their arrival Charminus
spoke: "If you have anything to say to us, Medosades, say it; but if
not, we have something to say to you." And Medosades submissively made
answer: "I say," said he, "and Seuthes says the same: we think we have a
right to ask that those who have become our friends should not be
ill-treated by you; whatever ill you do to them you really do to us, for
they are a part of us." "Good!" replied the Lacedaemonians, "and we
intend to go away as soon as those who won for you the people and the
territory in question have got their pay. Failing that, we are coming
without further delay to assist them and to punish certain others who
have broken their oaths and done them wrong. If it should turn out that
you come under this head, when we come to exact justice, we shall begin
with you." Xenophon added: "Would you prefer, Medosades, to leave it to
these people themselves, in whose country we are (your friends, since
this is the designation you prefer), to decide by ballot, which of the
two should leave the country, you or we?" To that proposal he shook his
head, but he trusted the two Laconians might be induced to go to Seuthes
about the pay, adding, "Seuthes, I am sure, will lend a willing ear;" or
if they could not go, then he prayed them to send Xenophon with himself,
promising to lend the latter all the aid in his power, and finally he
begged them not to burn the villages. Accordingly they sent Xenophon,
and with him a serviceable staff. Being arrived, he addressed Seuthes
thus:—
"Seuthes, I am here to advance
no claims, but to show you, if I can, how unjust it was on your part to
be angered with me because I zealously demanded of you on behalf of the
soldiers what you promised them. According to my belief, it was no less
to your interest to deliver it up, than it was to theirs to receive it.
I cannot forget that, next to the gods, it was they who raised you up to
a conspicuous eminence, when they made you king of large territory and
many men, a position in which you cannot escape notice, whether you do
good or do evil. For a man so circumstanced, I regarded it as a great
thing that he should avoid the suspicion even of ungrateful parting with
his benefactors. It was a great thing, I thought, that you should be
well spoken of by six thousand human beings; but the greatest thing of
all, that you should in no wise discredit the sincerity of your own
word. For what of the man who cannot be trusted? I see that the words of
his mouth are but vain words, powerless, and unhonoured; but with him
who is seen to regard truth, the case is otherwise. He can achieve by
his words what another achieves by force. If he seeks to bring the
foolish to their senses—his very frown, I perceive, has a more sobering
effect than the chastisement inflicted by another. Or in negotiations
the very promises of such an one are of equal weight with the gifts of
another.
"Try and recall to mind in your
own case, what advance of money you made to us to purchase our alliance.
You know you did not advance one penny. It was simply confidence in the
sincerity of your word which incited all these men to assist you in your
campaign, and so to acquire for you an empire, worth many times more
than thirty talents, which is all they now claim to receive. Here then,
first of all, goes the credit which won for you your kingdom, sold for
so mean a sum. Let me remind you of the great importance which you then
attached to the acquisition of your present conquests. I am certain that
to achieve what stands achieved to-day, you would willingly have
foregone the gain of fifty times that paltry sum. To me it seems that to
lose your present fortune were a more serious loss than never to have
won it; since surely it is harder to be poor after being rich than never
to have tasted wealth at all, and more painful to sink to the level of a
subject, being a king, then never to have worn a crown.
"You cannot forget that your
present vassals were not persuaded to become your subjects out of love
for you, but by sheer force; and but for some restraining dread they
would endeavour to be free again to-morrow. And how do you propose to
stimulate their sense of awe, and keep them in good behaviour towards
you? Shall they see our soldiers so disposed towards you that a word on
your part would suffice to keep them now, or if necessary would bring
them back again to-morrow? while others hearing from us a hundred
stories in your praise, hasten to present themselves at your desire? Or
will you drive them to conclude adversely, that through mistrust of what
has happened now, no second set of soldiers will come to help you, for
even these troops of ours are more their friends than yours? And indeed
it was not because they fell short of us in numbers that they became
your subjects, but from lack of proper leaders. There is a danger,
therefore, now lest they should choose as their protectors some of us
who regard ourselves as wronged by you, or even better men than us—the
Lacedaemonians themselves; supposing our soldiers undertake to serve
with more enthusiasm, if the debt you owe to them be first exacted; and
the Lacedaemonians, who need their services, consent to this request. It
is plain, at any rate, that the Thracians, now prostrate at your feet,
would display far more enthusiasm in attacking, than in assisting you;
for your mastery means their slavery, and your defeat their liberty.
"Again, the country is now
yours, and from this time forward you have to make provision for what is
yours; and how will you best secure it an immunity from ill? Either
these soldiers receive their dues and go, leaving a legacy of peace
behind, or they stay and occupy an enemy's country, whilst you
endeavour, by aid of a still larger army, to open a new campaign and
turn them out; and your new troops will also need provisions. Or again,
which will be the greater drain on your purse? to pay off your present
debt, or, with that still owing, to bid for more troops, and of a better
quality?
"Heracleides, as he used to
prove to me, finds the sum excessive. But surely it is a far less
serious thing for you to take and pay it back to-day than it would have
been to pay the tithe of it, before we came to you; since the limit
between less and more is no fixed number, but depends on the relative
capacity of payer and recipient, and your yearly income now is larger
than the whole property which you possessed in earlier days.
"Well, Seuthes, for myself
these remarks are the expression of friendly forethought for a friend.
They are expressed in the double hope that you may show yourself worthy
of the good things which the gods have given you, and that my reputation
may not be ruined with the army. For I must assure you that to-day, if I
wished to injure a foe, I could not do so with this army. Nor again, if
I wished to come and help you, should I be competent to the task; such
is the disposition of the troops towards me. And yet I call you to
witness, along with the gods who know, that never have I received
anything from you on account of the soldiers. Never to this day have I,
to my private gain, asked for what was theirs, nor even claimed the
promises which were made to myself; and I swear to you, not even had you
proposed to pay me my dues, would I have accepted them, unless the
soldiers also had been going to receive theirs too; how could I? How
shameful it would have been in me, so to have secured my own interests,
whilst I disregarded the disastrous state of theirs, I being so honoured
by them. Of course to the mind of Heracleides this is all silly talk;
since the one great object is to keep money by whatever means. That is
not my tenet, Seuthes. I believe that no fairer or brighter jewel can be
given to a man, and most of all a prince, than the threefold grace of
valour, justice, and generosity. He that possesses these is rich in the
multitude of friends which surround him; rich also in the desire of
others to be included in their number. While he prospers, he is
surrounded by those who will rejoice with him in his joy; or if
misfortune overtake him, he has no lack of sympathisers to give him
help. However, if you have failed to learn from my deeds that I was,
heart and soul, your friend; if my words are powerless to reveal the
fact to-day, I would at least direct your attention to what the soldiers
said; you were standing by and heard what those who sought to blame me
said. They accused me to the Lacedaemonians, and the point of their
indictment was that I set greater store by yourself than by the
Lacedaemonians; but, as regards themselves, the charge was that I took
more pains to secure the success of your interests than their own. They
suggested that I had actually taken gifts from you. Was it, do you
suppose, because they detected some ill-will in me towards you that they
made the allegation? Was it not rather, that they had noticed my
abundant zeal on your behalf?
"All men believe, I think, that
a fund of kindly feeling is due to him from whom we accept gifts. But
what is your behaviour? Before I had ministered to you in any way, or
done you a single service, you welcomed me kindly with your eyes, your
voice, your hospitality, and you could not sate yourself with promises
of all the fine things that were to follow. But having once achieved
your object, and become the great man you now are, as great indeed as I
could make you, you can stand by and see me degraded among my own
soldiers! Well, time will teach you—that I fully believe—to pay whatever
seems to you right, and even without the lessons of that teacher you
will hardly care to see whose who have spent themselves in benefiting
you, become your accusers. Only, when you do pay your debt, I beg of you
to use your best endeavour to right me with the soldiers. Leave me at
least where you found me; that is all I ask."
After listening to this appeal,
Seuthes called down curses on him, whose fault it was, that the debt had
not long ago been paid, and, if the general suspicion was correct, this
was Heracleides. "For myself," said Seuthes, "I never had any idea of
robbing you of your just dues. I will repay." Then Xenophon rejoined:
"Since you are minded to pay, I only ask that you will do so through me,
and will not suffer me on your account to hold a different position in
the army from what I held when we joined you." He replied: "As far as
that goes, so far from holding a less honoured position among your own
men on my account, if you will stay with me, keeping only a thousand
heavy infantry, I will deliver to you the fortified places and
everything I promised." The other answered: "On these terms I may not
accept them, only let us go free." "Nay, but I know," said Seuthes,
"that it is safer for you to bide with me than to go away." Then
Xenophon again: "For your forethought I thank you, but I may not stay.
Somewhere I may rise to honour, and that, be sure, shall redound to your
gain also." Thereupon Seuthes spoke: "Of silver I have but little; that
little, however, I give to you, one talent; but of beeves I can give you
six hundred head, and of sheep four thousand, and of slaves six score.
These take, and the hostages besides, who wronged you, and begone."
Xenophon laughed and said: "But supposing these all together do not
amount to the pay; for whom is the talent, shall I say? It is a little
dangerous for myself, is it not? I think I had better be on the look-out
for stones when I return. You heard the threats?"
So for the moment he stayed
there, but the next day Seuthes gave up to them what he had promised,
and sent an escort to drive the cattle. The soldiers at first maintained
that Xenophon had gone to take up his abode with Seuthes, and to receive
what he had been promised; so when they saw him they were pleased, and
ran to meet him. And Xenophon, seeing Charminus and Polynicus, said:
"Thanks to your intervention, this much has been saved for the army. My
duty is to deliver this fraction over to your keeping; do you divide and
distribute it to the soldiers." Accordingly they took the property and
appointed official vendors of the booty, and in the end incurred
considerable blame. Xenophon held aloof. In fact it was no secret that
he was making his preparations to return home, for as yet the vote of
banishment had not been passed at Athens (1). But the authorities in the
camp came to him and begged him not to go away until he had conducted
the army to its destination, and handed it over to Thibron.
(1) I.e. "at this moment the vote of banishment had not been passed
which would prevent his return to Athens." The natural inference
from these words is, I think, that the vote of banishment was
presently passed, at any rate considerably earlier than the battle
of Coronea in B.C. 394, five years and a half afterwards.
VIII
From this place they sailed
across to Lampsacus, and here Xenophon was met by Eucleides the
soothsayer, a Phliasian, the son of Cleagoras, who painted "the dreams
(1)" in the Lycium. Eucleides congratulated Xenophon upon his safe
return, and asked him how much gold he had got? and Xenophon had to
confess: "Upon my word, I shall have barely enough to get home, unless I
sell my horse, and what I have about my person." The other could not
credit the statement. Now when the Lampsacenes sent gifts of hospitality
to Xenophon, and he was sacrificing to Apollo, he requested the presence
of Eucleides; and the latter, seeing the victims, said: "Now I believe
what you said about having no money. But I am certain," he continued,
"if it were ever to come, there is an obstacle in the way. If nothing
else, you are that obstacle yourself." Xenophon admitted the force of
that remark. Then the other: "Zeus Meilichios (2) is an obstacle to you,
I am sure," adding in another tone of voice, "have you tried sacrificing
to that god, as I was wont to sacrifice and offer whole burnt offerings
for you at home?" Xenophon replied that since he had been abroad, he had
not sacrificed to that god. Accordingly Eucleides counselled him to
sacrifice in the old customary way: he was sure that his fortune would
improve. The next day Xenophon went on to Ophrynium and sacrificed,
offering a holocaust of swine, after the custom of his family, and the
signs which he obtained were favourable. That very day Bion and
Nausicleides arrived laden with gifts for the army. These two were
hospitably entertained by Xenophon, and were kind enough to repurchase
the horse he had sold in Lampsacus for fifty darics; suspecting that he
had parted with it out of need, and hearing that he was fond of the
beast they restored it to him, refusing to be remunerated.
(1) Reading {ta enupnia}, or if {ta entoikhia} with Hug and others,
translate "the wall-paintings" or the "frescoes." Others think
that a writing, not a painting, is referred to.
(2) Zeus Meilichios, or the gentle one. See Thuc. i. 126. The festival
of the Diasia at Athens was in honour of that god, or rather of
Zeus under that aspect. Cf. Arist. "Clouds," 408.
From that place they marched
through the Troad, and, crossing Mount Ida, arrived at Antandrus, and
then pushed along the seaboard of Mysia to the plain of Thebe (3).
Thence they made their way through Adramytium and Certonus (4) by
Atarneus, coming into the plain of the Caicus, and so reached Pergamus
in Mysia.
(3) Thebe, a famous ancient town in Mysia, at the southern foot of Mt.
Placius, which is often mentioned in Homer ("Il." i. 366, vi. 397,
xxii. 479, ii. 691). See "Dict. Geog." s.v. The name {Thebes
pedion} preserves the site. Cf. above {Kaustrou pedion}, and such
modern names as "the Campagna" or "Piano di Sorrento."
(4) The site of Certonus is not ascertained. Some critics have
conjectured that the name should be Cytonium, a place between
Mysia and Lydia; and Hug, who reads {Kutoniou}, omits {odeusantes
par 'Atanea}, "they made their way by Atarneus," as a gloss.
Here Xenophon was hospitably
entertained at the house of Hellas, the wife of Gongylus the Eretrian
(5), the mother of Gorgion and Gongylus. From her he learnt that
Asidates, a Persian notable, was in the plain. "If you take thirty men
and go by night, you will take him prisoner," she said, "wife, children,
money, and all; of money he has a store;" and to show them the way to
these treasures, she sent her own cousin and Daphnagoras, whom she set
great store by. So then Xenophon, with these two to assist, did
sacrifice; and Basias, an Eleian, the soothsayer in attendance, said
that the victims were as promising as could be, and the great man would
be an easy prey. Accordingly, after dinner he set off, taking with him
the officers who had been his staunchest friends and confidants
throughout; as he wished to do them a good turn. A number of others came
thrusting themselves on their company, to the number of six hundred, but
the officers repelled them: "They had no notion of sharing their portion
of the spoil," they said, "just as though the property lay already at
their feet."
(5) Cf. Thuc. i. 128; also "Hell." III. i. 6.
About midnight they arrived.
The slaves occupying the precincts of the tower, with the mass of goods
and chattles, slipped through their fingers, their sole anxiety being to
capture Asidates and his belongings. So they brought their batteries to
bear, but failing to take the tower by assault (since it was high and
solid, and well supplied with ramparts, besides having a large body of
warlike defenders), they endeavoured to undermine it. The wall was eight
clay bricks thick, but by daybreak the passage was effected and the wall
undermined. At the first gleam of light through the aperture, one of the
defendants inside, with a large ox-spit, smote right through the thigh
of the man nearest the hole, and the rest discharged their arrows so
hotly that it was dangerous to come anywhere near the passage; and what
with their shouting and kindling of beacon fires, a relief party at
length arrived, consisting of Itabelius at the head of his force, and a
body of Assyrian heavy infantry from Comania, and some Hyrcanian cavalry
(6), the latter also being mercenaries of the king. There were eighty of
them, and another detachment of light troops, about eight hundred, and
more from Parthenium, and more again from Apollonia and the neighbouring
places, also cavalry.
(6) The Hyrcanian cavalry play an important part in the "Cyropaedeia."
They are the Scirites of the Assyrian army who came over to Cyrus
after the first battle. Their country is the fertile land touching
the south-eastern corner of the Caspian. Cf. "Cyrop." IV. ii. 8,
where the author (or an editor) appends a note on the present
status of the Hyrcanians.
It was now high time to
consider how they were to beat a retreat. So seizing all the cattle and
sheep to be had, with the slaves, they put them within a hollow square
and proceed to drive them off. Not that they had a thought to give to
the spoils now, but for precaution's sake and for fear lest if they left
the goods and chattels behind and made off, the retreat would rapidly
degenerate into a stampede, the enemy growing bolder as the troops lost
heart. For the present then they retired as if they meant to do battle
for the spoils. As soon as Gongylus espied how few the Hellenes were and
how large the attacking party, out he came himself, in spite of his
mother, with his private force, wishing to share in the action. Another
too joined in the rescue—Procles, from Halisarna and Teuthrania, a
descendant of Damaratus. By this time Xenophon and his men were being
sore pressed by the arrows and slingstones, though they marched in a
curve so as to keep their shields facing the missiles, and even so,
barely crossed the river Carcasus, nearly half of them wounded. Here it
was that Agasias the Stymphalian, the captain, received his wound, while
keeping up a steady unflagging fight against the enemy from beginning to
end. And so they reached home in safety with about two hundred captives,
and sheep enough for sacrifices.
The next day Xenophon
sacrificed and led out the whole army under the cover of night,
intending to pierce far into the heart of Lydia with a view to lulling
to sleep the enemy's alarm at his proxmity, and so in fact to put him
off his guard. But Asidates, hearing that Xenophon had again sacrificed
with the intention of another attack, and was approaching with his whole
army, left his tower and took up quarters in some villages lying under
the town of Parthenium. Here Xenophon's party fell in with him, and took
him prisoner, with his wife, his children, his horses, and all that he
had; and so the promise of the earlier victims was literally fulfilled.
After that they returned again to Pergamus, and here Xenophon might well
thank God with a warm heart, for the Laconians, the officers, the other
generals, and the soldiers as a body united to give him the pick of
horses and cattle teams, and the rest; so that he was now in a position
himself to do another a good turn.
Meanwhile Thibron arrived and
received the troops which he incorporated with the rest of his Hellenic
forces, and so proceeded to prosecute a war against Tissaphernes and
Pharnabazus (7).
(7) The MSS. add: "The following is a list of the governors of the
several territories of the king which were traversed by us during
the expedition: Artimas, governor of Lydia; Artacamas, of Phrygia;
Mithridates, of Lycaonia and Cappadocia; Syennesis, of Cilicia;
Dernes, of Phoenicia and Arabia; Belesys, of Syria and Assyria;
Rhoparas, of Babylon; Arbacus, of Media; Tiribazus, of the
Phasians and Hesperites. Then some independent tribes—the
Carduchians or Kurds, and Chalybes, and Chaldaeans, and Macrones,
and Colchians, and Mossynoecians, and Coetians, and Tibarenians.
Then Corylas, the governor of Paphlagonia; Pharnabazus, of the
Bithynians; Seuthes, of the European Thracians. The entire
journey, ascent and descent, consisted of two hundred and fifteen
stages = one thousand one hundred and fifty-five parasangs =
thirty-four thousand six hundred and fifty stades. Computed in
time, the length of ascent and descent together amounted to one
year and three months." The annotator apparently computes the
distance from Ephesus to Cotyora.
Go to Next Page
|